Order Catalogue Builder’s Hardware for aluminium windows and doors
FERCO
Quality: G.U successfully certified
FERCO
Qualité: G.U certifié avec succès La norme DIN ISO 9001 définit les exigences à la structure et le mode de travail de l’entreprise et de sa gestion de qualité.
Qualität: G.U erfolgreich zertifiziert
En 1995 le comité AGQS e.V. a certifié l’introduction avec succès d’un système de management de qualité conforme à la norme DIN ISO 9001 dans la Société Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschläge. La fabrication de produits de qualité est un but permanent pour G.U. Le certificat confirme que la coopération interne de la Société - du développement des produits jusqu’à la distribution et le service pour les clients - correspond également à ce but.
DIN ISO 9001 definiert die Anforderungen an die Struktur und Arbeitsweise des Unternehmens und seines Qualitätsmanagements.
Quality: G.U successfully certified DIN ISO 9001 defines the requirements to structure and working methods of the enterprise and its quality management. In 1995 the committee AGQS e.V. has certified the successful introduction of a quality management system according to DIN ISO 9001 in the company Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschläge. The production of quality hardware is a permanent concern for G.U. The certificate confirms that the internal cooperation of the company from product development to distribution and customer's service - also corresponds to this concern.
1995 bescheinigte die AGQS e.V. der Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschläge die erfolgreiche Einführung eines Qualitätssicherungssystems entsprechend DIN ISO 9001. Die Herstellung von Qualitätsprodukten ist für G.U ein beständiges Anliegen. Die Zertifizierung bestätigt, dass auch die betriebsinternen Abläufe - von der Entwicklung bis zum Vertrieb und Kundenservice - mit diesem Anliegen übereinstimmen.
Contents
FERCO
Builder’s Hardware for aluminium windows and doors Production programme Tilt-turn and Side hung fittings Design, application Optional parts Composition of fittings according to schemes Drilling and milling dimensions, assembly dimensions Tilt-turn fittings JET AK 8 with geared handle with mill-in gear Side hung fittings JET AK 8 with geared handle with mill-in gear Inactive sash fittings JET AK 8 Tilt sash fittings JET AK 8 Axial hinges
Page 2 4 5 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 18 19
Multi point locking system for large area outward opening aluminium windows installed in glazed façades Main characteristics 20 7 point locking system for outward opening windows 21 4 point locking system for outward opening windows 22 Drilling and milling dimensions 23 Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Designs Optional parts, accessories General use, installation and maintenance advice for locks and furniture Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-opener G.U-SECURY COMFORT Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with anti-panic function Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with Safe-T-Catch Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SB 2 and SB 2 with Safe-T-Catch Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SH 2 and SH 2 with Safe-T-Catch Optional parts, accessories Latch plates and catch plates Locking plates Monobloc furniture with DIRIGENT handles
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Page Sliding-Folding fittings Designs, sash arrangement according to schemes Optional parts, handles Drilling and milling dimensions, assembly dimensions Locking and supporting plates Assembly dimensions Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822, inward opening, with side hung sash locking mechanism G.U-825, inward opening, with side hung sash locking mechanism Locking parts according to profile system Drilling jigs Lift-Sliding and Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings Designs, application, sash arrangement according to schemes Optional parts, handles Lift-Sliding fittings G.U-933 Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings G.U-953
80 81 83 85
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110
40
INLINE Sliding fittings Designs Gear, backset 15 mm Gear, backset 7.5 mm Locking handles EURIS
41 42 43 44
Small window fittings for tilt and top hung windows Designs G.U Security Stay EURO-SOLID Rebate and cleaning stays Rebate stays, window friction stay EGO-B
56 57
74 78 79
98 99 100 101 102
Profile cylinders Series 8800, janus cylinder system
45 46 50 51 55
70
Fan-light Openers, face-fixed Designs, application Optional parts Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200, standard version with lever handle with vertical and corner gears with electric drives ELTRAL with lever handle and additional side locking with flexible transmission for arch head and segmental arch head windows for oblique angle head windows Flexible transmission, special versions Individual and total rod lengths for lever handle Standard version for top hung outward opening windows with lever handle with vertical and corner gears with electric drives ELTRAL Electric drives 230 V Accessories for electric drives 230 V Horizontal and Vertical Pivot fittings Designs, application Optional parts Horizontal Pivot fittings UNITAS 18 Vertical Pivot fittings UNITAS 88
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings Designs Optional parts, handles Sash arrangement according to schemes Assembly, drilling and milling dimensions Drilling and assembly jigs Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ with geared handle inside with cylinder gear, lockable Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 mZ with geared handle inside with cylinder gear, lockable Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ with geared handle inside with mill-in gear, lockable Positioning and locking plates according to profile system
63 64 67 68 69
Overhead door closers OTS 230 and OTS 330 with tooth drive and scissor action arms Overhead door closer OTS 530 with rack and pinion drive and scissor action arms to DIN 18 263, part 2 Overhead door closer OTS 630 with linear drive and slide channel Overhead door closer OTS 730 with linear drive and slide channel to DIN 18 263, part 2 Rebate door closers FTS 20 and FTS 24 fo concealed installation in the vertical door rebate
86 87 89 90 91 92 93 95 96 97
111 112 113 114 115
58 59 60 61 62
1
Production programme
FERCO
for aluminium windows and doors As a specialist for builder's hardware and ventilation techniques Gretsch-Unitas is the professional leader in many product ranges since a couple of years. The manifold production programme for suitable builder's
hardware and ventilators with advanced conceptions and functions make the company respected in the daily competition.
Function
Fitting models
Application Sash width mm
Max. sash Sash height mm weight kg
Tilt-turn fittings
JET AK 8
355 - 1700
500 - 2400
80
Side hung fittings
JET AK 8
355 - 1700
500 - 2400
80
Tilt sash fittings
JET AK 8
Handles
SPACIO
Handles
DIRIGENT-F
Profile cylinders Series 8800 High security cylinder system janus
Sliding fittings
INLINE
Safety Door Locks with additional deadbolts
G.U-SECURY Automatic, SB 2, SH 2 Backset 35, 40, 45 mm Centres 92 mm
Door handle sets
MonoblocDIRIGENT
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings
G.U-968/200 mZ 740 - 2000 G.U-968/150 mZ 740 - 1600 G.U-968/150 oZ 600 - 1600 (* according to prescription of G.U)
2
1730 - 2285
895 - 2400 895 - 2400 730 - 2400
200* 150 130
Production programme
FERCO
for aluminium windows and doors
Function
Fitting models
Application Sash width mm
Sliding-Folding fittings
G.U-822, -825
400 - 1000
850 - 2350
80
Lift-Sliding fittings
G.U-933
720 - 3300
800 - 2280
250
Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings
G.U-953
720 - 3000
800 - 2280
250
Face-fixed fanlight openers Concealed fanlight opener
VENTUS F 200 VENTUS F 300
400 - 3600 620 - 3600
250 350 -
80 200
VENTUS EVZ 18 600 - 2400
350 -
80
Smoke and heat RWA-EMB, -EM evacuating Preventive installations fire protection
Max. sash Sash height mm weight kg
Ventilation by specific operation systems
Horizontal pivot fittings
UNITAS 18
175
Vertical pivot fittings
UNITAS 88
175
Sound absorbing ventilators
UNITAS 100, 150 Window installation
Small window fittings
Rebate and cleaning stays, friction stays
Overhead door closers Floor springs
OTS 230, 330, 530, OTS 630, 730 UTS 82, 85
Window installation
3
Tilt-turn and Side hung fittings
FERCO
for aluminium windows and doors Application Range of applications for JET Tilt-turn and Side hung fittings: – Single-sash windows and doors – Double-sash windows and doors without mullion – Single-sash doors, lockable – Double-sash doors, lockable, without mullion
Design Tilt-turn and Side hung fittings JET AK 8 Clampable fittings for windows and doors with 21 mm rebate clearance, Euro-groove 15/20 mm on the sash and groove 14/18 on the frame. Sash weight up to 80 kg. Corner bearing adjustable: height + 2.5 mm or - 1.5 mm, laterally ± 1 mm; stay arm adjustable ± 3 mm; sash pressure adjustable ± 1 mm.
Handles The geared handles are made of aluminium with concealed fixings. The rosettes have a robust retention feature. An additional wrong operation safety device is fixed together with the geared handle. Lockable and removable handles as well as handles with extended carrier complete the programme.
Standard colours EV 1 UC 5 Black White
Anodized, natural colour Anodized, dark bronze colour (locking parts concealed in the rebate: silver colour) Powder-coated in black satin finish (RAL 9005) (locking parts concealed in the rebate: silver colour) Powder-coated in white colour (RAL 9016 or RAL 9010) (locking parts concealed in the rebate: silver colour)
Locking mechanism The fittings are concealed within the rebate with one handle operation. All locking parts are adapted to the Euro-groove 15/20 mm. The locking pins of the gear parts, stay arms and corner transmissions are adjustable. The clampable locking plates are also adjustable and ensure an optimized sash pressure. From a width of 1400 mm the sashes are equipped with an additional stay arm. The corner transmissions are provided with rust-proof 4-leaf stainless steel spring assemblies.
Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver and ferGUard* yellow The fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting and aluminium alloys. According to the material they are protected against corrosion by the surface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminium parts are anodized.
Abbreviations G GIA IA L ML PU SD SH ST SW TT
Gear position for standard sash Gear position for inactive sash Inactive sash Length Middle lock Packing unit Side hung window or door Sash height Sash thickness Sash width Tilt-turn window or door
Article Numbers Example Article No. 6-24533-00-0-* 6-24533- - -00- - -L- -R- -0- - -1T - - -1 -
-
-
-
Part number Size Left hand assembly Right hand assembly Usable on both sides Nickel silver F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting parts galvanized and blue bichromated - -2 F 2/EV 2, champagne colour - -3 F 3, brass or brass colour, steel parts galvanized and yellow bichromated - -4 UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown - -5 UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown - -6 Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005) - -7 White, powder-coated (RAL 9016) - -7T White, powder-coated (RAL 9010) - -8 Stainless steel oder inox colour - -* Surface treatment variable (see price-list)
Application Fittings
Opening type
JET AK 8 Tilt-turn fittings JET AK 8 Side hung fittings JET AK 8 Inactive sash fittings
4
TT
Rebate Max. sash clearance weight mm kg 21 80
Sash width SW mm 355-1700
Sash height SH mm 500-2400
Space requirement hinge side bottom mm mm 17 3
SD
21
80
355-1700
500-2400
17
3
IA
21
80
355-1700
500-2400
17
3
Standard assembly drawing 0.44170.1
Optional parts
FERCO
for Tilt-turn and Side hung fittings JET AK 8
Bag of limiting stay with friction slider Arm length 150 mm Frame groove 14/18 G-12952-14-0-1 Arm length 250 mm Frame groove 14/18 G-12953-14-0-1
Additional stay arm for tilt-turn sashes K-12964-00-0-1
Bag of screw-on blocking lock with key K-12968-00-0-*
Bag of concealed blocking lock without key Frame groove 14/18 G-12996-00-0-0
Key 6-23903-38-0-0 for inactive sash gear 6-24680-00-0-1
Key for blocking lock 8-00771-00-0-3
Bag of door catch K-12962-00-0-1
JET Slit ventilation catch for windows with sash overlap K-12223-90-0-* JET Slit ventilation catch for flush windows K-12216-90-0-* Drilling jig for JET Slit ventilation catch 6-23861-00-0-0
Locking pin, single A-02823-00-0-0
Carrier roller, single for one-piece push rod G-14694-00-0-0
Carrier roller, single for two-piece push rod G-11669-00-0-0
5
Optional parts
FERCO
Geared handles SPACIO for tilt-turn and side hung sashes, accessories Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish 1 carrier 22 mm non lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, Bag of geared handle SPACIO, Bag of geared rosette SPACIO, with fixing screws and 2 keys with fixing screws with fixing screws G-46553-00-0-* G-46555-00-0-* G-46551-00-0-* Removable handle SPACIO G-18888-00-0-*
Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish 1 carrier 33 mm non lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, Bag of geared handle SPACIO, Bag of geared rosette SPACIO, with fixing screws with fixing screws and 2 keys with fixing screws G-46595-00-0-* G-46597-00-0-* G-46596-00-0-* Removable handle SPACIO G-18888-00-0-*
Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish 2 carriers 22 mm non lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, Bag of geared handle SPACIO, right hand, with fixing screws right hand, with fixing screws G-46552-00-R-* and 2 keys G-46554-00-R-*
6
Bag of geared rosette SPACIO, right hand, with fixing screws G-46556-00-R-* Removable handle SPACIO G-18888-00-0-*
Bag of accessories for conversion of handles only delivered right hand into left hand G-46550-00-L-1
Optional parts
FERCO
Handles DIRIGENT-F for mill-in gears
Handle DIRIGENT-F Spindle 29 6-28072-29-0-*
Handle DIRIGENT-F/Z with push-button cylinder, all keys alike Spindle 29 6-28075-29-0-*
In- and outside operation Inside operation Countersunk screw M 5 Countersunk screw ST 51-60 9-13255-60 M 5 x 35 9-13255-35 ST 61-70 9-13255-70 ST 71-80 9-13255-80
Removable handle DIRIGENT-F/SG Spindle 33 8-00694-33-0-*
Rosette/F inside, flat 6-24913-00-0-*
Handle DIRIGENT-F without spindle 6-28072-00-0-*
Handle DIRIGENT-F/AF outside, flat 6-25223-00-0-*
Handle DIRIGENT-F/A outside 6-25993-00-0-*
Spindle ST 51-68 9-26874-56-0-1 ST 69-80 9-26874-69-0-1
Rosette inside with cylinder bore 6-25224-02-0-*
Rosette outside with cylinder bore 9-32407-02-0-*
Mill-in gear, 180° with wrong operation safety device for tilt-turn sashes Backset 14 mm 6-30534-00-0-1
Mill-in gear, 180° Mill-in gear, 90° without wrong operation Backset 25-50 mm safety device for side 6-25948-**-0-1 hung and tilt sashes Backset 14 mm 6-31280-00-0-1
Mill-in gear, 180° Backset 25-50 mm 6-25916-**-0-1
Mill-in gear, 180° with wrong operation safety device Backset 25-50 mm 6-25917-**-0-1
Locking element with cylinder bore Backset 25-50 mm 6-25918-**-0-1
** Available backsets: 25 - 35 - 40 - 45 - 50 mm
Pull handle, outside 9-22921-00-0-*
7
Tilt-turn and Side hung fittings
FERCO
for aluminium windows and doors Tilt-turn windows and doors Composition of fittings according to schemes A to E and sash dimensions
Windows – Scheme A Middle lock Dimensions according to profile system
B vertical
Doors – Scheme Middle lock Dimensions according to profile system
B vertical
C horizontal
D vertical horizontal D vertical horizontal
Side hung sashes of windows and doors Composition of fittings according to schemes A to D and sash dimensions
Windows – Scheme A Middle lock Dimensions according to profile system Middle hinge Doors – Scheme Middle lock Dimensions according to profile system Middle hinge
B vertical
C horizontal
middle hinge B vertical middle hinge
Inactive side hung sashes of windows and doors Composition of fittings according to schemes G to H and sash dimensions
Windows – Scheme G Middle lock Dimensions according to profile system Doors – Scheme G Middle lock Dimensions according to profile system Middle hinge middle hinge
8
H horizontal H horizontal middle hinge
D vertical horizontal middle hinge D vertical horizontal middle hinge
E vertical horizontal additional stay arm
Product information
FERCO
Drilling and milling dimensions, assembly dimensions
21
> 25
15
20
Assembly dimensions for frame and sash
3 = Thickness of corner hinge JET AK 8 22 SW / SH
Drilling and milling dimensions for locking element with cylinder bore 6-25918-**-0-1 Drilling and milling dimensions for mill-in gears 6-25916-**-0-1 6-25917-**-0-1 6-25948-**-0-1 ** Available backsets: 25 - 35 - 40 - 45 - 50 mm
Backset + 11
G = handle position
Drilling and milling dimensions for mill-in gear Backset 14 mm with wrong operation safety device 6-30534-00-0-1 without wrong operation safety device 6-31280-00-0-1
9
Product information
FERCO
JET AK 8 – Shortening dimensions for push rods, width of sash overlap 22 mm
Tilt-locking plate, locking plates, supporting plate and lifting wedge Frame groove
L = SW – 95 L = SW – 535 L = SW – 785 18 14
Stay arm size 30: Stay arm size 50: Stay arm size 90:
Push rod at top for tilt-turn sash Side hung sash: Inactive sash:
14/18 mm
L = SW/2 – 91 L = 55 and L = SW/2 – 212
Push rod for side hung and inactive sash, locking at top JET AK 8 Sash type Tilt-turn sash: Side hung sash without ML: Side hung sash with ML: Inactive sash without ML: Inactive sash with ML:
L = SH/2 – 183
Push rod for tilt-turn sash, locking on hinge side JET AK 8 Sash type Tilt-turn sash: Side hung sash without ML: Side hung sash with ML: Inactive sash without ML: Inactive sash with ML:
6-30964-00-0-1
Supporting plate for tilt-turn and side hung sashes
6-31066-00-0-1
Lifting wedge for side hung sashes without middle lock
6-30998-00-0-1
L = SH – G – 210 L = SH – G – 210 L = SH – G – 210 L = SH – GIA – 132 L = SH – GIA – 170
Push rod for tilt-turn, side hung and inactive sash, at top of gear side JET AK 8 Sash type Tilt-turn sash:
Tilt-locking plate for tilt-turn and side hung sashes
L = SH – G – 210 L = SH – G – 164 L = SH – G – 210 L = SH – GIA – 132 L = SH – GIA – 170
Locking plate, fixed adjustable
6-30959-00-0-1 G-11071-00-0-1
Locking plate for shoot
6-30961-00-0-1
Push rod for tilt-turn, side hung and inactive sash, at bottom of gear side
JET AK 8 Sash type Tilt-turn sash: Side hung sash: Inactive sash:
L = SW/2 – 183 L = SW/2 – 183 L = SW/2 – 183
Push rod for tilt-turn, side hung and inactive sash, locking at bottom
Drilling dimension for push rod 10
Milling and drilling dimensions for geared handle
Abbreviations G Gear position for standard sash GIA Gear position for inactive sash ML Middle lock SH Sash height SW Sash width
6,0
10
Tilt-turn fittings JET AK 8
FERCO
for aluminium windows and doors, with geared handle Stay arm Size 30, 50, 90
Additional stay arm K-12964-00-0-1
Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-*
Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1 Push rod Size 50, 90
Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-6 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-* Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-6
Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1
Carrier 6-30984-00-0-1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1
Geared handle SPACIO G-46551-00-0-* Wrong operation safety device 6-31065-10-0-1
Shoot bolt, bottom 6-24531-00-0-1 Tilt-locking plate 6-30964-00-0-1
Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-1
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to E Quantity Description Article No. A B C D E 1 1 1 1 1 Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side K-15800-00-0* containing 1 1 1 1 1 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-* 1 1 1 1 1 Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-6 1 1 1 1 1 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-* 1 1 1 1 1 Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-6 2 2 2 2 2 Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 1 1 1 1 1 Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-* 1 1 1 1 1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 6-30872-00-0-1 1 1 1 1 1 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-6 Corner transmission 1 1 1 1 1 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-* 6-30889-00-0-1 1 1 1 1 1 Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-1 (alternatively: 2 2 2 2 2 Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-8 6-30889-01-0-1) 1 1 1 1 1 Geared handle SPACIO with screws Distance of fixing holes 98/104 mm G-46551-00-0-* 1 1 1 1 1 Wrong operation safety device, 98 mm6-31065-10-0-1 alternatively: Wrong operation safety device, 104 mm 6-31065-30-0-1 1 1 1 1 1 Basic bag JET AK 8, gear side K-15801-00-0-1 containing 1 1 1 1 1 Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-1 1 1 1 1 1 Carrier 6-30984-00-0-1 1 1 1 1 1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1 1 1 1 1 1 Shoot bolt, bottom 6-24531-00-0-1 1 1 1 1 1 Tilt-locking plate 6-30964-00-0-1 1 1 1 1 1 Supporting plate 6-31066-00-0-1 1 1 1 1 1 Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-1 - 1 1 2 2 Basic bag of middle lock K-15808-00-0-1 containing - 1 1 2 2 Corner transmission 6-30889-00-0-1 - 1 1 2 2 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 - 2 2 4 4 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1 alternatively: Basic bag of middle lock K-15809-00-0-1 Locking pin for deepened rod groove element containing 6-24539-00-0-1 Locking plate - 1 1 2 2 Corner transmission 6-30889-01-0-1 6-30959-00-0-1 - 1 1 2 2 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 - 2 2 4 4 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1 Box of stay arm JET AK 8 SW Size 1 1 355- 600 30 K-15805-00-0-1 1 1 601-1000 50 K-15806-00-0-1 1 1 1 1 1001-1400 90 K-15807-00-0-1 1 1 1401-1700 50 K-15806-00-0-1 1 1 1401-1700 Additional stay arm K-12964-00-0-1 * 0 = Surface uncoated Clamping angle * 1 = Surface EV 1 6-30873-00-0-1 * 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005) Cover * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) 9-39807-00-0-6 * 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010) Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-* Basic bag = PU 10 Countersunk Single parts = PU 100 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1
Supporting plate 6-31066-00-0-1
Corner transmission 6-30889-00-0-1 (alternatively: 6-30889-01-0-1)
screw 9-40529-14-0-8 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-6
Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-* Casing for corner bearing 6-30872-00-0-1
11
Tilt-turn fittings JET AK 8
FERCO
for aluminium windows and doors, with mill-in gear Stay arm Size 30, 50, 90
Additional stay arm K-12964-00-0-1
Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-*
Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1 Push rod Size 50, 90
Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1
Mill-in gear 6-30534-00-0-1
Shoot bolt, bottom 6-24531-00-0-1 Tilt-locking plate 6-30964-00-0-1
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to E Quantity Description A B C D E 1 1 1 1 1 Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side containing 1 1 1 1 1 Stay arm bearing 1 1 1 1 1 Axle for stay arm bearing 1 1 1 1 1 Stay arm hinge 1 1 1 1 1 Bearing sleeve 2 2 2 2 2 Cover 1 1 1 1 1 Corner bearing 14/18 1 1 1 1 1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 1 1 1 1 1 Axle for corner bearing 1 1 1 1 1 Corner hinge 1 1 1 1 1 Clamping angle 2 2 2 2 2 Countersunk screw 1 1 1 1 1 Basic bag JET AK 8, gear side containing 1 1 1 1 1 Corner transmission 1 1 1 1 1 Mill-in gear 1 1 1 1 1 Locking plate 1 1 1 1 1 Shoot bolt, bottom 1 1 1 1 1 Tilt-locking plate 1 1 1 1 1 Supporting plate 1 1 1 1 1 Alignment wedge for sash - 1 1 2 2 Basic bag of middle lock Containing - 1 1 2 2 Corner transmission - 1 1 2 2 Locking pin element - 2 2 4 4 Locking plate alternatively: Basic bag of middle lock for deepened rod groove containing - 1 1 2 2 Corner transmission - 1 1 2 2 Locking pin element - 2 2 4 4 Locking plate Box of stay arm JET AK 8 SW Size 1 1 355- 600 30 1 1 601-1000 50 1 1 1 1 1001-1400 90 1 1 1401-1700 50 1 1 1401-1700 Additional stay arm * 0 = Surface uncoated * 1 = Surface EV 1 * 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005) * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) * 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010) Basic bag = PU 10 Single parts = PU 100
Article No.
Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-6 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-* Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-6
K-15800-00-0-* 6-30875-00-0-* 6-30874-00-0-6 6-31088-00-0-* 9-39805-00-0-6 9-39807-00-0-6 9-39812-00-0-* 6-30872-00-0-1 6-31087-00-0-6 6-31073-00-0-* 6-30873-00-0-1 9-40529-14-0-8 K-15811-00-0-1
Corner transmission 6-30889-00-0-1 (alternatively: 6-30889-01-0-1)
6-24529-00-0-1 6-30534-00-0-1 6-30959-00-0-1 6-24531-00-0-1 6-30964-00-0-1 6-31066-00-0-1 9-40404-00-0-1 K-15808-00-0-1 6-30889-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-30959-00-0-1 K-15809-00-0-1 6-30889-01-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-30959-00-0-1
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1
K-15805-00-0-1 K-15806-00-0-1 K-15807-00-0-1 K-15806-00-0-1 K-12964-00-0-1
Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-1
Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-1 Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-* Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-8 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-6
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1 Supporting plate 6-31066-00-0-1
12
Corner transmission 6-30889-00-0-1 (alternatively: 6-30889-01-0-1)
Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-* Casing for corner bearing 6-30872-00-0-1
Side hung fittings JET AK 8
FERCO
for single- and double-sash aluminium windows and doors, with geared handle, without middle lock
Side hung sash hinge, adjustable 6-31064-00-0-1 Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-* Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-6 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-* Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-6 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1
Carrier 6-30984-00-0-1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1
Geared handle SPACIO G-46551-00-0-*
Article No. K-15800-00-0* 6-30875-00-0-* 6-30874-00-0-6 6-31088-00-0-* 9-39805-00-0-6 9-39807-00-0-6 9-39812-00-0-* 6-30872-00-0-1 6-31087-00-0-6 6-31073-00-0-* 6-30873-00-0-1 9-40529-14-0-8 G-46551-00-0-* K-15802-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-30959-00-0-1 6-30984-00-0-1 6-30998-00-0-1 9-40404-00-0-1 6-31064-00-0-1 G-13529-00-0-1 6-30959-00-0-1
Middle bearing 14/18 G-13529-00-0-1
Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-1 Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-* Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-8 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-6
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1
Alignment wedge for frame 6-30998-00-0-1
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A and B Quantity Description A B Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side containing 1 1 Stay arm bearing 1 1 Axle for stay arm bearing 1 1 Stay arm hinge 1 1 Bearing sleeve 2 2 Cover 1 1 Corner bearing 14/18 1 1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 1 1 Axle for corner bearing 1 1 Corner hinge 1 1 Clamping angle 2 2 Countersunk screw 1 1 Geared handle SPACIO with screws Distance of fixing screws 98/104 mm Basic bag JET AK 8, gear side containing 2 2 Locking pin element 2 2 Locking plate 1 1 Carrier 1 1 Alignment wedge for frame 1 1 Alignment wedge for sash 1 1 Side hung sash hinge, adjustable Additional single parts - 1 Middle bearing 14/18 1 1 Locking plate * 0 = Surface uncoated * 1 = Surface EV 1 * 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005) * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) * 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010) Basic bag = PU 10 Single parts = PU 100 excepted: Side hung sash hinge = PU 10
Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-1
Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-* Casing for corner bearing 6-30872-00-0-1
13
Side hung fittings JET AK 8
FERCO
for single- and double-sash aluminium windows and doors, with mill-in gear, without middle lock
Side hung sash hinge, adjustable 6-31064-00-0-1 Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-*
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1
Mill-in gear without wrong operation safety device 6-31280-00-0-1
14
Article No.
Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-6 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-* Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-6
K-15800-00-0* 6-30875-00-0-* 6-30874-00-0-6 6-31088-00-0-* 9-39805-00-0-6 9-39807-00-0-6 9-39812-00-0-* 6-30872-00-0-1 6-31087-00-0-6 6-31073-00-0-* 6-30873-00-0-1 9-40529-14-0-8 K-15812-00-01 6-24539-00-0-1 6-30959-00-0-1 6-31280-00-0-1 6-31066-00-0-1 9-40404-00-0-1 6-31064-00-0-1 G-13529-00-0-1
Middle bearing 14/18 G-13529-00-0-1
Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-1 Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-* Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-8 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-6
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1
Supporting plate 6-31066-00-0-1
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A and B Quantity Description A B Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side containing 1 1 Stay arm bearing 1 1 Axle for stay arm bearing 1 1 Stay arm hinge 1 1 Bearing sleeve 2 2 Cover 1 1 Corner bearing 14/18 1 1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 1 1 Axle for corner bearing 1 1 Corner hinge 1 1 Clamping angle 2 2 Countersunk screw 1 1 Basic bag JET AK 8, gear side containing 2 2 Locking pin element 2 2 Locking plate 1 1 Mill-in gear w/o wrong op. safety dev. 1 1 Supporting plate 1 1 Alignment wedge for sash 1 1 Side hung sash hinge, adjustable Additional single part - 1 Middle bearing 14/18 * 0 = Surface uncoated * 1 = Surface EV 1 * 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005) * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) * 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010) Basic bag = PU 10 Single parts = PU 100 excepted: Side hung sash hinge = PU 10
Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-1
Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-* Casing for corner bearing 6-30872-00-0-1
Inactive sash fittings JET AK 8
FERCO
for double-sash aluminium windows and doors, false mullion profile with double groove
Side hung sash hinge, adjustable 6-31064-00-0-1 Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-*
Middle bearing 14/18 G-13529-00-0-1
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for scheme G Quantity Description G Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side containing 1 Stay arm bearing 1 Axle for stay arm bearing 1 Stay arm hinge 1 Bearing sleeve 2 Cover 1 Corner bearing 14/18 1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 1 Axle for corner bearing 1 Corner hinge 1 Clamping angle 2 Countersunk screw 1 Basic bag of rebate shoot bolt containing 1 Rebate shoot bolt 2 Shoot bolt 2 Locking plate 1 Alignment wedge for sash 1 Side hung sash hinge, adjustable Additional single parts 1 Middle bearing 14/18 1 Push rod for false mullion profile with double groove, length 1.6 m * 0 = Surface uncoated * 1 = Surface EV 1 * 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005) * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) * 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010) Basic bag = PU 10 Single parts = PU 100 excepted: Side hung sash hinge = PU 10
Locking plate 6-30961-00-0-1
Article No. K-15800-00-0* 6-30875-00-0-* 6-30874-00-0-6 6-31088-00-0-* 9-39805-00-0-6 9-39807-00-0-6 9-39812-00-0-* 6-30872-00-0-1 6-31087-00-0-6 6-31073-00-0-* 6-30873-00-0-1 9-40529-14-0-8 K-15803-00-0-1 6-31015-00-0-1 6-31038-00-0-1 6-30961-00-0-1 9-40404-00-0-1 6-31064-00-0-1 G-13529-00-0-1 9-40859-16-0-1
Shoot bolt 6-31038-00-0-1
Push rod for false mullion profile with double groove 9-40859-16-0-1
Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-6 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-* Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-6
Rebate shoot bolt 6-31015-00-0-1
Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-1 Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-* Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-8 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-6 Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-1 Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-* Casing for corner bearing 6-30872-00-0-1
Shoot bolt 6-31038-00-0-1
Locking plate 6-30961-00-0-1
15
Inactive sash fittings JET AK 8
FERCO
for double-sash aluminium windows, without middle lock
Locking plate 6-30961-00-0-1
Side hung sash hinge, adjustable 6-31064-00-0-1 Keeper G-12096-00-0-1
Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-* Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-6 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-* Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-6
Middle bearing 14/18 G-13529-00-0-1
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for scheme G Quantity Description G Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side containing 1 Stay arm bearing 1 Axle for stay arm bearing 1 Stay arm hinge 1 Bearing sleeve 2 Cover 1 Corner bearing 14/18 1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 1 Axle for corner bearing 1 Corner hinge 1 Clamping angle 2 Countersunk screw 1 Bag of shoot bolt containing 2 Shoot bolt 2 Carrier screw 30 mm 2 Keeper 1 Alignment wedge for sash 2 Locking plate 1 Side hung sash hinge, adjustable Additional single part 1 Middle bearing * 0 = Surface uncoated * 1 = Surface EV 1 * 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005) * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) * 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010) Basic bag = PU 10 Single parts = PU 100 excepted: Side hung sash hinge = PU 10
Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-1 Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-* Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-8 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-6
Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-* Casing for corner bearing 6-30872-00-0-1
16
Shoot bolt E-12832-00-0-1
Article No. K-15800-00-0* 6-30875-00-0-* 6-30874-00-0-6 6-31088-00-0-* 9-39805-00-0-6 9-39807-00-0-6 9-39812-00-0-* 6-30872-00-0-1 6-31087-00-0-6 6-31073-00-0-* 6-30873-00-0-1 9-40529-14-0-8 K-15804-30-0-1 E-12832-00-0-1 9-40884-00-0-8 G-12096-00-0-1 9-40404-00-0-1 6-30961-00-0-1 6-31064-00-0-1 G-13529-00-0-1
Keeper G-12096-00-0-1
Shoot bolt E-12832-00-0-1
Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-1 Locking plate 6-30961-00-0-1
Inactive sash fittings JET AK 8
FERCO
for double-sash aluminium windows and doors, without middle lock
Side hung sash hinge, adjustable 6-31064-00-0-1 Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-* Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-6 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-* Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-6
Middle bearing 14/18 G-13529-00-0-1
Locking plate 6-30961-00-0-1
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for scheme G Quantity Description G Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side containing 1 Stay arm bearing 1 Axle for stay arm bearing 1 Stay arm hinge 1 Bearing sleeve 2 Cover 1 Corner bearing 14/18 1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 1 Axle for corner bearing 1 Corner hinge 1 Clamping angle 2 Countersunk screw 1 Bag of inactive sash gear G containing 1 Inactive sash gear 1 Key 1 Shoot bolt, top 1 Shoot bolt, bottom 1 Keeper 1 Alignment wedge for sash 2 Locking plate 1 Side hung sash hinge, adjustable Additional single part 1 Middle bearing 14/18 * 0 = Surface uncoated * 1 = Surface EV 1 * 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005) * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) * 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010) Basic bag = PU 10 Single parts = PU 100 excepted: Side hung sash hinge = PU 10
Article No.
Shoot bolt G-17509-00-0-1
K-15800-00-0* 6-30875-00-0-* 6-30874-00-0-6 6-31088-00-0-* 9-39805-00-0-6 9-39807-00-0-6 9-39812-00-0-* 6-30872-00-0-1 6-31087-00-0-6 6-31073-00-0-* 6-30873-00-0-1 9-40529-14-0-8 K-15810-00-0-1 6-24680-00-0-1 6-23903-38-0-1 G-17509-00-0-1 E-12832-00-0-1 G-12096-00-0-1 9-40404-00-0-1 6-30961-00-0-1 6-31064-00-0-1
Key 6-23903-38-0-0 Inactive sash gear 6-24680-00-0-1
G-13529-00-0-1
Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-1 Cover 9-39807-00-0-6 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-* Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-8 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-6
Keeper G-12096-00-0-1 Shoot bolt E-12832-00-0-1
Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-1
Locking plate 6-30961-00-0-1
Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-* Casing for corner bearing 6-30872-00-0-1
17
Tilt sash fittings JET AK 8
Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1
FERCO
Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1
Variant: Mill-in gear 6-31280-00-0-1
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1
Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1
Carrier 6-30984-00-0-1 Limiting stay with friction slider Arm length 150 mm G-12952-14-0-1 Arm length 250 mm G-12953-14-0-1
Limiting stay with friction slider Arm length 150 mm G-12952-14-0-1 Arm length 250 mm G-12953-14-0-1
Geared handle SPACIO G-46551-00-0-*
Fitting requirements Quantity Description 2 Bag of limiting stay with friction slider Arm length 150 mm Variant: Arm length 250 mm 2 Axial hinge, 105 mm, two-part 2 Locking pin element 1 Geared handle SPACIO 1 Carrier 3 Locking plate Variant: 1 Mill-in gear 2 Locking plate * 0 = Surface uncoated * 1 = Surface EV 1 * 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005) * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) * 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010) Bag = PU 10 Single parts = PU 100
Axial hinge, 105 mm, two-part G-46730-00-0-*
G-12952-14-0-1 G-12953-14-0-1 G-46730-00-0-* 6-24539-00-0-1 G-46551-00-0-* 6-30984-00-0-1 6-30959-00-0-1 6-31280-00-0-1 6-30959-00-0-1
Axial hinge, 105 mm, two-part G-46730-00-0-*
Variant for narrow tilt sashes
Bag of fan-light catch G-12080-11-0-* Operation rod 980 mm G-12083-10-0-1
18
Article No.
Axial hinges
FERCO
for aluminium windows and doors
Description Axial hinge, 105 mm – three-part Thickness of hinge blades 2.7 mm Axial hinge, 105 mm – two-part Thickness of hinge blades 2.7 mm * 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour * 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)
10 G-46731-00-0-* 10 G-46730-00-0-*
Axial hinge, 105 mm two-part
18 14
Axial hinge, 105 mm three-part
PU Article No.
Frame groove 14/18 mm
19
Multi point locking system
FERCO
for large area outward opening aluminium windows installed in glazed façades Application
at
The multi point locking system is specially designed for large area aluminium windows and responds particularly to three main requirements: – The system resists against extreme wind pressure on façades of highrise buildings (tested up to 7700 Pa) – It offers optimized tightness against air and water penetration because of two to ten locking points – The operation by means of an æsthetic geared handle, available in a wide range of colours, is very easy.
at
Main characteristics Only one geared handle controls up to 10 locking points Single or double locking direction Assembly dimensions for push rods and profile
Single locking direction
Double locking direction
Adjustable roller pins
The geared handle with one carrier fork offers two possibilities (shown in reversed assembly position): Travel 18 mm
Travel 36 mm
Locking plate E-17719-02-0-1
20
Locking plate E-18959-02-0-1
7 point locking system for outward opening windows
FERCO
Geared handle in normal position, locking pins adjustable Location of opening stay arm
Location of opening stay arm
min. 24
Locking pin element 6-24539-**-0-1 Locking plate E-17719-02-0-1
Fitting requirements Quantity Description Single parts 2 Corner transmission, pin length 6.5 mm Variant: Corner transmission, pin length 8.0 mm 4 Locking pin element, pin length 6.5 mm Variant: Locking pin element, pin length 8.5 mm 1 Carrier, pin length 6.5 mm Variant: Carrier, pin length 8.0 mm 2 Rod guide 7 Locking plate 1 Geared handle SPACIO Optional part Carrier without locking pin * 1 = Surface EV 1 * 5 = Surface UC 5 * 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005) * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) * 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010)
Article No. 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24529-08-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-24539-08-0-1 G-17563-00-0-1 G-17563-08-0-1 E-19470-00-0-6 E-17719-02-0-1 G-46551-00-0-*
Locking pin element 6-24539-**-0-1 Locking plate E-17719-02-0-1
G-17510-00-0-1
Locking pin element 6-24539-**-0-1 Locking plate E-17719-02-0-1 Locking pin element 6-24539-**-0-1 Locking plate E-17719-02-0-1
Rod guide E-19470-00-0-6
Rod guide E-19470-00-0-6 Corner transmission 6-24529-**-0-1 Locking plate E-17719-02-0-1
Closing direction
Geared handle SPACIO G-46551-00-0-*
Corner transmission 6-24529-**-0-1 Locking plate E-17719-02-0-1
Carrier G-17563-**-0-1 Locking plate E-17719-02-0-1 Closing direction
21
4 point locking system for outward opening windows
FERCO
Geared handle in reversed position, locking pins adjustable Location of opening stay arm
Location of opening stay arm
min. 12
Locking pin element 6-24539-**-0-1 Locking plate E-17719-02-0-1
Locking pin element 6-24539-**-0-1 Locking plate E-17719-02-0-1
Fitting requirements Quantity Description Article No. Single parts 2 Corner transmission, pin length 6.5 mm 6-24529-00-0-1 Variant: Corner transmission, pin length 8.0 mm 6-24529-08-0-1 2 Locking pin element, pin length 6.5 mm 6-24539-00-0-1 Variant: Locking pin element, pin length 8.5 mm 6-24539-08-0-1 2 Rod guide E-19470-00-0-6 4 Locking plate for handle rotation of 90째 E-17719-02-0-1 1 Geared handle SPACIO G-46552-00-R-* Travel 18 mm * 1 = Surface EV 1 * 5 = Surface UC 5 * 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005) * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) * 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010)
Rod guide E-19470-00-0-6
Corner transmission 6-24529-**-0-1 Locking plate E-17719-02-0-1
Closing direction
22
Rod guide E-19470-00-0-6
Geared handle SPACIO G-46552-00-R-* Corner transmission 6-24529-**-0-1 Locking plate E-17719-02-0-1
Closing direction
Drilling and milling dimensions
FERCO
for geared handle and push rods – single locking direction
half width of element
half width of element half width of element
half width of element
Reversed position
Normal position
23
Drilling and milling dimensions
FERCO
for geared handle and push rods – double locking direction
24
half width of element
half width of element half width of element
Reversed position
half width of element
Normal position
Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY
FERCO
for aluminium doors Application Range of applications for Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY: – Aluminium house entrance doors
Designs Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY All Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY have identical construction and function features: – The latch is operated by either turning the key or the handle. – Reversible latch – the door locks can be used for left hand and right hand hinged doors. – Completely sealed lock case – no foreign matter can obstruct the easy operation. – All through holes in the lock case are equipped with sleeves – swarf cannot damage the gear. – The height of the lock case with 92 mm centres complies with German DIN measurements – the risk to drill a hole in the lock case is eliminated. – Locking by BKS security profile cylinders.
Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SH 2 with locking claws – 2 locking claws offer additional security. – The locking claws are moved by turning the cylinder key. Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SH 2 with Safe-T-Catch and locking claws – 2 locking claws offer additional security. – The Safe-T-Catch protects the opened door from any unauthorized intrusion, permitting at the same time a dialogue with the outside without taking risks. – No face fixed locks, additional cylinders nor chains are necessary. – From inside the Safe-T-Catch is engaged and released by the turn knob. – From outside the Safe-T-Catch is released by the cylinder key.
Additional security fittings The use of the following security fittings together with Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY is recommended: – Security door hinges – Additional locking devices on hinge side – Security door handle sets – Security profile cylinders (on inside preferably with knob)
Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic – Simply close the door, 2 latches automatically become rigid deadbolts which are absolutely fixed. Throw of the latch-deadbolts 20 mm. Standard colours – Together with the deadbolt of the lock case a three point locking of the door is obtained. The forends of the locks and accessories are made of stainless steel. – Operation from inside: the latch-deadbolts and the latch itself are Other colours and surface treatments upon request. simply withdrawn by the door handle; the deadbolt by the cylinder key (one turn). Abbreviations – Operation from outside: one turn of the cylinder key withdraws the latch-deadbolts, the latch and the deadbolt. HH Handle height Packing unit Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-Opener (electric PU SB Round bolts door release) and G.U-SECURY COMFORT Automatic latch-deadbolts – The security of the automatic locking is combined with the comfort of SF SH Locking claws the automatic opening. SRH Sash rebate height – Automatic unlocking: from outside, without contact, with G.U-SECURY COMFORT and electronic key; from inside by pressing the intercom button. Article Numbers – After closing, the door is again automatically and mecanically multi Example point locked. Article No. – Complete delivery with connection cable. 6-28484-31-0-8 Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with Safe-T-Catch – The Safe-T-Catch protects the opened door from any unauthorized 6-28484- - - Part number intrusion, permitting at the same time a dialogue with the outside -31- Size without taking risks. - -LDIN left hand (hinge side) – No face fixed locks, additional cylinders nor chains are necessary. - -RDIN right hand (hinge side) – From inside the Safe-T-Catch is engaged and released by the turn - -0Usable on both sides knob. - - -1T Nickel-silver – From outside the Safe-T-Catch is released by the cylinder key. - - -1 F 1/EV 1, silver colour, ferGUard* silver (steel parts) Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with anti-panic function - - -2 F 2/EV 2, champagne colour – Security for emergency exits: no access from outside for unauthorized - - -3 F 3, brass colour, persons, but always a guaranteed exit in case of alarm. ferGUard* yellow (steel parts) – On outside the door is equipped with fixed button and profile cylinder, - - -4 UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown on inside with handle. - - -5 UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown – Locking with 2 automatic latches in anti-panic function. - - -6 Black – Particularly suitable for secondary doors. - - -7 White lacquer finish (RAL 9016) - - -8 Stainless steel or inox colour Important: On the outside of all doors equipped with G.U-SECURY - - -* Surface treatment variable (see price-list) Automatic a fixed pull must be used instead of the door handle! Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SB 2 with round bolts – 2 round bolts offer additional security. – The round bolts are moved by turning the cylinder key. Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SB 2 with Safe-T-Catch and round bolts – 2 round bolts offer additional security. – The Safe-T-Catch protects the opened door from any unauthorized intrusion, permitting at the same time a dialogue with the outside without taking risks. – No face fixed locks, additional cylinders nor chains are necessary. – From inside the Safe-T-Catch is engaged and released by the turn knob. – From outside the Safe-T-Catch is released by the cylinder key.
25
Optional parts, accessories
FERCO
Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY for aluminium doors Additional locking device on hinge side
Turn knob
Turn knob
Additional locking device on hinge side Wedged keep, height 5 mm 6-29525-00-0-1 Wedged keep, height 8 mm 6-29526-00-0-1 Drill-in pin 6-28985-**-0-1
Forend extension
Extension, L = 400 Forend U 24 x 6 9-29265-00-0-1
for Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY with Safe-T-Catch EV 1 colour 6-29244-00-0-1 white 6-29244-00-0-7 stainless steel 6-29245-00-0-8
Accessories
Cover for latch 9-33906-00-0-6
Cover for deadbolt 9-33905-00-0-6
Cover plate for latch exit 9-36679-00-0-1
Roller latch 6-27542-**-0-1
Interchangeable latch piece
Interchangeable latch piece
for latch plates of aluminium doors 6-28902-03-0-*
for roller latch Dim. y = 9 to 13 mm K-15597-01-0-6
Protection cover for automatic latch-deadbolts 9-40010-00
26
Product information
FERCO
General use, installation and maintenance advice for locks and furniture
1.
2.
3.
The door leaf should not be drilled in the area of the lock with the lock installed.
The spindle should not be knocked through the follower using a hammer.
The door leaf should not be carried using the handles.
5.
6.
The distance between forend and latch plate should be between 2 and 5 mm.
The latch and the deadbolt should not be painted over.
The handle should not be operated in the wrong direction. In use a maximum load of 150 N on the handle should not be exceeded.
7.
8.
9.
The lock should only be operated with the key and not with any foreign objects.
The deadbolt should not be extended while the door is open.
The handle and the key should not be operated simultaneously.
10.
11.
12.
Anti-panic locks should not be left with a key in them.
Anti-panic locks should not be fitted with locking cylinders with thumb turn or turn knob.
Panic doors should only be used in case of emergency (no frequent use).
13.
14.
15.
Double leaf doors should not be forced open using the inactive leaf.
As soon as there are visible signs of physical attack (e.g. bent bolts), the lock must be replaced.
Locks are to be lubricated at least once a year (non-resinogenic oil).
4.
2 to 5 mm
27
Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic
FERCO
for aluminium doors – Backset 92 mm, spindle 8 mm, handle height 1050 mm Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with latch, deadbolt and 2 automatic latch-deadbolts Description PU Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 Automatic [1] Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2
730 mm
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 Automatic [1] Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 Automatic [1] Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 1735-2285 2285 24 8 2 [1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel
Article No.
6-29044-31-0-8
6-29041-31-0-8
6-29040-31-0-8 6-29039-31-0-8
Handle height 1050 mm
760 mm
Length 2285 mm
Important: On the outside of all doors equipped with G.U-SECURY Automatic a fixed pull must be used instead of the door handle!
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY Automatic
28
Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-Opener
FERCO
(electric door release) for aluminium doors – Backset 92 mm, spindle 8 mm, handle height 1020 mm Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with latch, deadbolt, 2 automatic latch-deadbolts and A-opener (electric door release)
730 mm
Description PU Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 Automatic with A-Opener (electric door release) [1] Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 Automatic with A-Opener (electric door release) [1] Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 Automatic with A-Opener (electric door release) [1] Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 1735-2285 2285 24 8 2 [1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel
Article No.
6-29733-17-0-8
6-29732-17-0-8
6-29731-17-0-8 6-29720-14-0-8
Handle height 1020 mm
760 mm
Length 2285 mm
Important: On the outside of all doors equipped with G.U-SECURY Automatic a fixed pull must be used instead of the door handle!
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-Opener (electric door release)
29
G.U-SECURY COMFORT
FERCO
G.U-SECURY COMFORT for G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-Opener (electric door release) G.U-SECURY COMFORT for G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-Opener (electric door release)
Electronic key COMFORT
Description G.U-SECURY COMFORT for automatic door release with electronic key – without contact, from the outside Single parts 5 electronic keys COMFORT with built in programmable chip 1 master key 4 user keys 1 monitor loop with decorative cover, diameter approx 80 mm 1 controller, pre-programmed 1 cable, length 2.5 m Electronic key COMFORT for G.U-SECURY COMFORT
PU 1
Article No. K-15348-00-0-0
1
9-39212-00-0-0
Monitor loop with decorative cover
Pre-programmed controller
Concealed cable ducts for G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-Opener (electric door release)
Door leaf
Frame (jamb)
Dim. A Concealed cable duct
30
Description PU Concealed cable duct 260 1 Casing: width x height x depth = 23 x 260 x 17 mm for steel doors – mill-in version Dim. A up to 70 mm Concealed cable duct 480 1 Casing: width x height x depth = 23 x 480 x 17 mm for steel doors – mill-in version Dim. A over 70 mm Concealed cable duct 362 1 Casing: width x height x depth = 20 x 382 x 15 mm for steel doors – mill-in version Dim. A over 70 mm Concealed cable duct for hollow section doors 1 Spiral without receiver box, flexible length 370 mm Dim. A over 70 mm
Article No. 6-29854-00-0-0
6-29942-00-0-0
6-30809-00-0-0
9-39237-00-0-0
G.U-SECURY Automatic with anti-panic function
FERCO
for aluminium doors – Backset 92 mm, spindle 9 mm, handle height 1020 mm Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with latch, 2 automatic latch-deadbolts and anti-panic function Description PU Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 Automatic with anti-panic function [1] Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 9 2
730 mm
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 Automatic with anti-panic function [1] Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 9 2 Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 Automatic with anti-panic function [1] Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 9 2 [1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel
Article No.
6-29794-07-0-8
6-29793-07-0-8
6-29792-07-0-8
760 mm Handle height 1020 mm
Length 2285 mm
Important: On the outside of all doors equipped with G.U-SECURY Automatic a fixed pull must be used instead of the door handle!
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY Automatic with anti-panic function
31
G.U-SECURY Automatic with Safe-T-Catch
FERCO
for aluminium doors – Backset 92 mm, spindle 8 mm, handle height 1020 mm Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with latch, deadbolt, 2 automatic latch-deadbolts and Safe-T-Catch
730 mm
Description
Throw of Safe-T-Catch
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 Automatic with Safe-T-Catch [1] Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2
6-29746-17-0-8
11 mm
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 Automatic with Safe-T-Catch [1] Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2
6-29745-17-0-8
11 mm
6-30808-17-0-6
11 mm
450 mm
Length 2285 mm
Important: On the outside of all doors equipped with G.U-SECURY Automatic a fixed pull must be used instead of the door handle!
Handle height 1020 mm
760 mm
Article No.
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 Automatic with Safe-T-Catch [1] Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 [1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY Automatic with Safe-T-Catch
32
PU
G.U-SECURY SB 2 and SB 2 with Safe-T-Catch
FERCO
for aluminium doors – Backset 92 mm, spindle 8 mm, handle height 1050 mm Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SB 2 with latch, deadbolt and 2 round bolts Description PU Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 SB 2 [1] Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2
730 mm
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 SB 2 [1] Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 SB 2 [1] Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 [1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel
6-26603-03-0-8
6-26597-03-0-8
6-26591-03-0-8
450 mm
Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SB 2 with Safe-T-Catch with latch, deadbolt, 2 round bolts and Safe-T-Catch
Length 2285 mm
Description
PU
Article No.
Throw of Safe-T-Catch
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 SB 2 with Safe-T-Catch [1] Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2
6-28770-03-0-8
11 mm
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 SB 2 with Safe-T-Catch [1] Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2
6-28768-03-0-8
11 mm
6-28766-03-0-8
11 mm
Handle height 1050 mm
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 SB 2 with Safe-T-Catch [1] Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 [1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel
760 mm
Article No.
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY SB 2 SB 2 with Safe-T-Catch
33
G.U-SECURY SH 2 and SH 2 with Safe-T-Catch
FERCO
for aluminium doors – Backset 92 mm, spindle 8 mm, handle height 1050 mm Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SH 2 with latch, deadbolt and 2 locking claws Description PU Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 SH 2 [1] Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2
730 mm
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 SH 2 [1] Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 SH 2 [1] Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 [1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel
450 mm
Length 2285 mm
Description
Handle height 1050 mm
760 mm
6-27597-03-0-8
6-27596-03-0-8
6-27595-03-0-8
Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SH 2 with Safe-T-Catch with latch, deadbolt, 2 locking claws and Safe-T-Catch PU
Article No.
Sperrbügelausschluß
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 SH 2 with Safe-T-Catch [1] Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2
6-28804-03-0-8
11 mm
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 SH 2 with Safe-T-Catch [1] Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2
6-28802-03-0-8
11 mm
6-28800-03-0-8
11 mm
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 SH 2 with Safe-T-Catch [1] Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mm SRH Length Forend Spindle 1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 [1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel
Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY SH 2 SH 2 with Safe-T-Catch
34
Article No.
Optional parts, accessories
FERCO
Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY for aluminium doors Application Aluminium doors
Description Additional locking device on hinge side [1] for increased break-in protection Wedged keep, height 5 mm Wedged keep, height 8 mm Drill-in pin Aluminium doors Forend extension [1] SRH Length Width 2285-2685 400 24 U 2285-2685 400 22 U 2285-2685 400 24 flat Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Cover plate Aluminium doors for latch exit, grey plastic Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Roller latch, for subsequent exchange Backset 35 mm Backset 40 mm Backset 45 mm Interchangeable latch piece for latch plates Countersunk screw M 4 x 6 for latch piece Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Turn knob with Safe-T-Catch for Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY with Safe-T-Catch EV 1 colour white stainless steel Cover for deadbolt, black plastic Cover for latch, black plastic [1] = Surface: 1 = ferGUard* silver, 7 = white, 8 = stainless steel
PU
Article No.
6 6 6
6-29525-00-0-1 6-29526-00-0-1 6-28985-**-0-1
10 10 10
9-29265-00-0-1
10
9-36679-00-0-1
1 1 1 10 20
6-27542-35-0-1 6-27542-40-0-1 6-27542-45-0-1 6-28902-03-0-1 9-13242-06
10 10 10 100 100
6-29244-00-0-1 6-29244-00-0-7 6-29245-00-0-8 9-33905-00-0-6 9-33906-00-0-6
35
Latch plates and catch plates
FERCO
Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY for aluminium doors Latch plates, adjustable, U forend 24 x 6 (rebate clearance 17 - 19) Application Description Without interchangeable latch piece
With assembled interchangeable latch piece
Safety Door Locks with Safe-T-Catch
Article No. DIN left hand
Latch plate, U-shaped for electric door opener – pressure adjustable Length mm Width mm Depth mm 227 24 6 Latch plate, U-shaped for electric door opener – pressure adjustable Length mm Width mm Depth mm 227 24 6 Catch plate, U-shaped Length mm Width mm Depth mm 227 24 6
Latch plates, adjustable, flat forend 24 x 3 (rebate clearance 14 - 16) Without interchangeable latch piece Latch plate for electric door opener – pressure adjustable Length mm Width mm Depth mm 227 24 3 With assembled interchangeable Latch plate latch piece for electric door opener – pressure adjustable Length mm Width mm Depth mm 227 24 3 Euro-groove 15/20 on sash, groove 14/18 on frame Safety Door Locks with Safe-T-Catch Catch plate Length mm Width mm Depth mm 227 24 3 Latch plate, fixed, flat forend 24 x 3 (rebate clearance 12 - 14) Latch plate Length mm Width mm 227 24
6-29512-00-*-8
36
6-29513-00-*-8
6-29505-00-*-8 6-29511-00-*-8
Depth mm 3
6-29506-00-*-8 6-29506-01-*-8
DIN right hand
6-29512-00-L-8
6-29512-00-R-8
6-29513-00-L-8
6-29513-00-R-8
6-29511-00-L-8
6-29511-00-R-8
9-38615-00-L-8
9-38615-00-R-8
6-29506-00-L-8 6-29506-01-L-8
6-29506-00-R-8 6-29506-01-R-8
6-29505-00-L-8
6-29505-00-R-8
9-38683-00-0-8
9-38683-00-0-8
Locking plates
FERCO
Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY for aluminium doors Locking plates, adjustable, U forend 24 x 6 (rebate clearance 17 - 19) Application Description
Article No.
Locking plate for SB 2 with 2 end pieces – pressure adjustable Length mm Width mm Depth mm 115 24 6 Locking plate for SH 2 with 2 end pieces – pressure adjustable Length mm Width mm Depth mm 115 24 6 Locking plate for automatic latch-deadbolts with 2 end pieces – pressure adjustable Length mm Width mm Depth mm 115 24 6 Locking plates, adjustable, flat forend 24 x 3 (rebate clearance 14 - 16) Locking plate for SB 2 pressure adjustable Length mm Width mm Depth mm 115 24 3 Locking plate for SH 2 pressure adjustable Length mm Width mm Depth mm 115 24 3 Locking plate for automatic latch-deadbolts pressure adjustable Length mm Width mm Depth mm 115 24 3 Euro-groove 15/20 on sash, groove 14/18 on frame Locking plates, fixed, flat forend 24 x 3 (rebate clearance 12 - 14) Locking plate for SB 2 Length mm Width mm Depth mm 115 24 3 Locking plate for SH 2 Length mm Width mm Depth mm 115 24 3 Locking plate for automatic latch-deadbolts Length mm Width mm Depth mm 115 24 3
6-29507-00-0-8 6-29514-00-0-8
6-29508-00-0-8 6-29515-00-0-8
6-29510-00-0-8 6-29510-01-0-8 6-29517-00-0-8
9-38684-00-0-8
6-29514-00-0-8
6-29515-00-0-8
6-29517-00-0-8
6-29507-00-0-8
6-29508-00-0-8
6-29510-00-0-8 6-29510-01-0-8
9-38684-00-0-8
9-38685-00-0-8
9-39040-00-0-8
9-38685-00-0-8
9-39040-00-0-8
37
Monobloc furniture with DIRIGENT handles
FERCO
Narrow stile door furniture DIRIGENT-T/S Model
28
Monobloc door furniture 2 x levers
PU Colour 2 sets white
Article No. K-15543-02-0-7
brown
K-15543-02-0-5
2 sets
Plate height Plate width Centres Spindle
70 21,5 220
220
Plate height 220 mm Plate width 28 mm Plate thickness 9 mm Centres 92 mm Spindle 8 mm Monobloc furniture set 1 x lever inside 1 x fixed pull outside
28
92
92 108,5
2 sets
white
K-15544-02-L/R-7
2 sets
brown
K-15544-02-L/R-5 70
220 mm 28 mm 92 mm 8 mm
Monobloc single plate 4 pcs with internal lever 4 pcs (half set)
28
28
21,5 220
220 92
92 108,5
white
6-30399-00-0-7
brown
6-30399-00-0-5
28
70
Plate height Plate width Centres Spindle
220 mm 28 mm 92 mm 8 mm
21,5 220 92 108,5
Monobloc single plate 10 pcs white with external lever 10 pcs brown (half set) Plate height Plate width Centres Spindle
Plate height Plate width Centres Spindle
38
220 92
white
6-29576-00-0-7
brown
6-29576-00-0-5
220 mm 28 mm 92 mm 8 mm
Monobloc single plate 4 pcs with external roller shutter handle (half set) 4 pcs Plate height Plate width Centres Roller shutter Handle height Spindle
6-30400-00-0-5
220 mm 28 mm 92 mm 8 mm
Monobloc single plate 4 pcs with external fixed pull 4 pcs (half set)
220 mm 28 mm 92 mm 23 mm 8 mm
28
6-30400-00-0-7
28
220 92
white
6-29919-00-0-7
brown
6-29919-00-0-5
28
220 92
Monobloc furniture with DIRIGENT handles
Monobloc single plate internal backplate without handle bore with cylinder bore Plate height Plate width
10 pieces
white
9-38702-00-0-7
10 pieces
brown
9-38702-00-0-5
FERCO
28
91,5
220 mm 28 mm
220 108,5
Monobloc single plate external backplate without handle bore with cylinder bore Plate height 220 mm Plate width 28 mm
10 pieces
white
9-38703-00-0-7
10 pieces
brown
9-38703-00-0-5
Monobloc single plate internal backplate without handle bore without cylinder bore Plate height 220 mm 28 mm Plate width
10 pieces
white
9-38704-00-0-7
10 pieces
brown
9-38704-00-0-5
28
220
28
91,5
220 108,5
Monobloc single plate external backplate without handle bore without cylinder bore Plate height 220 mm 28 mm Plate width
10 pieces
white
9-38705-00-0-7
10 pieces
brown
9-38705-00-0-5
28
220
Accessories Monobloc accessories suitable for door thickness from 60 to 85 mm Spindle 8 mm Length 130 mm Slot head screws M 5 Length 90 mm
10 sets
white
K-15203-00-0-7
10 sets
brown
K-15203-00-0-5
Colours available: white RAL 9016, brown RAL 8077
39
Profile cylinders Series 8800
FERCO
janus cylinder system
B A
janus – sophisticated security technology in an attractive design
Profile cylinder 8800 Body brass, nickel-plated, satin finish, steel locking cam, with 3 steel keys 4135, nickel-plated, without rosettes Steel fixing screw M 5 x 85, nickel-plated Mushroom-shaped top pins, bottom pins and driver springs made of wear-resistant, high-strength bronze alloy. Packing: one per box Length Article No. A - B 27 - 27 B 8800 0001 27 - 31 B 8800 0002 27 - 35 B 8800 0003 27 - 40 B 8800 0004 27 - 50 B 8800 0006 27 - 60 B 8800 0008 31 - 31 B 8800 0101 31 - 35 B 8800 0103 31 - 40 B 8800 0105 31 - 50 B 8800 0109 31 - 60 B 8800 0235 40 - 40 B 8800 0239 40 - 50 B 8800 0515 40 - 60 B 8800 0517 50 - 50 B 8800 0243 50 - 60 B 8800 0530
Technical data and argumentation: The key profile system with protected arrangement of variants provides for a clear separation between individual locks and complex locking functions in master key systems.
User friendly, smooth key with rounded corners and edges.
The configuration of the pin tumblers, arranged in a radial pattern, results in a significant gain of security.
The pronounced key neck (10.5 mm) is particularly suitable for the combination with security escutcheons.
Extra protection is provided by the integral tamper proof feature at each end of the cylinder.
The exclusive key design highlights the precious character of the janus cylinder system.
Multiple rows of distinctive recesses make unauthorized copying of the keys virtually impossible.
The sandwich form of construction employed offers a wide choice of cylinder lengths.
Length
Article No. 4512-0601 4512-0608 4512-0615 4512-0602 4512-0609 4512-0616 4512-0603 4512-0610 4512-0617 4512-0605 4512-0612 4512-0619 4512-0604 4512-0611 4512-0618 4512-0606 4512-0613 4512-0620 4512-0607 4512-0614 4512-0621
31 - 31
35 - 35
35 - 40
40 - 40
45 - 35
45 - 40
50 - 35
40
Quantity 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Keys 5 6 9 5 6 9 5 6 9 5 6 9 5 6 9 5 6 9 5 6 9
The rounded tip ensures easy insertion into the lock.
INLINE Sliding fittings
FERCO
for aluminium windows and doors Application
Materials, protection against rust
Range of applications for INLINE Sliding fittings: – Sliding windows with 1 to 2 sashes – Sliding doors with 1 to 2 sashes
The fitting parts are made of high quality steel or zinc die-casting alloys; galvanized and yellow bichromated. Abbreviations
Designs Gear Because of its construction according to the principle of JET gears, the gear for INLINE sliding sashes fits into profiles with tilt-turn standard groove of 16 mm. A steel gear case is welded onto the forend which includes locking pins and an anti-lifting pin. Cylinder bolt The use of a cylinder bolt enables to lock the INLINE sliding doors with key. Like the standard gear it includes locking pins and an antilifting pin. Locking plates The locking plates are made of galvanized and bichromated steel, optionally with lacquer finish, for a safe closing of the sash in the frame.
G ML
Fixed gear position Middle lock
Article Numbers Example Article No. G-15386-10-0-3 G-15386- - -10- - -L- -R- -0- -4- - -1 - - -3 - - -7 - - -*
Part number Size DIN left hand DIN right hand Usable on both sides Gear with rosette fixings Anodized EV 1 / silver colour Yellow bichromated / brass colour White Surface treatment variable (see price-list)
41
INLINE Sliding fittings
FERCO
Gear, backset 15 mm, for aluminium windows and doors Fitting requirements Quantity Description 1 Gear, backset 15 Length ML G 600 2 300 1000 2 500 1600 2 800 1800 3 900 1, 2 or 3 Standard locking plate 1 Anti-lifting safety device
Anti-lifting safety device E-18196-00-0-*
Article No.
G-13954-06-4-3 G-13954-10-4-3 G-13954-16-4-3 G-13954-04-4-3 E-13880-00-0-3 E-18196-00-0-3
G
Locking plate E-13880-00-0-3
Handle DIRIGENT-F 6-28072-33-0-* Countersunk screw M 5 x 40 9-13255-40
Removable handle DIRIGENT-F/SG Spindle 33 8-00694-33-0-*
Rosette /F Inside, flat 6-24913-00-0-*
Locking plate E-13880-00-0-3
Gear, backset 15
Article No.
G
2.5 12
42
min 6 min 30
16.5
12.5
12.5
Profile scheme with the required dimensions for the installation of these fittings
INLINE Sliding fittings
FERCO
Gear, backset 7.5 mm, for aluminium windows and doors Fitting requirements Quantity Description 1 Gear, backset 7.5 Length ML G 125 1 600 2 300 1000 2 500 1800 3 900 1, 2 or 3 Standard locking plate 1 Anti-lifting safety device
Anti-lifting safety device E-18196-00-0-*
Article No.
G-19505-09-0-3 G-15383-06-0E3 G-15383-10-0E3 G-15383-18-0E3 E-13880-00-0-3 E-18196-00-0-3
Locking plate E-13880-00-0-3
Handle DIRIGENT-F 6-28072-33-0-* Countersunk screw M 5 x 40 9-13255-40
Rosette /F Inside, flat 6-24913-00-0-*
Removable handle DIRIGENT-F/SG Spindle 33 8-00694-33-0-*
Locking plate E-13880-00-0-3
16.5
12.5
12.5
Profile scheme with the required dimensions for the installation of these fittings
Gear, backset 7.5
2.5 12
min 6 min 30
43
Locking handles EURIS
FERCO
Gear backset 15 mm, for aluminium sliding sashes MA
M1
CF
CE
CEM
G-46669-00-0-*
G-46666-00-0-*
G-19638-00-0-*
G-19639-00-0-* Profile thickness from 35 mm
G-19941-00-0-* Profile thickness from 27 mm
P1
P2
P2B
B1
G-19682-00-0-*
G-46630-00-0-*
G-19694-00-0-*
G-19700-00-0-*
Wrong operation safety device G-46690-**-0-6 (upon request)
Locking cylinder
Profile thickness
Article No.
26 - 30 mm 30 - 38 mm 40 - 45 mm
G-46681-17-*-0 G-46681-27-*-0 G-46681-37-*-0
* 0 = standard * 4 = all keys alike
Mounting kit for cylinder G-19628-00-0-0
Latchbolt E-19542-**-0-8 (upon request)
Locking plates
Locking plate face fixed E-12899-00-0-1
44
Locking plate face fixed G-11337-00-0-1
Locking plate face fixed E-12908-00-0-1
Locking plate G-12898-00-0-1
Locking plate with inox clip G-13945-00-0-1
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings
FERCO
for aluminium doors and windows Application
Standard colours
Range of applications for G.U Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings: – Parallel Slide and Tilt doors with 2 to 4 sashes, – Parallel Slide and Tilt windows with 2 to 4 sashes, each with running and gliding rails.
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings are supplied in the following standard colours: EV 1 Visible aluminium parts anodized EV 1, cover profiles grey UC 3 Visible aluminium parts anodized medium bronze, cover profiles medium brown UC 5 Visible aluminium parts anodized dark bronze, cover profiles dark brown White Visible aluminium parts anodized EV 1, cover profiles white
Designs Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ Fittings for single sashes up to 200 kg [1]; with 4-wheel carriages and clamp fixed connecting rod. Wheels with PVC-coated grooved ball bearings. Locking mechanism G.U-mZ with forced control and geared handle – opening movement 111 mm. Lockable cylinder gear with 40 mm backset, prepared for use with a profile cylinder. SW 740-2000 mm, SH 895-2400 mm. Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 mZ Fittings for single sashes up to 150 kg; with 4-wheel carriages and clamp fixed connecting rod. Wheels with forced control and geared handle – opening movement 111 mm. Lockable cylinder gear with 40 mm backset, prepared for use with a profile cylinder. SW 740-1600 mm, SH 895-2400 mm. Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ Fittings for single sashes up to 130 kg; with 4-wheel carriages and clamp fixed connecting rod. Wheels with PVC-coated grooved ball bearings. Locking mechanism G.U-oZ without forced control. All locking parts are adapted to the Euro-groove 15/20 mm. The locking pins of the gear parts and corner transmissions are adjustable. The clampable locking plates are fixed or also adjustable and ensure an optimized sash pressure. The corner transmissions are provided with rust-proof 4-leaf stainless steel spring assemblies. SW 600-1600 mm, SH 720-2400 mm. [1] The carriages G.U-966/200 may be charged with 200 kg in case of special fixing according to assembly drawing. Between SW 1851 and 2000 mm the use of a middle stay arm is necessary; between SW 1601 and 2000 mm the use of tandem runners and a middle stay arm.
Handles The handles are made of aluminium with concealed fixings. Rosettes with robust retaining feature. Standard version for Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ and G.U-968/150 mZ: geared handle DIRIGENT with anti-lockout device; standard version for Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ: geared handle DIRIGENT. Handles for operation from both sides complete the programme.
Running rails P 1213, P 1300
Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver and ferGUard* yellow The fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting and aluminium alloys. According to the material they are protected against corrosion by the surface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminium parts are anodized.
Abbreviations G GV lh ML PU PZ rh Se SH ST SW TFW
Fixed gear position Variable gear position left hand Middle lock Packing unit Profile cylinder right hand Security fittings Sash height Sash thickness Sash width Total frame width
Article Numbers Example Article No. 6-23830-01-0-3 6-23830- - -01- - -L- -R- -0- - -1T - - -1
Aluminium running rails, suitable for use with Parallel Slide and Tilt sashes with standard and special fittings.
-
-
- -2 - -3
Gliding rail P 1225
-
-
-
Aluminium gliding rail for Parallel Slide and Tilt sashes (top guide).
-4 -5 -6 -7 -7T -8 -*
Part number Size Left hand (gear side) Right hand (gear side) Usable on both sides Nickel silver F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting parts galvanized and blue bichromated F 2/EV 2, champagne colour F 3, brass or brass colour, steel parts galvanized and yellow bichromated UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005) White, powder-coated (RAL 9016) White, powder-coated (RAL 9010) Stainless steel oder inox colour Surface treatment variable (see price-list)
45
Optional parts
FERCO
Geared handles and handles for Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ and G.U-968/150 mZ Geared handles DIRIGENT 1 geared handle 1 carrier 2 countersunk sheet metal screws 4.8x32 2 countersunk screws M 5 x 25 2 HEX nuts M 5
Handle DIRIGENT inside 1 geared handle 1 carrier 2 countersunk sheet metal screws 4.8x32 2 countersunk screws M 5 x 25 2 HEX nuts M 5
Box of geared handle G.U-mZ
Box of geared handle G.U-mZ
DIRIGENT with anti-lockout device for aluminium doors and windows
DIRIGENT with anti-lockout device, lockable – keyed alike, for aluminium doors and windows
Euro-groove 15/20 Assembly lh K-14712-00-L-* Assembly rh K-14712-00-R-*
Euro-groove 15/20 Assembly lh K-14711-00-L-* Assembly rh K-14711-00-R-*
Profile system Hartmann Assembly lh K-15042-00-L-* Assembly rh K-15042-00-R-*
Profile system Hartmann Assembly lh K-15043-00-L-* Assembly rh K-15043-00-R-*
Profile system Hueck Assembly lh K-15046-00-L-* Assembly rh K-15046-00-R-*
Profile system Hueck Assembly lh K-15047-00-L-* Assembly rh K-15047-00-R-*
1 handle inside 2 conical notched pins
Bag of handle inside G.U-mZ DIRIGENT with cylinder bore, without cams for aluminium doors and windows 6-24623-00-0-*
Handles DIRIGENT for operation from both sides 1 handle in- and outside 2 countersunk screws M 6 x 85
46
1 handle in- and outside 2 countersunk screws M 6 x 75
Bag of handle for operation from both sides G.U-mZ Height outside 15 mm
Bag of handle for operation from both sides G.U-mZ Height outside 30 mm
DIRIGENT with cylinder bore and cams for aluminium doors K-13167-00-0-*
DIRIGENT with cylinder bore and cams for aluminium doors K-12919-00-0-*
Countersunk screw DIN 965, operation from both sides ST -60 mm M 6 x 75 9-13274-75 61-65 mm M 6 x 80 9-13274-80 66-70 mm M 6 x 85 9-13274-85 71-78 mm M 6 x 90 9-13274-90
Optional parts
FERCO
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ Tandem runners for sashes to 200 kg
Rod
Runner T, front
Assembly lh Assembly lh
Rod
Runner T, rear
Box of tandem runners G.U-968/200 T for aluminium doors K-15509-00-L-0 K-15509-00-R-0
Application Sash weight Sash width SW
180 to 200 kg 1601 to 2000 mm
containing: 1 runner G.U-968/200 T, front 1 runner G.U-968/200 T, rear 2 connecting rods, Ă˜ 10 mm
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ Box of middle stay arm G.U-mZ for sash widths to 2000 mm
Middle stay arm G.U-mZ with stay arm glider and cover
Standard version Middle stay arm G.U-mZ Assembly lh Assembly rh Stay arm glider Cover for middle stay arm
Application 6-29349-02-L-8 6-29349-02-R-8 6-22755-00-0-0 9-35573-00-0-*
Profile system Hartmann Middle stay arm G.U-mZ Assembly lh Assembly rh Stay arm glider Cover for middle stay arm
6-29349-04-L-8 6-29349-04-R-8 6-22755-00-0-0 9-35573-00-0-*
Profile system Hueck Middle stay arm G.U-mZ Assembly lh Assembly rh Stay arm glider Cover for middle stay arm
6-29349-03-L-8 6-29349-03-R-8 6-22755-00-0-0 9-35573-00-0-*
Sash weight to 180 kg Sash weight 180 to 200 kg
SW 1851 to 2000 mm SW 1601 to 2000 mm
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ, G.U-968/150 mZ, G.U-968/150 oZ PST stop P 1225 6-30388-00-0-6
47
Optional parts
FERCO
Geared handles SPACIO and accessories for Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish 1 carrier 22 mm non lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, with fixing screws G-46551-00-0-*
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, with fixing screws and 2 keys G-46553-00-0-*
Bag of geared rosette SPACIO, with fixing screws G-46555-00-0-* Removable handle SPACIO G-18888-00-0-*
Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish 1 carrier 33 mm non lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, with fixing screws G-46595-00-0-*
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, with fixing screws and 2 keys G-46597-00-0-*
Bag of geared rosette SPACIO, with fixing screws G-46596-00-0-* Removable handle SPACIO G-18888-00-0-*
Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish 2 carriers 22 mm non lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, Bag of geared handle right hand, with fixing screws SPACIO, right hand, with G-46552-00-R-* fixing screws and 2 keys G-46554-00-R-*
48
Bag of geared rosette SPACIO, right hand, with fixing screws G-46556-00-R-* Removable handle SPACIO G-18888-00-0-*
Bag of accessories for conversion of handles only delivered right hand into left hand G-46550-00-L-1
Optional parts
FERCO
Handles DIRIGENT-F and accessories Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ for doors and windows with mill-in gear Handles DIRIGENT-F
DIRIGENT-F Spindle 29 6-28072-29-0-*
DIRIGENT-F/Z with push-button cylinder, keyed alike Spindle 29 6-28075-29-0-*
DIRIGENT-F with anti-lockout device Spindle 29 6-25384-00-0-*
DIRIGENT-F/SG, removable Spindle 33 8-00694-33-0-*
Rosette /F inside – flat 6-24913-00-0-*
DIRIGENT-F without spindle 6-28072-00-0-*
Long handle DIRIGENT-HL Spindle 29 6-28646-00-0-*
Mill-in gear, 180° with wrong operation safety device Backset 14 mm 6-30534-00-0-1
Mill-in gear, 180° without wrong operation safety device Backset 14 mm 6-31280-00-0-1
Mill-in gear, 180° Backset 25-50 mm 6-25916-**-0-1
Locking element with cylinder bore Backset 25-50 mm 6-25918-**-0-1
Spindle ST 56-68 9-26874-56-0-1 ST 69-80 9-26874-69-0-1
Inside operation Countersunk screw M 5 x 35 9-13255-35
In- and outside operation Countersunk screw M 5 ST 51-60 9-13255-60 ST 61-70 9-13255-70 ST 71-80 9-13255-80
Pull handle, outside 9-22921-00-0-*
DIRIGENT-F/AF outside – flat 6-25223-00-0-*
Rosette outside with cylinder bore 9-32407-02-0-*
DIRIGENT-F/A outside 6-25993-00-0-*
Rosette inside with cylinder bore 6-25224-02-0-*
Inside operation Countersunk screw M 5 x 35 9-13255-35
Pull handle, outside 9-22921-00-0-*
Bags of handles DIRIGENT-F
DIRIGENT-F without spindle 6-28072-00-0-*
DIRIGENT-F/AF outside – flat 6-25223-00-0-*
DIRIGENT-F without spindle 6-28072-00-0-*
DIRIGENT-F/A outside 6-25993-00-0-*
Rosette PZ inside 6-25224-02-0-*
Rosette PZ/A outside 9-32407-02-0-*
Rosette PZ inside 6-25224-02-0-*
Rosette PZ/A outside 9-32407-02-0-*
Spindle 9-26874-56-0-1
Countersunk screw M 5 x 70 9-13255-70
Spindle 9-26874-56-0-1
Countersunk screw M 5 x 70 9-13255-70
Bag of handles DIRIGENT-F/AF, DIRIGENT-F
Bag of handles DIRIGENT-F/A, DIRIGENT-F
K-14775-70-0-*
K-14776-70-0-*
49
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings
FERCO
for aluminium doors and windows Sash arrangement according to schemes A to K
➜
➜
Scheme A – with centre mullion 1 Parallel Slide and Tilt door, 1 fixglazed sash Drawing: Handle position left hand
➜
➜
Scheme A – with centre mullion [1] 1 Parallel Slide and Tilt door, 1 side hung sash Drawing: Handle position left hand
➜
➜
Scheme C – with mullions 2 Parallel Slide and Tilt doors, 2 fixglazed sashes Drawing: First opening sash with handle position left hand
➜
Scheme D – without mullion [2] 1 Parallel Slide and Tilt door, 1 side hung sash – Drawing: Handle position left hand
Scheme G – with mullions 1 Parallel Slide and Tilt door, 2 fixglazed sashes Drawing: Handle position left hand
➜
➜
Scheme C – with mullions [1] 2 Parallel Slide and Tilt doors, 2 side hung sashes Drawing: First opening sash with handle position left hand
Scheme G – with mullions [1] 1 Parallel Slide and Tilt door, 2 side hung sashes Drawing: Handle position left hand
Legend:
➜
Scheme K – with mullions 2 Parallel Slide and Tilt doors, 1 fixglazed sash Drawing: Handle position left hand and right hand
50
➜
[1] Schemes A, C and G with side hung sashes: Side hung fittings JET with removable handle and geared rosette, locking plates according to profile. [2] Scheme D: Side hung sash with inactive sash fittings JET, locking plates according to profile.
Product information
FERCO
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ and G.U-968/150 mZ Assembly, drilling and milling dimensions for handles and runners Drilling and milling dimensions for handle G.U-mZ inside, with cylinder bore
Drilling and milling dimensions for geared handle G.U-mZ
Ă˜ 3.2 for countersunk sheet metal screw 3.9
Centre of sash
14 10
15 12
18 14
10/14 mm
12/15 mm
14/18 mm
10
21
20 15
Dimensions of the frame groove
> 25
Assembly dimensions for frame and sash
5 mm 6,0 22
Drilling dimensions for push rod
SW / SH [1] For a distance of < 5 mm a milling operation is necessary in the field of the stay arm.
60
45
30
30
45
32-43
Drilling dimensions for runners G.U-968/200 and G.U-968/150
51
Product information
FERCO
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ Assembly, drilling and milling dimensions for handles and runners
Drilling and milling dimensions for locking element with cylinder bore 6-25918-**-0-1 Drilling and milling dimensions for mill-in gears 6-25916-**-0-1 6-25917-**-0-1 6-25948-**-0-1 ** Available backsets: 25 - 35 - 40 - 45 - 50 mm
Backset + 11
14 10
15 12
18 14
10/14 mm
12/15 mm
14/18 mm
10
20 15
21
Dimensions of the frame groove
> 25
Assembly dimensions for frame and sash
6,0 22
Drilling dimensions for push rod
SW / FH
60
52
45
30
30
45
32-43
Drilling dimensions for runners G.U-968/150
Product information
FERCO
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ and G.U-968/150 mZ Shortening dimensions for push rods, width of sash overlap 22 mm Lengths of push rods Schemes A, D, G and K without middle lock – top L = SW – 700 Schemes A, D, G and K with middle lock – top L = SW/2 – 428
L = SW/2 – 428
Scheme C without middle lock – top Locking pin element L = SW – 700 Scheme C with middle lock – top
Locking pin element L = SW – 1056
L = 200
Schemes A, C, D, G and K Handle side – top L = SH – G – 433
Schemes A, C, D, G and K with middle lock Locking side – top L = G – 388
Schemes A, C, D, G and K with middle lock Locking side – bottom L = SH – G – 433
Schemes A, C, D, G and K Handle side – bottom L = G – 388
Schemes A, C, D, G and K without middle lock Locking side L = SH – 665 Schemes A, D, G and K with middle lock – bottom L = SW/2 – 428
L = SW/2 – 428
Schemes A, D, G and K without middle lock – bottom L = SW – 700 Scheme C with middle lock – bottom
Abbreviations G Gear position L Length SH Sash height SW Sash width
Locking pin element L = SW – 1056
L = 200
Scheme C without middle lock – bottom Locking pin element L = SW – 700
53
Product information
FERCO
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ Shortening dimensions for push rods, width of sash overlap 22 mm Lengths of push rods Schemes A, D, G and K without middle lock – top L = SW – 207 Schemes A, D, G and K with middle lock – top L = SW/2 – 88
L = SW/2 – 186
Scheme C without middle lock – top L = 55
L = SW – 318
Scheme C with middle lock – top L = 55
L = SW/2 – 199
L = SW/2 – 186
Schemes A, C, D, G and K Handle side – top L = SH – G – 448
Schemes A, C, D, G and K Locking side L = SH/2 – 88
Schemes A, C, D, G and K Handle side – bottom L = G – 170
Schemes A, C, D, G and K with middle lock – bottom L = SW/2 – 366
L = SW/2 – 237
Schemes A, C, D, G and K without middle lock – bottom L = SW – 536
Abbreviations G Gear position L Length SH Sash height SW Sash width
54
Drilling and assembly jigs
FERCO
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ, G.U-968/150 mZ, G.U-968/150 oZ Application G.U-968/200 mZ, G.U-968/150 mZ Assembly of handles
Assembly of runners, stay arms, gliding and running rails
G.U-968/150 oZ Assembly of handles Assembly of runners, stay arms, gliding and running rails
Description Aluminium doors and windows Drilling jig for geared handle Drilling jig for handle inside and for operation from both sides Stop for drilling jigs 6-28894 and 6-24025 Drilling jig for cylinder gear – Euro-groove 15/20 and Hueck Drilling jig for runners and support Drilling jig for corner transmissions and stay arms – Euro-groove 15/20 and Hueck – Hartmann Drilling jig for gliding and running rails Drilling jig for fixing pin Assembly jig for gliding rail Assembly jig for running rail Aluminium doors and windows Drilling jig for geared handle Drilling jig for mill-in gear Drilling jig for runners and support Drilling jig for gliding and running rails Drilling jig for fixing pin Assembly jig for gliding rail Assembly jig for running rail
Article No. 6-28894-00-0-0 6-24025-00-0-1 9-27406-00-0-1 9-27272-01-0-0 6-28917-00-0-0 6-28336-02-0-3 6-28336-04-0-3 6-24696-00-0-3 6-30447-00-0-0 6-23246-00-0-0 6-23241-00-0-0 6-25373-01-0-0 6-26191-00-0-0 6-28917-00-0-0 6-24696-00-0-3 6-30447-00-0-0 6-23246-00-0-0 6-23241-00-0-0
55
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ
FERCO
Doors and windows with geared handle inside for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm End cap 9-34523-00-0-*, gliding rail P 1225
Stay arm glider Stay arm cover Stay arm, front, lh Stay arm, front, rh
Cover rail P 1480
Locking pin element Locking plate acc. to frame groove
6-22755-00-0-0 9-35573-00-0-* 6-29656-02-L-8 6-29656-02-R-8
Carrier 6-27862-02
Connecting rod 9-23055-**-0-1 Support 9-38527-00-0-0
Countersunk sheet metal screw 9-13151-38 Cover 9-26687-00-0-*
Running rail P 1213
Corner transmission 6-28452-02-0-8 Spring element 6-28447-02-0-0 Cover 9-32227-01-0-1
56
6-22755-00-0-0 9-35573-00-0-* 6-29657-02-L-8 6-29657-02-R-8
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to K [3] Quantity Description Article No. A C D G K [2] Handle pos. lh Handle pos. rh 1 2• 1 1 2• Box of runners G.U-968/200 K-15268-00-L-0 K-15268-00-R-0 1 2• 1 1 2• Box of stay arms G.U-mZ K-14713-00-L-8 K-14713-00-R-8 1 2• 1 1 2• Middle stay arm G.U-mZ 6-29349-02-L-8 6-29349-02-R-8 1 2 1 1 2 Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0 1 2 1 1 2 Cover for middle stay arm 9-35573-00-0-* SW 1851-2000 1 2• 1 1 2• Box of geared handle G.U-mZ [1] DIRIGENT with anti-lockout device K-14712-00-L-* K-14712-00-R-* Locking pin element 6-27866-02-0-0 SW SH SW (C) SH (C) 1 2 1 1 2 740-1200 895-1200 840-1500 895-1200 2 4 2 2 4 1201-2400 1201-2400 3 3 3 6 1201-1600 895-1200 4 4 4 8 1201-2400 5 6 5 5 10 1601-1850 895-1200 1501-1850 895-1200 6 8 6 6 12 1201-2400 1201-2400 7 10 7 7 14 1851-2000 895-1200 1851-2000 895-1200 8 12 8 8 16 1201-2400 1201-2400 4 Locking pin element C 6-27872-02-0-0 1 Fixing pin D for control part 9-39897-00-0-1 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of profiles G.U-968/200 [1] SW 740- 850 K-15269-20-0-* 851-1100 K-15269-25-0-* 1101-1350 K-15269-30-0-* 1351-1600 K-15269-35-0-* 1601-1850 K-15269-40-0-* 1851-2000 K-15269-45-0-* 2 4 2 2 4 Positioning plate Frame groove 10/14 mm 6-25587-01-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-25587-02-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-25587-03-0-1 Locking plate Frame groove 10/14 mm 6-28734-10-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-28734-12-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-28734-14-0-1 SW SH SW (C) SH (C) 5 12 5 5 10 740-1200 895-1200 840-1500 895-1200 7 15 7 7 14 1201-2400 1201-2400 7 7 7 14 1201-1600 895-1200 9 9 9 18 1201-2400 9 16 9 9 18 1601-1850 895-1200 1501-1850 895-1200 11 19 11 11 22 1201-2400 1201-2400 11 18 11 11 22 1851-2000 895-1200 1851-2000 895-1200 13 21 13 13 26 1201-2400 1201-2400 [1] * = Colour: 1 = EV 1, 5 = UC 5, 7 = white [2] • = 1 box with handle position lh, 1 box with handle position rh [3] = Push rod holes with diameter 6.0 mm; optionally available with diameter 5.2 mm Note: From SW 1851 to 2000 mm a middle stay arm must be installed. From SW 1601 to 2000 mm and a sash weight from 180 to 200 kg tandem runners and a middle stay arm must be installed.
Geared handle DIRIGENT lh 6-28828-00-L-* rh 6-28828-00-R-* HEX nut 9-13214 Countersunk screw 9-13133-25 Countersunk sheet metal screw 9-13089-09
Runner, front lh 6-29556-00-L-0 rh 6-29556-00-R-0 End cap lh 9-38520-00-L-* rh 9-38520-00-R-*
Stay arm glider Stay arm cover Stay arm, rear, lh Stay arm, rear, rh
Positioning plate acc. to profile
Control part 6-29562-00-0-*
Locking pin element
Locking pin element
Anti-lifting security device 6-24792-01-0-1
Guide 6-29750-00-0-1 Cover rail P 1603
Spring-loaded buffer 6-29564-00-0-*
Locking pin element Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Runner, rear lh 6-29557-00-L-0 rh 6-29557-00-R-0 End cap lh 9-38520-00-L-* rh 9-38520-00-R-*
Positioning plate acc. to profile
Adapter, rear 6-28449-02-0-0
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ
FERCO
Doors and windows with cylinder gear, lockable, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm End cap 9-34523-00-0-*, gliding rail P 1225
Stay arm glider Stay arm cover Stay arm, front, lh Stay arm, front, rh
Cover rail P 1480
6-22755-00-0-0 9-35573-00-0-* 6-29656-02-L-8 6-29656-02-R-8
Locking pin element Locking plate acc. to frame groove
6-22755-00-0-0 9-35573-00-0-* 6-29657-02-L-8 6-29657-02-R-8
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to K [3] Quantity Description Article No. A C D G K [2] Handle pos. lh Handle pos. rh 1 2• 1 1 2• Box of runners G.U-968/200 K-15268-00-L-0 K-15268-00-R-0 1 2• 1 1 2• Box of stay arms G.U-mZ K-14713-00-L-8 K-14713-00-R-8 1 2• 1 1 2• Middle stay arm G.U-mZ 6-29349-02-L-8 6-29349-02-R-8 1 2 1 1 2 Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0 1 2 1 1 2 Cover for middle stay arm 9-35573-00-0-* SW 1851-2000 1 2• 1 1 2• Handle inside G.U-mZ [1] DIRIGENT with cylinder bore 6-24623-00-0-* 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of cylinder gear D 40 Backset 40 mm K-14714-00-0-1 Locking pin element 6-27866-02-0-0 SW SH SW (C) SH (C) 5 10 5 5 10 740-1200 1715-2400 840-1500 1715-2400 7 7 7 14 1201-1600 1715-2400 9 14 9 9 18 1601-1850 1715-2400 1501-1850 1715-2400 11 18 11 11 22 1851-2000 1715-2400 1851-2000 1715-2400 4 Locking pin element C 6-27872-02-0-0 1 Fixing pin D for control part 9-39897-00-0-1 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of profiles G.U-968/200 [1] SW 740- 850 K-15269-20-0-* 851-1100 K-15269-25-0-* 1101-1350 K-15269-30-0-* 1351-1600 K-15269-35-0-* 1601-1850 K-15269-40-0-* 1851-2000 K-15269-45-0-* 2 4 2 2 4 Positioning plate Frame groove 10/14 mm 6-25587-01-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-25587-02-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-25587-03-0-1 Locking plate Frame groove 10/14 mm 6-28734-10-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-28734-12-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-28734-14-0-1 SW SH SW (C) SH (C) 9 18 9 9 18 740-1200 1715-2400 840-1500 1715-2400 11 11 11 22 1201-1600 1715-2400 13 22 13 13 26 1601-1850 1715-2400 1501-1850 1715-2400 15 26 15 15 30 1851-2000 1715-2400 1851-2000 1715-2400 [1] * = Colour: 1 = EV 1, 5 = UC 5, 7 = white [2] • = 1 box with handle position lh, 1 box with handle position rh [3] = Push rod holes with diameter 6.0 mm Note: From SW 1851 to 2000 mm a middle stay arm must be installed. From SW 1601 to 2000 mm and a sash weight from 180 to 200 kg tandem runners and a middle stay arm must be installed.
Handle DIRIGENT inside, without cams Conical notched pins
Cylinder gear Conical notched pins
Connecting rod 9-23055-**-0-1 Support 9-38527-00-0-0
Countersunk sheet metal screw 9-13151-38 Cover 9-26687-00-0-*
Runner, front lh 6-29556-00-L-0 rh 6-29556-00-R-0 End cap lh 9-38520-00-L-* rh 9-38520-00-R-*
Stay arm glider Stay arm cover Stay arm, rear, lh Stay arm, rear, rh
Running rail P 1213
Corner transmission 6-28452-02-0-8 Spring element 6-28447-02-0-0 Cover 9-32227-01-0-1
Positioning plate acc. to profile
Control part 6-29562-00-0-*
Locking pin element
Locking pin element
Anti-lifting security device 6-24792-01-0-1
Guide 6-29750-00-0-1 Cover rail P 1603
Spring-loaded buffer 6-29564-00-0-*
Locking pin element Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Runner, rear lh 6-29557-00-L-0 rh 6-29557-00-R-0 End cap lh 9-38520-00-L-* rh 9-38520-00-R-*
Positioning plate acc. to profile
Adapter, rear 6-28449-02-0-0
57
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 mZ
FERCO
Doors and windows with geared handle inside for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm End cap 9-34523-00-0-*, gliding rail P 1225
Stay arm glider Stay arm cover Stay arm, front, lh Stay arm, front, rh
Cover rail P 1480
6-22755-00-0-0 9-35573-00-0-* 6-29656-02-L-8 6-29656-02-R-8
Locking pin element Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Stay arm glider Stay arm cover Stay arm, rear, lh Stay arm, rear, rh
6-22755-00-0-0 9-35573-00-0-* 6-29657-02-L-8 6-29657-02-R-8
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to K [3] Quantity Description Article No. A C D G K [2] Handle pos. lh Handle pos. rh 1 2• 1 1 2• Box of runners G.U-968/150 K-15278-00-L-0 K-15278-00-R-0 1 2• 1 1 2• Box of stay arms G.U-mZ K-14713-00-L-8 K-14713-00-R-8 1 2• 1 1 2• Box of geared handle G.U-mZ [1] DIRIGENT with anti-lockout device K-14712-00-L-* K-14712-00-R-* Locking pin element 6-27866-02-0-0 SW SH SW (C) SH (C) 1 2 1 1 2 740-1200 895-1200 840-1500 895-1200 2 4 2 2 4 1201-2400 1201-2400 3 6 3 3 6 1201-1600 895-1200 1501-1600 895-1200 4 8 4 4 8 1201-2400 1201-2400 4 Locking pin element C 6-27872-02-0-0 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of profiles G.U-968/150 [1] SW 740- 850 K-15279-20-0-* 851-1100 K-15279-25-0-* 1101-1350 K-15279-30-0-* 1351-1600 K-15279-35-0-* 2 4 2 2 4 Positioning plate Frame groove 10/14 mm 6-25587-01-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-25587-02-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-25587-03-0-1 Locking plate Frame groove 10/14 mm 6-28734-10-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-28734-12-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-28734-14-0-1 SW SH SW (C) SH (C) 5 12 5 5 10 740-1200 895-1200 840-1500 895-1200 7 15 7 7 14 1201-2400 1201-2400 7 16 7 7 14 1201-1600 895-1200 1501-1600 895-1200 9 19 9 9 18 1201-2400 1201-2400 [1] * = Colour: 1 = EV 1, 5 = UC 5, 7 = white [2] • = 1 box with handle position lh, 1 box with handle position rh [3] = Push rod holes with diameter 6.0 mm; optionally available with diameter 5.2 mm Note: Max. sash weight 150 kg
Locking pin element
Geared handle DIRIGENT lh 6-28828-00-L-* rh 6-28828-00-R-* HEX nut 9-13214 Countersunk screw 9-13133-25 Countersunk sheet metal screw 9-13089-09
Locking pin element
Carrier 6-27862-02
Anti-lifting security device 6-24792-01-0-1
Connecting rod 9-25476-**-0-1 Support 9-38527-00-0-0
Countersunk sheet metal screw 9-13151-38 Cover 9-26687-00-0-*
Runner, front lh 6-29560-00-L-0 rh 6-29560-00-R-0 End cap lh 9-38543-00-L-* rh 9-38543-00-R-*
Running rail P 1300
Corner transmission 6-28452-02-0-8 Spring element 6-28447-02-0-0 Cover 9-32227-01-0-1
58
Positioning plate acc. to profile
Control part 6-29563-00-0-*
Guide 6-24764-00-0-0 Cover rail P 1608
Spring-loaded buffer 6-29565-00-0-*
Locking pin element Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Runner, rear lh 6-29561-00-L-0 rh 6-29561-00-R-0 End cap lh 9-38543-00-L-* rh 9-38543-00-R-*
Positioning plate acc. to profile
Adapter, rear 6-28449-02-0-0
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 mZ
FERCO
Doors and windows with cylinder gear, lockable, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm End cap 9-34523-00-0-*, gliding rail P 1225
Stay arm glider Stay arm cover Stay arm, front, lh Stay arm, front, rh
Cover rail P 1480
6-22755-00-0-0 9-35573-00-0-* 6-29656-02-L-8 6-29656-02-R-8
Locking pin element Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Stay arm glider Stay arm cover Stay arm, rear, lh Stay arm, rear, rh
6-22755-00-0-0 9-35573-00-0-* 6-29657-02-L-8 6-29657-02-R-8
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to K [3] Quantity Description Article No. A C D G K [2] Handle pos. lh Handle pos. rh 1 2• 1 1 2• Box of runners G.U-968/150 K-15278-00-L-0 K-15278-00-R-0 1 2• 1 1 2• Box of stay arms G.U-mZ K-14713-00-L-8 K-14713-00-R-8 1 2• 1 1 2• Handle inside G.U-mZ [1] DIRIGENT with cylinder bore 6-24623-00-0-* 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of cylinder gear D 40 Backset 40 mm K-14714-00-0-1 Locking pin element 6-27866-02-0-0 SW SH SW (C) SH (C) 5 10 5 5 10 740-1200 1715-2400 840-1500 1715-2400 7 14 7 7 14 1201-1600 1715-2400 1501-1600 1715-2400 4 Locking pin element C 6-27872-02-0-0 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of profiles G.U-968/150 [1] SW 740- 850 K-15279-20-0-* 851-1100 K-15279-25-0-* 1101-1350 K-15279-30-0-* 1351-1600 K-15279-35-0-* 2 4 2 2 4 Positioning plate Frame groove 10/14 mm 6-25587-01-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-25587-02-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-25587-03-0-1 Locking plate Frame groove 10/14 mm 6-28734-10-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-28734-12-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-28734-14-0-1 SW SH SW (C) SH (C) 9 18 9 9 18 740-1200 1715-2400 840-1500 1715-2400 11 22 11 11 22 1201-1600 1715-2400 1501-1600 1715-2400 [1] * = Colour: 1 = EV 1, 5 = UC 5, 7 = white [2] • = 1 box with handle position lh, 1 box with handle position rh [3] = Push rod holes with diameter 6.0 mm Note: Max. sash weight 150 kg
Locking pin element
Handle DIRIGENT inside, without cams Conical notched pins Locking pin element Cylinder gear Conical notched pins Anti-lifting security device 6-24792-01-0-1
Connecting rod 9-25476-**-0-1 Support 9-38527-00-0-0
Countersunk sheet metal screw 9-13151-38 Cover 9-26687-00-0-*
Runner, front lh 6-29560-00-L-0 rh 6-29560-00-R-0 End cap lh 9-38543-00-L-* rh 9-38543-00-R-*
Running rail P 1300
Corner transmission 6-28452-02-0-8 Spring element 6-28447-02-0-0 Cover 9-32227-01-0-1
Positioning plate acc. to profile
Control part 6-29563-00-0-*
Guide 6-24764-00-0-0 Cover rail P 1608
Spring-loaded buffer 6-29565-00-0-*
Locking pin element Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Runner, rear lh 6-29561-00-L-0 rh 6-29561-00-R-0 End cap lh 9-38543-00-L-* rh 9-38543-00-R-*
Positioning plate acc. to profile
Adapter, rear 6-28449-02-0-0
59
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ
FERCO
Doors and windows with geared handle inside for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm End cap 9-34523-00-0-*, gliding rail P 1225
Cover rail P 1480
End cap Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0 lh 9-34517-00-L-* Stay arm rh 9-34517-00-R-*
Screw Nut
Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0 Stay arm
End cap lh 9-34517-00-L-* rh 9-34517-00-R-*
Cover rail P 1481
Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-1
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to K [3] Quantity Description Article No. A C D G K [2] Handle pos. lh Handle pos. rh 1 2• 1 1 2• Box of runners G.U-968/150 K-15278-00-L-0 K-15278-00-R-0 1 2 1 1 2 Box of adapters G.U-oZ K-14141-02-0-0 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of geared handle [1] G-45978-00-0-* DIRIGENT 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of locking parts G.U-oZ Frame groove 10/14 mm G-14748-01-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm G-14749-01-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm G-14750-01-0-1 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of middle lock G.U-oZ W SW according to profile system Frame groove 10/14 mm G-14751-01-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm G-14753-01-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm G-14752-01-0-1 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of middle lock G.U-oZ S SH according to profile system Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15805-01-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15807-01-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15806-01-0-1 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of profiles G.U-968/150 [1] SW 600- 850 K-15279-20-0-* 851-1100 K-15279-25-0-* 1101-1350 K-15279-30-0-* 1351-1600 K-15279-35-0-* 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of additional profiles G.U-oZ [1] SW 600- 850 K-14132-20-0-* 851-1100 K-14132-25-0-* 1101-1350 K-14132-30-0-* 1351-1600 K-14132-35-0-* 2 4 2 2 4 Positioning plate, clampable (acc. to profile) Locking plate (acc. to profile) SW SH 5 6 5 5 5 600-1200 730-1200 7 8 7 7 7 1201-2400 7 8 7 7 7 1201-1600 730-1200 9 10 9 9 9 1201-2400 [1] * = Colour: 1 = EV 1, 5 = UC 5, 7 = white [2] • = 1 box with handle position lh, 1 box with handle position rh [3] = Push rod holes with diameter 6.0 mm; optionally available with diameter 5.2 mm Note: Max. sash weight 130 kg
Cover 9-32227-01-0-* Spring element 6-24791-02-0-0
Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 Geared handle 6-24559-00-0-* Cylinder head screw 9-13354-12
Connecting rod 9-25476-**-0-1 Support 9-38527-00-0-0
Countersunk sheet metal screw 9-13151-38 Cover 9-26687-00-0-*
Runner, front lh 6-29560-00-L-0 rh 6-29560-00-R-0 End cap lh 9-38543-00-L-* rh 9-38543-00-R-*
Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-1
60
Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-1
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1
Running rail P 1300
Positioning plate acc. to profile
Adapter, front 6-24789-02-0-1
Control part 6-29563-00-0-*
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1
Locking plate Anti-lifting security device 6-24792-01-0-1
Guide 6-24764-00-0-0 Cover rail P 1608
Spring-loaded buffer 6-29565-00-0-*
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 Locking plate acc. to profile
Runner, rear lh 6-29561-00-L-0 rh 6-29561-00-R-0 End cap lh 9-38543-00-L-* rh 9-38543-00-R-*
Positioning plate acc. to profile
Adapter, rear 6-24790-02-0-1
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ
FERCO
Doors and windows with mill-in gear, lockable, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm End cap 9-34523-00-0-*, gliding rail P 1225
Cover rail P 1480
End cap Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0 lh 9-34517-00-L-* Stay arm rh 9-34517-00-R-*
Screw Nut
Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0 Stay arm
End cap lh 9-34517-00-L-* rh 9-34517-00-R-*
Cover rail P 1481
Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-1
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1
Rosette PZ inside Countersunk screw
Locking element with cylinder bore
Handle DIRIGENT-F Countersunk screw
Mill-in gear, 180°
Connecting rod 9-25476-**-0-1 Support 9-38527-00-0-0
Countersunk sheet metal screw 9-13151-38 Cover 9-26687-00-0-*
Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-1
Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-1
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to K [4] Quantity Description Article No. A C D G K [2] Handle pos. lh Handle pos. rh 1 2• 1 1 2• Box of runners G.U-968/150 K-15278-00-L-0 K-15278-00-R-0 1 2 1 1 2 Box of adapters G.U-oZ K-14141-02-0-0 1 2 1 1 2 Handle DIRIGENT-F [1] 6-28072-**-0-* 1 2 1 1 2 Rosette PZ inside [1] 6-25224-02-0-* 4 8 4 4 8 Countersunk screw M 5 x 35 9-13255-35 1 2 1 1 2 Mill-in gear, 180° [3] 6-25916-**-0-1 1 2 1 1 2 Locking element with cylinder bore [3] 6-25918-**-0-1 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of locking parts G.U-oZ Frame groove 10/14 mm G-14748-01-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm G-14749-01-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm G-14750-01-0-1 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of middle lock G.U-oZ W SW according to profile system Frame groove 10/14 mm G-14751-01-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm G-14753-01-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm G-14752-01-0-1 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of middle lock G.U-oZ S SH according to profile system Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15805-01-0-1 Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15807-01-0-1 Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15806-01-0-1 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of profiles G.U-968/150 [1] SW 600- 850 K-15279-20-0-* 851-1100 K-15279-25-0-* 1101-1350 K-15279-30-0-* 1351-1600 K-15279-35-0-* 1 2 1 1 2 Bag of additional profiles G.U-oZ [1] SW 600- 850 K-14132-20-0-* 851-1100 K-14132-25-0-* 1101-1350 K-14132-30-0-* 1351-1600 K-14132-35-0-* 2 4 2 2 4 Positioning plate, clampable (acc. to profile) Locking plate (acc. to profile) SW SH 5 6 5 5 5 600-1200 730-1200 7 8 7 7 7 1201-2400 7 8 7 7 7 1201-1600 730-1200 9 10 9 9 9 1201-2400 [1] * = Colour: 1 = EV 1, 5 = UC 5, 7 = white [2] • = 1 box with handle position lh, 1 box with handle position rh [3] ** = Backset 25 to 50 mm [4] = Push rod holes with diameter 6.0 mm; optionally available with diameter 5.2 mm Note: Max. sash weight 130 kg
Cover 9-32227-01-0-* Spring element 6-24791-02-0-0
Runner, front lh 6-29560-00-L-0 rh 6-29560-00-R-0 End cap lh 9-38543-00-L-* rh 9-38543-00-R-*
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1
Running rail P 1300
Positioning plate acc. to profile
Adapter, front 6-24789-02-0-1
Control part 6-29563-00-0-*
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1
Locking plate Anti-lifting security device 6-24792-01-0-1
Guide 6-24764-00-0-0 Cover rail P 1608
Spring-loaded buffer 6-29565-00-0-*
Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 Locking plate acc. to profile
Runner, rear lh 6-29561-00-L-0 rh 6-29561-00-R-0 End cap lh 9-38543-00-L-* rh 9-38543-00-R-*
Positioning plate acc. to profile
Adapter, rear 6-24790-02-0-1
61
Positioning and locking plates acc. to profile system
FERCO
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ and G.U-968/150 mZ Application Description Aluminium doors Sash profile and windows Akotherm AT 730 2551 Graute-Therm 80 Hartmann Systherm 72 E Heroal Series 065 9302 Hueck 2.1 or 1.0 Klauke 78145 Reynolds RT 67, RT 72 770 145/770 146 Schüco Royal S 65 Sykon Sykotherm 64 6332 * Locking plate also for false mullion profile
Frame profile
False mullion profile
2502
9324 78010 770 006/770 090 6329
6331
Article No. Locking plate 6-28734-12-0-1 6-28734-10-0-1 9-30146-05-0-1* 6-28734-10-0-1
Article No. Positioning plate 6-25587-02-0-1 6-25587-01-0-1 9-29990-05-0-1 6-25587-01-0-1 6-25071-00-0-1 G-15059-00-0-1 6-25587-03-0-1 6-28734-10-0-1 6-25587-01-0-1 6-28734-10-0-1
Assembly drawing 0.43855.1/968/200 mZ 0.43905.1/968/150 mZ 0.43712.4 0.43827.2
0.43770.4
6-25587-01-0-1
Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ Application Aluminium doors and windows Alcan Series Contact
Description Sash profile
Frame profile
Article No. False mullion Locking profile plate 4029 F 1) G-15069-00-0-1 2) G-11800-00-0-1 V 63207 1) G-15059-00-0-1 2) G-11071-00-0-1 52533-73 1) G-15059-00-0-1 2) G-11071-00-0-1 1) G-15059-00-0-1 2) G-11071-00-0-1 1) G-15067-00-0-1 2) G-11065-00-0-1 901 042 1) G-15059-00-0-1* 901 080 2) G-11071-00-0-1* 1) G-15059-00-0-1 2) G-11071-00-0-1 9-30147-00-0-3 6-25071-00-0-3 G-19578-00-0-1 602-03-002 6-25071-00-0-3 N 113320/ 1) G-15067-00-0-1* N 113352 2) G-11065-00-0-1*
4024 F
4002 D
Alisol 3
V 66052
V 63215
Alsec 2000 Series 59
55829-97
46960-85
Alu A.M.C. GN 50
50/430
50/230
Bug 90
831 602
831 614
Egybel
901 053
901 010
EurAl Series 65
162 100
161 100
Forster (steel profile) Hueck 2.1 Metra Series 65 MKF TKI 602 Pechiney
500.700 556 200 265 103 602-02-022 N 113351
505.665 556 103 165 130 602-01-015 N 113311
Pesalu Remi Claeys Ekonal
07001069 47332
04201041 42003
42531
Schüco Royal 64w Schüco Royal S 65/55 Sidal NC 60 S
108 580 166 490 873
104 610 166 030 863
104 620 166 070 878
SMS Series 46000
46 720
46 493
46 511
Reynaers
Systemes (F) Wernal Series 6000
1) G-15069-00-0-1 2) G-11800-00-0-1 1) G-15059-00-0-1 2) G-11071-00-0-1 9-30146-03-0-3 9-30146-03-0-3 1) G-15069-00-0-1 2) G-11800-00-0-1 1) G-15067-00-0-1 2) G-11065-00-0-1 1) G-15059-00-0-1 2) G-11071-00-0-1 1) G-15059-00-0-1 2) G-11071-00-0-1
Article No. Positioning plate 9-29990-24-0-3 6-25587-02-0-3 9-29990-14-0-3 6-25587-03-0-3 9-29990-14-0-3 6-25587-03-0-3 9-29990-14-0-3 6-25587-03-0-3 9-29990-23-0-3 6-25587-01-0-3 9-29990-14-0-3 6-25587-03-0-3 9-29990-14-0-3 6-25587-03-0-3 9-30163-18-0-3
F.41949.1 0.41081.2 0.42657.2
0.42236.2
0.41041.1
6-25587-03-0-3 9-29990-23-0-3 6-25587-01-0-3 0.42691.2 9-29990-24-0-3 6-25587-02-0-3 9-29990-14-0-3 6-25587-03-0-3 9-29990-03-0-3 9-29990-32-0-3 9-29990-24-0-3 6-25587-02-0-3 9-29990-23-0-3 6-25587-01-0-3 9-29990-14-0-3 6-25587-03-0-3 9-29990-14-0-3 6-25587-03-0-3
* Locking plate also for false mullion profile 1)Locking plate fixed – positioning plate fixed/screw-on version 2)Locking plate adjustable – positioning plate fixed/clampable Note: Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ, G.U-968/150 mZ and G.U-968/150 oZ are adapted to all profile systems with Euro-groove 15/20 mm in the sash profile and frame groove 10/14 mm, 12/15 mm or 14/18 mm.
62
Assembly drawing 0.43903.1/968/150 oZ
0.42763.1
0.41062.1
0.42562.1 0.43290.1 0.41777.4
0.42578.4 0.40937.4
Sliding-Folding fittings
FERCO
for aluminium doors and windows Application
Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver and ferGUard* yellow
Range of applications for G.U Sliding-Folding fittings: â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Sliding-Folding doors with 3 to 7 sashes, â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Sliding-Folding windows with 3 to 7 sashes, each with running and gliding rails.
Designs Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822 Bottom running fittings for single sashes up to 80 kg, with 4-wheel carriages, adjustable for different sash overlap dimensions, height adjustable + 4 mm or - 1.5 mm. Wheels with PVC-coated ball bearings. SW -1000 mm, SH -2400 mm
The fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting and aluminium alloys. According to the material they are protected against corrosion by the surface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminium parts are anodized.
Abbreviations
Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-825 Top running fittings for single sashes up to 80 kg, with 4-wheel carriages, adjustable for different sash overlap dimensions, height adjustable + 4 mm or - 1.5 mm. Wheels with PVC-coated ball bearings. SW -1000 mm, SH -2400 mm
G lh ML rh SH ST SW TFW
Handles
Article Numbers
The geared handles are made of aluminium with concealed fixings. Rosettes with robust retaining feature. An additional wrong operation safety device is fixed on the handle carrier. Lockable and removable handles as well as handles with extended carrier fork complete the programme.
Example Article No. 6-25334-00-0-*
Running rail P 1213 Aluminium running rail, suitable for use with Sliding-Folding sashes with standard and special fittings.
Gliding rail P 1381
Fixed gear position left hand Middle lock right hand Sash height Sash thickness Sash width Total frame width
6-25334- - -00- - -L- -R- -0- - -1T - - -1
Aluminium gliding rail, suitable for use with Sliding-Folding sashes (top guide).
-
-
- -2 - -3
Standard colours
-
-
-
EV 1 UC 5 White
Visible aluminium parts anodized in natural colour, cover profiles grey Visible aluminium parts anodized dark bronze, cover profiles brown Visible aluminium parts anodized in natural colour, cover profiles white (RAL 9016)
-4 -5 -6 -7 -7T -8 -*
Part number Size Left hand (gear side) Right hand (gear side) Usable on both sides Nickel silver F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting parts galvanized and blue bichromated F 2/EV 2, champagne colour F 3, brass or brass colour, steel parts galvanized and yellow bichromated UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005) White, powder-coated (RAL 9016) White, powder-coated (RAL 9010) Stainless steel oder inox colour Surface treatment variable (see price-list)
Sash arrangement according to schemes 321 to 770
321 2 folding sashes 1 side hung sash [1]
330 2 folding sashes 1 side hung sash
431 3 folding sashes 1 side hung sash [1]
532 2 folding/1 side hung sash 2 folding sashes
541 4 folding sashes 1 side hung sash [1]
550 4 folding sashes 1 side hung sash
633 3 folding sashes 2 folding/1 side hung sash
651 5 folding sashes 1 side hung sash [1]
743 4 folding sashes 2 folding/1 side hung sash
761 6 folding sashes 1 side hung sash [1]
770 6 folding sashes 1 side hung sash
[1] Active side hung sash also as a tilt-turn sash
63
Optional parts
FERCO
for Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822 and G.U-825
Bag of limiting stay with friction slider Arm length 150 mm Frame groove 10/14 G-12952-10-0-* Frame groove 12/15 G-12952-12-0-* Frame groove 14/18 G-12952-14-0-* Arm length 250 mm Frame groove 10/14 Frame groove 12/15 Frame groove 14/18
G-12953-10-0-* G-12953-12-0-* G-12953-14-0-*
Carrier for SH 500-600 mm G-17510-00-0-1
Bag of concealed blocking lock without key Frame groove 10/14 G-12995-00-0-0 Frame groove 12/15 G-12997-00-0-0 Frame groove 14/18 G-12996-00-0-0 Key for blocking lock 8-00771-00-0-3
Bag of door catch K-12962-00-0-1
64
Bag of screw-on blocking lock with key K-12968-00-0-*
Optional parts
FERCO
Geared handles SPACIO for tilt-turn and side hung sashes, accessories Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish 1 carrier 22 mm non lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, with fixing screws G-46551-00-0-*
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, with fixing screws and 2 keys G-46553-00-0-*
Bag of geared rosette SPACIO, with fixing screws G-46555-00-0-* Removable handle SPACIO G-18888-00-0-*
Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish 1 carrier 33 mm non lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, with fixing screws G-46595-00-0-*
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, with fixing screws and 2 keys G-46597-00-0-*
Bag of geared rosette SPACIO, with fixing screws G-46596-00-0-* Removable handle SPACIO G-18888-00-0-*
Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish 2 carriers 22 mm non lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle
Bag of geared handle SPACIO, Bag of geared handle right hand, with fixing screws SPACIO, right hand, with G-46552-00-R-* fixing screws and 2 keys G-46554-00-R-*
Bag of geared rosette SPACIO, right hand, with fixing screws G-46556-00-R-* Removable handle SPACIO G-18888-00-0-*
Bag of accessories for conversion of handles only delivered right hand into left hand G-46550-00-L-1
65
Optional parts
FERCO
Handles DIRIGENT-F for mill-in gears
DIRIGENT-F Spindle 29 6-28072-29-0-*
DIRIGENT-F/Z with push-button cylinder, all keys alike Spindle 29 6-28075-29-0-*
Removable handle DIRIGENT-F/SG Spindle 33 8-00694-33-0-*
Rosette/F inside, flat 6-24913-00-0-*
Mill-in gear, 180° with wrong operation safety device Backset 14 mm 6-30534-00-0-1
Mill-in gear, 180° without wrong operation safety device Backset 14 mm 6-31280-00-0-1
DIRIGENT-F without spindle 6-28072-00-0-*
DIRIGENT-F/AF outside, flat 6-25223-00-0-*
DIRIGENT-F/A outside 6-25993-00-0-*
Mill-in gear, 90° Backset 25-50 mm 6-25948-**-0-1
Mill-in gear, 180° Backset 25-50 mm 6-25916-**-0-1
Mill-in gear, 180° with wrong operation safety device Backset 25-50 mm 6-25917-**-0-1
Pull handle, outside 9-22921-00-0-*
Spindle ST 56-68 9-26874-56-0-1 ST 69-80 9-26874-69-0-1
Inside operation Countersunk screw M 5 x 35 9-13255-35
In- and outside operation Countersunk screw M 5 ST 51-60 9-13255-60 ST 61-70 9-13255-70 ST 71-80 9-13255-80
Rosette outside with cylinder bore 9-32407-02-0-*
Rosette inside with cylinder bore 6-25224-02-0-*
Locking element with cylinder bore Backset 25-50 mm 6-25918-**-0-1
Bags of handles DIRIGENT-F
66
Handle DIRIGENT-F without spindle 6-28072-00-0-*
Handle DIRIGENT-F/AF outside, flat 6-25223-00-0-*
Handle DIRIGENT-F without spindle 6-28072-00-0-*
Handle DIRIGENT-F/A outside 6-25993-00-0-*
Rosette inside with cylinder bore 6-25224-02-0-*
Rosette outside with cylinder bore 9-32407-02-0-*
Rosette inside with cylinder bore 6-25224-02-0-*
Rosette outside with cylinder bore 9-32407-02-0-*
Spindle 9-26874-56-0-1
Countersunk screw M 5 x 70 9-13255-70
Spindle 9-26874-56-0-1
Countersunk screw M 5 x 70 9-13255-70
Bag of handles DIRIGENT-F/AF, DIRIGENT-F
Bag of handles DIRIGENT-F/A, DIRIGENT-F
K-14775-70-0-*
K-14776-70-0-*
Product information
FERCO
Drilling and milling dimensions, assembly dimensions
21
> 25
15
20
Assembly dimensions for frame and sash
3 = Thickness of corner hinge JET AK 8 22 SW / SH
Drilling and milling dimensions for locking element with cylinder bore 6-25918-**-0-1 Drilling and milling dimensions for mill-in gears 6-25916-**-0-1 6-25917-**-0-1 6-25948-**-0-1 ** Available backsets: 25 - 35 - 40 - 45 - 50 mm
Backset + 11
G = handle position
Drilling and milling dimensions for mill-in gear Backset 14 mm with wrong operation safety device 6-30534-00-0-1 without wrong operation safety device 6-31280-00-0-1
67
Product information
FERCO
Locking and supporting plates according to frame groove
10/14 mm
18 14
12 15
14 10
Frame groove
12/15 mm
14/18 mm
Tilt-locking plate G-14696-00-0-1 Double sash tilt-turn
G-14698-00-0-1
G-14700-00-0-1
Supporting plate A-02820-00-0-0 Double sash tilt-turn
G-11798-00-0-0
G-11073-00-0-0
Locking plate fixed Locking plate adjustable
G-15067-00-0-1
G-15069-00-0-1
G-15059-00-0-1
G-11065-00-0-1
G-11800-00-0-1
G-11071-00-0-1
Locking plate for shoot
G-11774-00-0-1
G-12022-00-0-1
G-11776-00-0-1
Profile systems
BUG 90 Doral Heroal Series 40 Kubal 2000 Pechiney Reynolds RT 620 SMS 15000 Sykon
Akotherm Alcan Serie Contact Remi Claeys Ekonal i 70 Remi Claeys Ekonal i 60
Egybel EurAl Series 65 Inespal Philippi 2000 Redal 64 Sapa VAW 75 E
68
Product information
FERCO
Folding, inactive, side hung and tilt-turn sashes Drilling dimension for stay arm, shortening dimensions for push rods, width of sash overlap 22 mm Stay arm size 30: Stay arm size 50:
L = SW – 95 L = SW – 535
6
Stay arm size 30: = 192 Stay arm size 50: = 363 Side hung sash hinge: = 120 (to axis)
Push rod and drilling dimension for tilt-turn stay arms
Side hung sash: Inactive sash:
L = SW/2 – 91 L = SW/2 – 247
Push rod for side hung and inactive sash, locking at top
Sash type Folding sash: Inactive sash without ML: Side hung sash without ML: Tilt-turn sash:
L = SH – G – 173 L = SH – GIA – 132 L = SH – G – 173 L = SH – G – 265
Push rod for folding, inactive, side hung and tilt-turn sash, at top of gear side
Sash type Folding sash: Inactive sash without ML: Side hung sash without ML: Tilt-turn sash:
Tilt-turn sash:
L = SH/2 – 183
Push rod for tilt-turn sash, locking on hinge side
L = G – 173 L = GIA – 132 L = G – 173 L = G – 265
Push rod for folding, inactive, side hung and tilt-turn sash, at bottom of gear side
Tilt-turn sash: Side hung sash:
L = 60 L = 60
Push rod for tilt-turn and side hung sash, locking at bottom
Abbreviations G Gear position for standard sash GIA Gear position for inactive sash ML Middle lock SH Sash height SW Sash width
69
Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822, inward opening
FERCO
3 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm Cover profile P 1226 Gliding rail P 1381
End cap 9-32532-00-0-*
Folding catch
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Axial hinge 105 mm
Carrier Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Geared handle 6-24559-00-0-* Cylinder head screw 9-13354-12
Packing
Fitting requirements according to total frame width and sash height for schemes 321 and 330 Quantity Description Article No. 321 330 1 1 Basic box G.U-822 K-13861-08-0-* 1 2 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile) 1 2 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile) 6 3 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-* 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-* 1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-* 2 2 Bag of geared handle DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-* Locking parts for folding sash 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 2 2 Locking plate, fixed 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 Locking parts for side hung sash 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 3 3 Locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 alternatively instead of side hung sash: Tilt-turn fittings [1] 1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-* 1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-1 12/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-1 14/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1 1 Box of stay arm JET AS SW Size ML 355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1 601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1 1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1 2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1 1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-* 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-822 TFW [2] -2960 K-13206-30-0-* 2961-3960 K-13206-40-0-* [1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed [2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm * 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour * 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) G = Centre of geared handle
Gliding roller 6-25336-00-0-3
Support 9-33628-08 Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3 Cover 9-33449-00-R-*
Sash hinge
Cover
Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3 Cover 9-33449-00-L-* Support 9-33628-08
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Running rail P 1213
70
Runner 6-25334-00-0-*
Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822, inward opening
FERCO
5 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm Cover profile P 1226 Gliding rail P 1381
End cap 9-32532-00-0-*
Folding catch
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Axial hinge 105 mm
Carrier Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Geared handle 6-24559-00-0-* Cylinder head screw 9-13354-12
Packing
Fitting requirements according to total frame width and sash height for schemes 532, 541 and 550 Quantity Description Article No. 532 541 550 2 2 2 Basic box G.U-822 K-13861-08-0-* 3 3 4 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile) 3 3 4 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile) 6 6 3 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-* 1 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-* 1 1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-* 3 3 3 Bag of geared handle DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-* Locking parts for folding sash 4 4 4 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 2 2 2 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 4 4 4 Locking plate, fixed 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 Locking parts for side hung sash 2 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 1 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 3 3 3 Locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 alternatively instead of side hung sash: Tilt-turn fittings [1] 1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-* 1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-1 12/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-1 14/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1 1 Box of stay arm JET AS SW Size ML 355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1 601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1 1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1 2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1 1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-* 1 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-822 TFW [2] -2960 K-13206-30-0-* 2961-3960 K-13206-40-0-* 3961-5000 K-13206-50-0-* 5001-6700 K-13206-67-0-* [1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed [2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm * 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour * 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) G = Centre of geared handle
Gliding roller 6-25336-00-0-3
Support 9-33628-08 Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3 Cover 9-33449-00-R-*
Sash hinge
Cover
Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3 Cover 9-33449-00-L-* Support 9-33628-08
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Runner 6-25334-00-0-*
Running rail P 1213
71
Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822, inward opening
FERCO
4 and 6 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm Cover profile P 1226 Gliding rail P 1381
End cap 9-32532-00-0-*
Folding catch
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Axial hinge 105 mm
Carrier Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Geared handle 6-24559-00-0-* Cylinder head screw 9-13354-12
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Running rail P 1213
72
Packing
Fitting requirements according to total frame width and sash height for schemes 431, 633 and 651 Quantity Description Article No. 431 633 651 1 2 2 Basic box G.U-822 K-13861-08-0-* 2 4 4 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile) 2 4 4 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile) 6 6 6 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-* 1 2 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-* 1 2 1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-* 2 3 3 Bag of geared handle DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-* Locking parts for folding sash 2 4 4 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 1 2 2 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 2 4 4 Locking plate, fixed 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 Locking parts for side hung sash 2 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 1 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 3 3 3 Locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 Locking parts for inactive sash 1 1 1 Bag of locking parts SF G-45929-30-0-1 1 1 1 Bag of locking plate SF 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-45939-10-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-45939-12-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-45939-14-0-1 alternatively instead of side hung sash: Tilt-turn fittings [1] 1 1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-* 1 1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-1 12/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-1 14/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1 1 1 Box of stay arm JET AS SW Size ML 355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1 601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1 1 1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1 2 2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1 1 1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-* 1 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-822 TFW [2] -2960 K-13206-30-0-* 2961-3960 K-13206-40-0-* 3961-5000 K-13206-50-0-* 5001-6700 K-13206-67-0-* [1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed [2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm * 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour * 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) G = Centre of geared handle
Gliding roller 6-25336-00-0-3
Support 9-33628-08 Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3 Cover 9-33449-00-R-*
Sash hinge
Cover
Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3 Cover 9-33449-00-L-* Support 9-33628-08
Runner 6-25334-00-0-*
Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822, inward opening
FERCO
7 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm Cover profile P 1226 Gliding rail P 1381
End cap 9-32532-00-0-*
Folding catch
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Axial hinge 105 mm
Carrier Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Geared handle 6-24559-00-0-* Cylinder head screw 9-13354-12
Packing
Fitting requirements according to total frame width and sash height for schemes 743, 761 and 770 Quantity Description Article No. 743 761 770 3 3 3 Basic box G.U-822 K-13861-08-0-* 5 5 6 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile) 5 5 6 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile) 6 6 3 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-* 1 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-* 1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-* 4 4 4 Bag of geared handle DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-* Locking parts for folding catch 6 6 6 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 3 3 3 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 6 6 6 Locking plate, fixed 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 Locking parts for side hung sash 2 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 1 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 3 3 3 Locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 alternatively instead of side hung sash: Tilt-turn fittings [1] 1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-* 1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-1 12/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-1 14/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1 1 Box of stay arm JET AS SW Size ML 355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1 601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1 1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1 2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1 1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-* 1 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-822 TFW [2] -2960 K-13206-30-0-* 2961-3960 K-13206-40-0-* 3961-5000 K-13206-50-0-* 5001-6700 K-13206-67-0-* [1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed [2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm * 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour * 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) G = Centre of geared handle
Gliding roller 6-25336-00-0-3
Support 9-33628-08 Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3 Cover 9-33449-00-R-*
Sash hinge
Cover
Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3 Cover 9-33449-00-L-* Support 9-33628-08
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Runner 6-25334-00-0-*
Running rail P 1213
73
Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-825, inward opening
FERCO
3 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm
Running rail P 1213 End cap lh 9-32740-00-L-*
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Axial hinge 105 mm
Carrier Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Geared handle 6-24559-00-0-* Cylinder head screw 9-13354-12
Cover profile P 1391 Support 9-32741
Fitting requirements according to total frame width and sash height for schemes 321 and 330 Quantity Description Article No. 321 330 1 1 Basic box G.U-825 K-13982-08-0-* 1 2 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile) 1 2 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile) 6 3 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-* 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-* 1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-* 2 2 Bag of geared handle DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-* Locking parts for folding sash 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 2 2 Locking plate, fixed 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 Locking parts for side hung sash 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 3 3 Locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 alternatively instead of side hung sash: Tilt-turn fittings [1] 1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-* 1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-1 12/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-1 14/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1 1 Box of stay arm JET AS SW Size ML 355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1 601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1 1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1 2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1 1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-* 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-825 TFW [2] -2960 K-13272-30-0-* 2961-3960 K-13272-40-0-* [1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed [2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm * 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour * 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) G = Centre of geared handle
Folding catch
74
Runner 6-25436-00-0-*
Support 9-33628-08 Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3 Cover 9-33449-00-R-*
Sash hinge
Cover
Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3 Cover 9-33449-00-L-* Support 9-33628-08
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Gliding rail P 1381
End cap rh 9-32740-00-R-*
Packing
Cover profile P 1226
Gliding roller 6-25336-00-0-3
Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-825, inward opening
FERCO
5 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm
Running rail P 1213 End cap lh 9-32740-00-L-*
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Axial hinge 105 mm
Carrier Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Geared handle 6-24559-00-0-* Cylinder head screw 9-13354-12
Cover profile P 1391 Support 9-32741
Fitting requirements according to total frame width and sash height for schemes 532, 541 and 550 Quantity Description Article No. 532 541 550 2 2 2 Basic box G.U-825 K-13982-08-0-* 3 3 4 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile) 3 3 4 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile) 6 6 3 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-* 1 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-* 1 1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-* 3 3 3 Bag of geared handle DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-* Locking parts for folding sash 4 4 4 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 2 2 2 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 4 4 4 Locking plate, fixed 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 Locking parts for side hung sash 2 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 1 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 3 3 3 Locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 alternatively instead of side hung sash: Tilt-turn fittings [1] 1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-* 1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-1 12/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-1 14/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1 1 Box of stay arm JET AS SW Size ML 355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1 601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1 1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1 2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1 1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-* 1 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-825 TFW [2] -2960 K-13272-30-0-* 2961-3960 K-13272-40-0-* 3961-5000 K-13272-50-0-* 5001-6700 K-13272-67-0-* [1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed [2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm * 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour * 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) G = Centre of geared handle
Runner 6-25436-00-0-*
Support 9-33628-08 Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3 Cover 9-33449-00-R-*
Sash hinge
Cover
Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3 Cover 9-33449-00-L-* Support 9-33628-08
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove Folding catch
Gliding rail P 1381
End cap rh 9-32740-00-R-*
Packing
Gliding roller 6-25336-00-0-3
Cover profile P 1226
75
Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-825, inward opening
FERCO
4 and 6 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm
Running rail P 1213 End cap lh 9-32740-00-L-*
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Axial hinge 105 mm
Carrier Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Geared handle 6-24559-00-0-* Cylinder head screw 9-13354-12
Cover profile P 1391 Support 9-32741
Fitting requirements according to total frame width and sash height for schemes 431, 633 and 651 Quantity Description Article No. 431 633 651 1 2 2 Basic box G.U-825 K-13982-08-0-* 2 4 4 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile) 2 4 4 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile) 6 6 6 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-* 1 2 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-* 1 2 1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-* 2 3 3 Bag of geared handle DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-* Locking parts for folding sash 2 4 4 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 1 2 2 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 2 4 4 Locking plate, fixed 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 Locking parts for side hung sash 2 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 1 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 3 3 3 Locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 Locking parts for inactive sash 1 1 1 Bag of locking parts SF G-45929-30-0-1 1 1 1 Bag of locking plate SF 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-45939-10-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-45939-12-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-45939-14-0-1 alternatively instead of side hung sash: Tilt-turn fittings [1] 1 1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-* 1 1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-1 12/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-1 14/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1 1 1 Box of stay arm JET AS SW Size ML 355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1 601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1 1 1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1 2 2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1 1 1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-* 1 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-825 TFW [2] -2960 K-13272-30-0-* 2961-3960 K-13272-40-0-* 3961-5000 K-13272-50-0-* 5001-6700 K-13272-67-0-* [1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed [2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm * 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour * 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) G = Centre of geared handle
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove Folding catch
Gliding rail P 1381
76
Packing
Cover profile P 1226
End cap rh 9-32740-00-R-*
Runner 6-25436-00-0-*
Support 9-33628-08 Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3 Cover 9-33449-00-R-*
Sash hinge
Cover
Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3 Cover 9-33449-00-L-* Support 9-33628-08
Gliding roller 6-25336-00-0-3
Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-825, inward opening
FERCO
7 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm
Running rail P 1213 End cap lh 9-32740-00-L-*
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Axial hinge 105 mm
Carrier Locking plate acc. to frame groove
Geared handle 6-24559-00-0-* Cylinder head screw 9-13354-12
Cover profile P 1391 Support 9-32741
Fitting requirements according to total frame width and sash height for schemes 743, 761 and 770 Quantity Description Article No. 743 761 770 3 3 3 Basic box G.U-825 K-13982-08-0-* 5 5 6 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile) 5 5 6 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile) 6 6 3 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-* 1 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-* 1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-* 4 4 4 Bag of geared handle DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-* Locking parts for folding sash 6 6 6 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 3 3 3 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 6 6 6 Locking plate, fixed 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 Locking parts for side hung sash 2 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-1 1 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-1 3 3 3 Locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1 alternatively instead of side hung sash: Tilt-turn fittings [1] 1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-* 1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-1 12/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-1 14/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1 1 Box of stay arm JET AS SW Size ML 355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1 601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1 1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1 2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-1 12/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-1 14/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1 1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-* 1 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-825 TFW [2] -2960 K-13272-30-0-* 2961-3960 K-13272-40-0-* 3961-5000 K-13272-50-0-* 5001-6700 K-13272-67-0-* [1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed [2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm * 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour * 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour * 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016) G = Centre of geared handle
Runner 6-25436-00-0-*
Support 9-33628-08 Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3 Cover 9-33449-00-R-*
Sash hinge
Cover
Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3 Cover 9-33449-00-L-* Support 9-33628-08
Corner transmission Locking plate acc. to frame groove Folding catch
Gliding rail P 1381
End cap rh 9-32740-00-R-*
Packing
Gliding roller 6-25336-00-0-3
Cover profile P 1226
77
Locking parts according to profile system
FERCO
Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822 and G.U-825 Application Windows and doors
Description Sash hinges, Axial hinges, locking plates, middle locks, locking pin plates, tilt-locking plates, packings Akotherm – G.U-922 inward Box of sash hinges 17/45 Frame profile 1503 Bag of hinge covers Sash profile 1549 Locking plate for frame and false mullion profile False mullion profile 1508 Locking plate for shoot T profile 1511 Mushroom pin locking plate Packing for locking plate 8-00979-00-0-3 Alcan Contact – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 Frame profile 4002 D Bag of hinge covers Sash profile 4024 F Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm False mullion profile 4029 F Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash Frame groove 12/15 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash Tilt-turn active sash: Bag of tilt-turn middle lock Bag of tilt-turn locking parts Bag of locking pin/locking plate Bag of locking plate SF Alcan Contact – G.U-825 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 Frame profile 4002 D, 4043 M Bag of hinge covers Sash profile 4024 F Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm False mullion profile 4029 F Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash Frame groove 12/15 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash Tilt-turn active sash: Bag of tilt-turn middle lock Bag of tilt-turn locking parts Bag of locking pin/locking plate Bag of locking plate SF Alsec Series 59 – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 25/45 Frame profile 53194-80 Bag of hinge covers Sash profile 56556-92 Locking plate for frame and false mullion profile False mullion profile 53198-97 Locking plate for shoot Mushroom pin locking plate Packing for locking plate 8-00979-00-0-3 Remi Claeys Ekonal i70 – Box of sash hinges 17/40 G.U-822 inward Bag of hinge covers Frame profile 42004 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm Sash profile 42330 Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash T profile 42331 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash Frame groove 12/15 Tilt-turn active sash: Bag of tilt-turn middle lock Bag of tilt-turn locking parts Bag of locking pin/locking plate Bag of locking plate SF Remi Claeys Ekonal i70 – Box of sash hinges 17/40 G.U-825 inward Bag of hinge covers Frame profile 42004 i70, 42807 i70 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm Sash profile 42330 i70 Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash T profile 42331 i70 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash Frame groove 12/15 Tilt-turn active sash: Bag of tilt-turn middle lock Bag of tilt-turn locking parts Bag of locking pin/locking plate Bag of locking plate SF Eural Series 65 – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 17/45 Frame profile 161 100 Bag of hinge covers Sash profile 162 100 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm T profile 165 100 Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash Frame groove 14/18 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash Tilt-turn active sash: Bag of tilt-turn middle lock Bag of tilt-turn locking parts Bag of locking pin/locking plate Bag of locking plate SF Hartmann Systherm 62 – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 Frame profile 62 020 0 Bag of hinge covers Sash profile 62 301 0 False mullion profile 62 323 0 Heroal Series 040 – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 Frame profile 6422 Bag of hinge covers Sash profile 6402 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm False mullion profile 6403 Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash Frame groove 10/14 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash Tilt-turn active sash: Bag of tilt-turn middle lock Bag of tilt-turn locking parts Bag of locking pin/locking plate Bag of locking plate SF
78
PU
Article No.
1 1 100 100 100 100 1 1 10 100 100
K-13205-03-0-3 K-15392-00-0-* 6-25495-00-0-1 E-15616-00-0-3 8-00979-00-0-3 9-30080-00-0-3 K-13205-01-0-3 K-15392-00-0-* G-46519-00-0-* G-15069-00-0-1 G-15069-00-0-1
10 10 10 10 1 1 10 100 100
K-12693-01-0-1 G-46179-01-0-1 G-11350-00-0-1 G-45939-12-0-1 K-13205-01-0-3 K-15392-00-0-* G-46519-00-0-* G-15069-00-0-1 G-15069-00-0-1
10 10 10 10 1 1 100 100 100 100 1 1 10 100 100
K-12693-01-0-1 G-46179-01-0-1 G-11350-00-0-1 G-45939-12-0-1 K-13812-00-0-3 K-15399-00-0-* 9-30146-13-0-3 8-00668-15-0-3 8-00979-00-0-3 9-30080-00-0-3 K-13205-01-0-3 K-15392-00-0-* G-46519-00-0-* G-15069-00-0-1 G-15069-00-0-1
10 10 10 10 1 1 10 100 100
K-12693-01-0-1 G-46179-01-0-1 G-11350-00-0-1 G-45939-12-0-1 K-13205-01-0-3 K-15392-00-0-* G-46519-00-0-* G-15069-00-0-1 G-15069-00-0-1
10 10 10 10 1 1 10 100 100
K-12693-01-0-1 G-46179-01-0-1 G-11350-00-0-1 G-45939-12-0-1 K-13205-03-0-3 K-15392-00-0-* G-46519-00-0-* G-15059-00-0-1 G-15059-00-0-1
10 10 10 10 1 1
K-12692-01-0-1 G-46180-01-0-1 G-11812-00-0-1 G-45939-14-0-1 K-13205-01-0-3 K-15392-00-0-*
1 1 10 100 100
K-13205-01-0-3 K-15392-00-0-* G-46519-00-0-* G-15067-00-0-1 G-15067-00-0-1
10 10 10 10
K-12691-01-0-1 G-46178-01-0-1 G-11349-00-0-1 G-45939-10-0-1
Locking parts according to profile system
FERCO
Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822 and G.U-825 Application Windows and doors MKF Series TKI 602 – G.U-822 inward Frame profile 602-01-015 Sash profile 602-02-022 False mullion profile 602-02-026 MKF Series TKI 602 – G.U-825 inward Frame profile 602-01-015 Sash profile 602-02-022 False mullion profile 602-02-026 Pechiney – G.U-822 inward Frame profile N 113 311 Sash profile N 113 351 False mullion profile N 113 352 Frame groove 10/14
Pechiney – G.U-825 inward Frame profile N 113 311 Sash profile N 113 351 False mullion profile N 113 352 Frame groove 10/14
Reynolds RT 620 – G.U-822 inward Frame profile 717 834 Sash profile 734 077 False mullion profile 717 876 Frame groove 10/14
Reynolds RT 620 – G.U-825 inward Frame profile 717 834, 717 839 Sash profile 734 077 False mullion profile 717 876 Frame groove 10/14
Sykon – G.U-822 inward Frame profile Sash profile False mullion profile Frame groove
5330 5332 5338 10/14
Description Sash hinges, Axial hinges, locking plates, middle locks, locking pin plates, tilt-locking plates, packings Box of sash hinges 17/40 Bag of hinge covers Box of sash hinges 17/40 Bag of hinge covers Box of sash hinges 17/40 Bag of hinge covers Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash Tilt-turn active sash: Bag of tilt-turn middle lock Bag of tilt-turn locking parts Bag of locking pin/locking plate Bag of locking plate SF Box of sash hinges 17/40 Bag of hinge covers Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash Tilt-turn active sash: Bag of tilt-turn middle lock Bag of tilt-turn locking parts Bag of locking pin/locking plate Bag of locking plate SF Box of sash hinges 17/45 Bag of hinge covers Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash Tilt-turn active sash: Bag of tilt-turn middle lock Bag of tilt-turn locking parts Bag of locking pin/locking plate Bag of locking plate SF Box of sash hinges 17/45 Bag of hinge covers Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash Tilt-turn active sash: Bag of tilt-turn middle lock Bag of tilt-turn locking parts Bag of locking pin/locking plate Bag of locking plate SF Box of sash hinges 17/40 Bag of hinge covers Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm
PU
Article No.
1 1
K-13205-01-0-3 K-15392-00-0-*
1 1
K-13205-01-0-3 K-15392-00-0-*
1 1 10 100 100
K-13205-01-0-3 K-15392-00-0-* G-46519-00-0-* G-15067-00-0-1 G-15067-00-0-1
10 10 10 10 1 1 10 100 100
K-12691-01-0-1 G-46178-01-0-1 G-11349-00-0-1 G-45939-10-0-1 K-13205-01-0-3 K-15392-00-0-* G-46519-00-0-* G-15067-00-0-1 G-15067-00-0-1
10 10 10 10 1 1 10 100 100
K-12691-01-0-1 G-46178-01-0-1 G-11349-00-0-1 G-45939-10-0-1 K-13205-03-0-3 K-15392-00-0-* G-46519-00-0-* G-15067-00-0-1 G-15067-00-0-1
10 10 10 10 1 1 10 100 100
K-12691-01-0-1 G-46178-01-0-1 G-11349-00-0-1 G-45939-10-0-1 K-13205-03-0-3 K-15392-00-0-* G-46519-00-0-* G-15067-00-0-1 G-15067-00-0-1
10 10 10 10 1 1 10
K-12691-01-0-1 G-46178-01-0-1 G-11349-00-0-1 G-45939-10-0-1 K-13205-01-0-3 K-15392-00-0-* G-46519-00-0-*
Drilling jigs Application G.U-822, G.U-825
Description Aluminium doors and windows Drilling jig for corner bearing Drilling jig for sash hinge 17/40 (K-13205-01) Drilling jig for sash hinge 17/45 (K-13205-03) Drilling jig for sash hinge 25/45 (K-13812-00) Drilling jig for sash hinge 17/17 (K-13813-00) Rod for drilling jig 6-25369 Stop for rod 9-32596 Drilling jig for running and gliding rail Drilling jig for folding catch and support Drilling jig for mill-in gear Drilling jig JET AS 130 with clamping device Drilling jig for stay arm assembly
Article No. 6-25831-01-0-0 6-25369-00-0-0 6-25996-03-0-0 6-25996-02-0-0 6-25996-01-0-0 9-32596-00-0-0 6-25371-00-0-0 6-23616-00-0-0 6-25575-00-0-0 6-26191-00-0-0 6-25373-01-0-0 6-25410-00-0-0
79
Lift-Sliding and Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings
FERCO
for aluminium doors and windows Application
Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver and ferGUard* yellow
Range of applications for G.U Lift-Sliding fittings: – Lift-Sliding doors with 2 to 4 sashes – Lift-Sliding windows with 2 to 4 sashes Range of applications for G.U Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings: – Lift-Tilt-Sliding doors with 2 sashes – Lift-Tilt-Sliding windows with 2 sashes
The fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting and aluminium alloys. According to the material they are protected against corrosion by the surface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminium parts are anodized.
Designs
Abbreviations
Lift-Sliding fittings G.U-933 Fittings for single sashes up to 250 kg, with 4-wheel carriages and clamp fixed connecting bar. Wheels made of fabric reinforced laminated plastic with needle bearing. Lift-locking gear with 37.5 mm backset and cylinder bore. Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings G.U-953 Fittings for single sashes up to 250 kg, with 4-wheel carriages and clamp fixed connecting bar. Wheels made of fabric reinforced laminated plastic with needle bearing. Lift-locking gear with 37.5 mm backset and cylinder bore. The stay arms with adjustable pressure can be easily disconnected.
Handles The DIRIGENT handles are made of aluminium with concealed fixings. Rosettes with robust retaining feature. Standard version: handles without cylinder bore. Handles with cylinder bore, handles for operation on both sides with cylinder bore and removable handles complete the programme.
Standard colours Lift-Sliding and Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings are supplied in the following standard colours: EV 1 Visible aluminium parts anodized EV 1 UC 5 Visible aluminium parts anodized dark bronze
Application
G lh PU rh SH ST SW TFW
Fixed gear position left hand Packing unit right hand Sash height Sash thickness Sash width Total frame width
Article Numbers Example Article No. 6-22944-20-0-3 6-22944- - -20- - -L- -R- -0- - -1T - - -1 -
-
- -2 - -3
-
-
-
-4 -5 -6 -7 -7T -8 -*
Part number Size Left hand (gear side) Right hand (gear side) Usable on both sides Nickel silver F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting parts galvanized and blue bichromated F 2/EV 2, champagne colour F 3, brass or brass colour, steel parts galvanized and yellow bichromated UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005) White, powder-coated (RAL 9016) White, powder-coated (RAL 9010) Stainless steel oder inox colour Surface treatment variable (see price-list)
Profile system
Sash arrangement Fittings Profile series Top guide Standard acc. to scheme [1] assembly A C D F G H drawing Akotherm • • • • • • G.U-933 System 0.39431.1 Alcan • • • • • • G.U-933 Series PA 65 System 0.38297.1 Alisol 3 • • • • • • G.U-933 System Brökelmann • • • • • • G.U-933 Series WG System Brökelmann Heroal • • • • • G.U-933 Series 40 System 0.42681.1 Parsal • • • • • G.U-933 System Remi Claeys • • • • • • G.U-933 Ekonal iS 60 System 0.38215.1 System Ekonal • G.U-953 Ekonal iS 60 System 0.38219.1 Reynolds • • • • • • G.U-933 Series RT 135 System 0.41717.1 TKI • • • • • • G.U-933 Series 130 System VAW • G.U-933 System VAW [1] The schemes A and C are represented in the following pages. Schemes D, F, G and H upon request.
Sash arrangement according to schemes A to H [1]
A
C
G
D
F
H
Sliding sash Fixed sash [1] The schemes A and C are represented in the following pages. Schemes D, F, G and H upon request.
80
Optional parts
FERCO
Handles for doors and windows, accessories Handles DIRIGENT – aluminium
Lift-Sliding fittings
Lift-Sliding fittings
Lift-Sliding fittings
Handle inside – G.U-933
Handle inside – G.U-933
Handle on both sides – G.U-933
DIRIGENT without cylinder bore Spindle 80 mm, single 6-24608-00-0-*
DIRIGENT with cylinder bore Spindle 80 mm, single 6-24609-00-0-*
DIRIGENT with cylinder bore Spindle 145 mm, single 6-24615-96-0-*
Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings
Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings
Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings
Handle inside – G.U-953
Handle inside – G.U-953
Handle on both sides – G.U-953
DIRIGENT without cylinder bore Spindle 80 mm, single 6-24613-00-0-*
DIRIGENT with cylinder bore Spindle 80 mm, single 6-24614-00-0-*
DIRIGENT with cylinder bore Spindle 145 mm, single 6-24616-96-0-*
Flush pull
Flush pull
Countersunk screw M 6 x 100
9-29526-00-0-*
9-29526-00-0-*
9-32789-10
Handles DIRIGENT – polished brass
Security handles DIRIGENT Se
Lift-Sliding fittings
Lift-Sliding fittings
Lift-Sliding fittings
Lift-Sliding fittings
Handle inside – G.U-933 DIRIGENT without cylinder bore Spindle 80 mm, single 6-26728-01-0-3
Handle inside – G.U-933 DIRIGENT with cylinder bore Spindle 80 mm, single 6-26728-02-0-3
Handle on both sides – G.U-933 DIRIGENT with cylinder bore Spindle 145 mm, single 6-26731-00-0-3
Handle on both sides – G.U-933 DIRIGENT Se with cylinder bore Spindle 145 mm, single 6-24617-96-0-*
Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings
Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings
Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings
Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings
Handle inside – G.U-953 DIRIGENT without cylinder bore Spindle 80 mm, single 6-26729-01-0-3
Handle inside – G.U-953 DIRIGENT with cylinder bore Spindle 80 mm, single 6-26729-02-0-3
Handle on both sides – G.U-953 DIRIGENT with cylinder bore Spindle 145 mm, single 6-26732-00-0-3
Handle on both sides – G.U-953 DIRIGENT Se with cylinder bore Spindle 145 mm, single 6-24618-96-0-*
Flush pull
Flush pull
9-34957-00-0-3
9-34957-00-0-3
Flush pull Se 9-29622-00-0-*
81
Optional parts
FERCO
Lift-Sliding fittings G.U-933, Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings G.U-953
Cover disk 9-09961-00-0-*
Removable handle DIRIGENT 6-24619-00-0-*
Sleeve 9-09962-00-0-*
Rosette inside without cylinder bore 6-23243-01-0-*
Bag of stop 90 K-12024-00-0-6
Bag of middle lock, vertical K-11864
Countersunk screw M6 ST mm M 6x65 9-13274-65 M 6x70 9-13274-70 M 6x75 9-13274-75 M 6x80 9-13274-80 M 6x85 9-13274-85
Lift-Sliding fittings G.U-933
Cover rail extension 9-28483-05-0-*
Gear extension 6-23173-00-0-*
Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings G.U-953
Bag of middle lock for gear K-12058-00-0-3
82
Cover for recess of middle lock 9-29494
Rosette inside with cylinder bore 6-23243-02-0-*
Flush pull 9-29526-00-0*
Dummy plate outside 9-29527-00-0-*
Lift-Sliding fittings G.U-933
FERCO
according to profile system Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A and C [1] Qty Description Akotherm A C 1 2 Basic box G.U-933 K-14462-00-0-3 1 2 Additional box G.U-933 K-14495-00-0-3 1 2 Handle DIRIGENT 6-24608-00-0-* 2 Bag of stop 90 K-12040-00-0-6 1 Bag of thread plate 2 Thread plate 1 Bag of locking bolts K-11744-00-0-3 1 2 Lift-locking gear G.U-933 Length G [2] Article No. SH 1100 410 6-22944-11-0-* 775-1150 1650 410 6-22944-16-0-* 1175-1700 2050 1010 6-22944-20-0-* 1775-2100 2200 1010 6-22944-22-0-* 1925-2250 1 2 Connecting bar P 960 Length Article No. SW 1000 9-27695-10-0-3 720-1450 1500 9-27695-15-0-3 1451-1950 1800 9-27695-18-0-3 1951-2200 2600 9-27695-26-0-3 2201-3300 [1] Schemes D, F, G and H upon request. [2] Exact gear position according to profile dimensions.
Locking bolt Scheme C
Locking bolt
Plug
Handle DIRIGENT
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A and C [1] Qty Description Brรถkelmann A C 1 2 Basic box G.U-933 K-14462-00-0-3 1 2 Additional box G.U-933 K-14497-00-0-3 1 2 Handle DIRIGENT 6-24608-00-0-* 2 Bag of stop 90 1 Bag of thread plate K-12135-00-0-3 2 Thread plate 1 Bag of locking bolts K-12261-00-0-3 1 2 Lift-locking gear G.U-933 Length G [2] Article No. SH 1100 410 6-22944-11-0-* 770-1145 1650 410 6-22944-16-0-* 1170-1695 2050 1010 6-22944-20-0-* 1770-2095 2200 1010 6-22944-22-0-* 1920-2245 1 2 Connecting bar P 960 Length Article No. SW 1000 9-27695-10-0-3 720-1450 1500 9-27695-15-0-3 1451-1950 1800 9-27695-18-0-3 1951-2200 2600 9-27695-26-0-3 2201-3300 [1] Schemes D, F, G and H upon request. [2] Exact gear position according to profile dimensions.
Alcan
Alisol 3
K-14462-00-0-3 K-14462-00-0-3 K-14496-00-0-3 K-14493-00-0-3 6-24608-00-0-* 6-24608-00-0-* K-12040-00-0-6 K-11744-00-0-3 K-11302-00-0-3 SH 775-1150 1175-1700 1775-2100 1925-2250
SH 775-1150 1175-1700 1775-2100 1925-2250
SW 720-1450 1451-1950 1951-2200 2201-3300
SW 720-1450 1451-1950 1951-2200 2201-3300
Heroal
Parsal
K-14462-00-0-3 K-14489-00-0-3 6-24608-00-0-* no scheme C
K-14462-00-0-3 K-14491-00-0-3 6-24608-00-0-* no scheme C
SH 783-1158 1183-1708 1783-2108 1933-2258
SH 775-1150 1175-1700 1775-2100 1925-2250
SW 720-1450 1451-1950 1951-2200 2201-3300
SW 720-1450 1451-1950 1951-2200 2201-3300
Lift-locking gear
Locking bolt
Connecting bar P 960
Runner, front
Support, bottom
Runner, rear
Rubber buffer
83
Lift-Sliding fittings G.U-933
FERCO
according to profile system Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A and C [1] Qty Description Remi Claeys A C Ekonal 1 2 Basic box G.U-933 K-14462-00-0-3 1 2 Additional box G.U-933 K-14501-00-0-3 1 2 Handle DIRIGENT 6-24608-00-0-* 2 Bag of stop 90 1 Bag of thread plate 2 Thread plate 9-24414-00-0-3 1 Bag of locking bolts K-12257-00-0-3 1 2 Lift-locking gear G.U-933 Length G [2] Article No. SH 1100 410 6-22944-11-0-* 780-1155 1650 410 6-22944-16-0-* 1180-1705 2050 1010 6-22944-20-0-* 1780-2105 2200 1010 6-22944-22-0-* 1930-2255 1 2 Connecting bar P 960 Length Article No. SW 1000 9-27695-10-0-3 720-1450 1500 9-27695-15-0-3 1451-1950 1800 9-27695-18-0-3 1951-2200 2600 9-27695-26-0-3 2201-3300 [[1] Schemes D, F, G and H upon request. [2] Exact gear position according to profile dimensions.
Locking bolt Scheme C
Locking bolt
Plug
Handle DIRIGENT
Reynolds
TKI
K-14462-00-0-3 K-14462-00-0-3 K-14492-00-0-3 K-14499-00-0-3 6-24608-00-0-* 6-24608-00-0-* K-13392-00-0-3 K-13391-00-0-3 K-12261-00-0-3 SH 787-1162 1187-1712 1787-2112 1937-2262
SH 783-1158 1183-1708 1783-2108 1933-2258
SW 720-1450 1451-1950 1951-2200 2201-3300
SW 720-1450 1451-1950 1951-2200 2201-3300
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A and C [1] Qty Description VAW A C 1 2 Basic box G.U-933 K-14462-00-0-3 1 2 Additional box G.U-933 K-14499-00-0-3 1 2 Handle DIRIGENT 6-24608-00-0-* 2 Bag of stop 90 no scheme C 1 Bag of thread plate 2 Thread plate 1 Bag of locking bolts 1 2 Lift-locking gear G.U-933 Length G [2] Article No. SH 1100 410 6-22944-11-0-* 783-1158 1650 410 6-22944-16-0-* 1183-1708 2050 1010 6-22944-20-0-* 1783-2108 2200 1010 6-22944-22-0-* 1933-2258 1 2 Connecting bar P 960 Length Article No. SW 1000 9-27695-10-0-3 720-1450 1500 9-27695-15-0-3 1451-1950 1800 9-27695-18-0-3 1951-2200 2600 9-27695-26-0-3 2201-3300 [1] Schemes D, F, G and H upon request. [2] Exact gear position according to profile dimensions.
Lift-locking gear
Locking bolt
Connecting bar P 960
Runner, front
84
Support, bottom
Runner, rear
Rubber buffer
Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings G.U-953
FERCO
according to profile system Stay arm glider
Stay arm, front
Locking case Cover
Plug
Guide
Stay arm, rear
Connecting bar P 959
Stay arm, middle
Handle DIRIGENT Countersunk screw M 6 x 65/75
Rubber buffer
Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for scheme A Qty Description Remi Claeys A Ekonal 1 Basic box G.U-953, DIN left hand K-14464-00-L-3 Basic box G.U-953, DIN right hand K-14464-00-R-3 1 Box of middle stay arm, DIN left hand K-11867-00-L-3 Box of middle stay arm, DIN right hand K-11867-00-R-3 SW 1701 1 Packing for middle stay arm 9-31466-02 2 Packing for guide 9-31463-02 1 Additional box G.U-953 K-14513-00-0-3 1 Handle DIRIGENT 6-24613-00-0-* 1 Lift-locking gear G.U-953 Length G [2] Article No. SH 1100 410 6-26280-11-0-* 805-1214 1650 410 6-26280-16-0-* 1215-1814 2050 1010 6-26280-20-0-* 1815-2265 2200 1010 6-26280-22-0-* 2266-2715 1 Connecting bar P 959 Length Article No. SW 1000 9-28355-10-0-3 800-1450 1500 9-28355-15-0-3 1451-1950 1800 9-28355-18-0-3 1951-2200 2600 9-28355-26-0-3 2201-3000 1 Connecting bar P 960 Length Article No. SW 1000 9-27695-10-0-3 800-1450 1500 9-27695-15-0-3 1451-1950 1800 9-27695-18-0-3 1951-2200 2600 9-27695-26-0-3 2201-3000 [2] Exact gear position according to profile dimensions.
Lift-locking gear
Locking case End piece
Connecting bar P 960
Locking case
Runner, front
Support, bottom
Runner, rear
Rubber buffer
85
Fan-light openers, face-fixed
FERCO
for aluminium windows Application
Article Numbers
Range of applications for face-fixed Fan-light Openers: – Bottom hung inward opening or top hung outward opening windows with one or more sashes – Installations for group ventilation as well as smoke and heat evacuation.
Example Article No. 6-24841-50-0-1 6-24841- - -50- - -L- -R- -0- - -1T - - -1
Designs Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200 Slimline, unobtrusive opener with force locked horizontal stay arms for rectangular, oblique angle head, arch head and segmental arch head tilt windows. Vertical and horizontal rods covered with clip-on aluminium profile. Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 300 Slimline, unobtrusive opener with force locked horizontal stay arms for rectangular and oblique angle head tilt windows. Vertical and horizontal rods covered with clip-on aluminium profile.
Operation variants – – – – – – –
Lever handle Lever handle and flexible transmission Lever handle and rod transmission Vertical gear, articulated crank handle fixed or removable Corner gear, articulated crank handle fixed or removable Vertical or corner gear with transmissions Electric drives for individual and group control
-
-
- -2 - -3
-
-
-
Abbreviations and ordering dimensions B B-E
Group ventilation installations
D E-B
Operation of ventilation sashes by electric drives ELTRAL. For electric drives an individual control is possible also.
E-E
Standard colours
FB FBs FH FHf O-B O-E
Colour EV 1 – Aluminium parts anodized in natural tone – Other visible parts in silver colour Colour UC 3 – Aluminium parts anodized in medium bronze colour – Other visible parts in medium brown colour
Ö r RLB RLH T U-B
Colour UC 5 – Aluminium parts anodized in dark bronze colour – Other visible parts in dark brown colour White – Aluminium parts with white lacquer finish – Other visible parts in white colour
U-E
Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver and ferGUard* yellow The fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting and aluminium alloys. According to the material they are protected against corrosion by the surface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminium parts are anodized.
-4 -5 -6 -7 -7T -8 -*
Part number Size Left hand assembly Right hand assembly Usable on both sides Nickel silver F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting parts galvanized and blue bichromated F 2/EV 2, champagne colour F 3, brass or brass colour, steel parts galvanized and yellow bichromated UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005) White, powder-coated (RAL 9016) White, powder-coated (RAL 9010) Stainless steel oder inox colour Surface treatment variable (see price-list)
ü x y z
Total sash width Sill to bottom edge of lever handle or articulated crank handle (straight) Centre of vertical rod to edge of sash Top edge of sash on operation side to sill for oblique angle head and segmental arch head windows Top edge of sash on operation side to bottom edge of lever handle or articulated crank handle (straight) for oblique angle head and segmental arch head windows Sash width Sash width for oblique angle head windows Sash height Sash height for oblique angle head windows Top edge of sash to sill Top edge of sash to bottom edge of lever handle or articulated crank handle (straight) Opening width of sash Radius Frame width in the clear Frame height in the clear Depth of reveal Bottom edge of sash to sill, springing of arch to sill for arch head windows Bottom edge of sash to bottom edge of lever handle or articulated crank handle (straight), springing of arch to bottom edge of lever handle or articulated crank handle (straight) Projection of window sill Installation space for vertical and corner gears Sash backset of outward opening windows Distance between individual sashes
Application Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200 VENTUS F 300 [1] Standard version
86
Sash width Dim. FB mm 400-3600 [1] 400-3600 620-3600
Sash height Dim. FH min. mm 300 250 350
Opening width mm 200 [1] 165 300 [1] 220
Stroke O - E mm min. mm 50 [1] 440 40 70 [1] 570 50
Space requirement Rod lateral top Ø mm mm mm 20 20 8
Standard assembly drawing GB.43700.1
26
GB.42700.1
26
10
Optional parts
FERCO
Fan-light Openers, face-fixed Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200
Stay arm with lift-off security device 6-29589-00-0-* Stay arm bearing 6-29134-00-0-* 2 rod bearings 9-38016-00-0-0
Bag of T angle VENTUS F 200
T cover 9-37591-00-0-* Inset with brace 6-26267-00-0-1 T angle 9-34721-00-0-1 Bow 9-34723-00-0-1 Rod clamp 6-26265-00-0-1
Lever handle Stroke 40 mm 6-28681-40-0-*
Swivelling lever handle Stroke 50 mm K-12608-00-0-*
Packing for angular sash bracket 9-33105
Accessories for vertical rod, Ă&#x2DC; 8 mm
Sleeve 6-22842-00-0-1
Guide 9-28893
Chain with rod clamps 6-26268-00-0-1
Bag of T angle VENTUS F 200 K-14194-00-0-* Guide for transmission 9-33711-00-0-*
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 300
Bag of T angle VENTUS F 300
Cover profile 9-35227-00-0-* Stay arm with lift-off security device 6-27451-00-0-*
Packing for sash bracket 9-34508
Shim for packing 9-34509-00-0-3
Lever handle Stroke 50 mm 6-26249-50-0-*
Swivelling lever handle Stroke 50 K-14242-50-0-* Stroke 70 K-14242-70-0-*
T corner transmission 6-27089-00-0-1
Guide 9-34491-00-0-0
Bag of T angle VENTUS F 300 K-14201-00-0-*
Accessories for vertical rod, Ă&#x2DC; 10 mm
Sleeve 6-26813-00-0-1
Guide 9-34491-00-0-0
Electric drive Electric drive 230 V
ELTRAL 1000/230 6-29009-00-0-*
87
Optional parts
FERCO
Fan-light Openers, face-fixed
Mullion passage transmission Box of mullion passage transmission K-15384-08-0-* Mullion depth T 17 to 80 mm Arm length L 126 mm Box of mullion passage transmission K-15384-15-0-* Mullion depth T 17 to 150 mm Arm length L 266 mm
L
Single parts 1 mullion transmission 1 guide 1 guiding profile 1 locking part 1 cover profile 1 end cap
T
88
6-29260 9-33600 9-28888 9-35860 9-33443 9-34412
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200
FERCO
Standard version with lever handle
Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*
Cover profile
End cap 9-34412-00-0-*
Angular sash bracket 6-25772-00-0-1 Cover 9-33346-01-0-*
Horizontal rod Chain with rod clamps 6-29313-00-0-1 Corner transmission 9-38261-00-0-0
Guide 9-28893
Guide 9-28893
Guide 9-28893
Vertical rod
Stay arm 6-29131-00-0-* Stay arm bearing 6-29134-00-0-*
Rod bearing 9-38016-00-0-0 = 2 pieces
Fitting requirements for openers with lever handle according to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 4n Quantity Description 1 2n 3n 4n 1 1 1 1 Basic box VENTUS F 200 with lever handle – without sash bracket 1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200 without sash bracket 1 2 3 4 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200 Angular sash bracket 1 1 1 1 Vertical and horizontal rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm
Article No.
K-15011-00-0-* K-15013-00-0E* K-15225-00-0E* 9-25476-18-0E1 9-25476-33-0E1 9-25476-60-0E1 9-33444-18-0E* 9-33444-33-0E* 9-33444-60-0E*
Lever handle 6-28681-50-0-*
89
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200
FERCO
Standard version with vertical and corner gears
Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*
Cover profile
End cap 9-34412-00-0-*
Angular sash bracket 6-25772-00-0-1 Cover 9-33346-01-0-*
Horizontal rod Chain with rod clamps 6-29313-00-0-1 Corner transmission 9-38261-00-0-0
Guide 9-28893
1 Connecting rod 9-25476-05-0-1 1 Lifting stop Stroke 40 9-33313-00-0-3 1 Vertical gear Model A 6-25766-00-0-1 1 Conical notched pin 9-11595-14-0-1 1 Screw 9-33322-00-0-0
1 Universal joint for gear 9-33323-00-0-1
Bag of vertical gear K-13402-00-0-1
1 Universal joint for crank rod 9-24050-00-0-1 2 Conical notched pin 9-11595-14-0-1
1 Rod guide 6-25128
Bag of universal joint for crank rod K-13164-00-0-1
1 Cover 9-33337-00-0-* 1 Double universal joint 9-33333-00-0-1 1 Bearing 9-33335 1 Screw 9-33322-00-0-0
Bag of corner gear K-13403-00-0-*
1 Coupling horn 9-29570-00-0-1 1 Conical notched pin 9-11595-14-0-1
Bag of coupling horn K-13165-00-0-1
1 Hinged crank 9-32231-00-0-* 1 Rod bracket 9-32232-00-0-* 1 Conical notched pin 9-11595-14-0-1
Bag of hinged crank K-13162-00-0-*
90
Crank rod 9-32230-50-0-*
Stay arm 6-29131-00-0-* Stay arm bearing 6-29134-00-0-*
Rod bearing 9-38016-00-0-0 = 2 pieces
Fitting requirements for openers with vertical gear according to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 4n Quantity Description 1 2n 3n 4n 1 1 1 1 Basic box VENTUS F 200 without lever handle – without sash bracket 1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200 without sash bracket 1 2 3 4 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200 Angular sash bracket 1 1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 1 1 1 Bag of vertical gear, model A
Fitting requirements for openers with corner gear according to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 4n Quantity Description 1 2n 3n 4n 1 2 3 4 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200 without sash bracket 1 1 1 1 End cap 1 2 3 4 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200 Angular sash bracket 1 1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 1 1 1 Bag of vertical gear, model A 1 1 1 1 Bag of additional parts for corner gear, model A
Fitting requirements for articulated crank rod and accessories according to types a to h for vertical and corner gears Types Description a b c d e f g h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Articulated crank rod – to cut from: Aluminium tube, stock length 5000 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bag of hinged crank 1 1 2 2 1 1 Bag of universal joint for crank rod 1 1 1 1 Bag of coupling horn
Article No.
K-15012-00-0-* K-15013-00-0E* K-15225-00-0E* 9-25476-06-0E1 9-25476-18-0E1 9-25476-33-0E1 9-25476-60-0E1 9-33444-06-0E* 9-33444-18-0E* 9-33444-33-0E* 9-33444-60-0E* K-13402-00-0-1
Article No.
K-15013-00-0E* 9-34412-00-0-* K-15225-00-0E* 9-25476-06-0E1 9-25476-18-0E1 9-25476-33-0E1 9-25476-60-0E1 9-33444-06-0E* 9-33444-18-0E* 9-33444-33-0E* 9-33444-60-0E* K-13402-00-0-1 K-13403-00-0-*
Article No.
9-32230-50-0-* K-13162-00-0-* K-13164-00-0-1 K-13165-00-0-1
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200
FERCO
Standard version with electric drives ELTRAL for vertical and horizontal installation
Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*
Cover profile
End cap 9-34412-00-0-*
Angular sash bracket 6-25772-00-0-1 Cover 9-33346-01-0-*
Horizontal rod Chain with rod clamps 6-29313-00-0-1 Corner transmission 9-38261-00-0-0
Stay arm 6-29131-00-0-* Stay arm bearing 6-29134-00-0-*
Fitting requirements for openers with electric drive ELTRAL, vertical installation according to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 4n Quantity Description Article No. 1 2n 3n 4n 1 1 1 1 Basic box VENTUS F 200 without lever handle – without sash bracket K-15012-00-0-* 1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200 without sash bracket K-15013-00-0E* 1 2 3 4 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200 Angular sash bracket K-15225-00-0E* 1 1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1 Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1 Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1 alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E1 1 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E* Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E* Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E* alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E* 1 1 1 1 Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/230 6-26445-00-0-* alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/24 6-26447-00-0-* 1 1 1 1 Connecting rod, Ø 8 mm, B = 400-3600 9-34764-00-0-1
Guide 9-28893 Connecting rod 9-34764-00-0-1
Electric drive ELTRAL 1200
End cap 9-34412-00-0-*
Cover profile Electric drive ELTRAL 1200
Rod bearing 9-38016-00-0-0 = 2 pieces
Angular sash bracket 6-25772-00-0-1 Cover 9-33346-01-0-*
Horizontal rod
Connecting rod 9-34764-00-0-1
Coupling 6-26448-00-0-1
Stay arm 6-29131-00-0-* Stay arm bearing 6-29134-00-0-*
Rod bearing 9-38016-00-0-0 = 2 pieces
Bag of connecting parts Guide K-14103-00-0-1 9-26997
Electric drive ELTRAL 300
Connecting rod 9-31018-01-0-1
Bag of connecting parts K-15216-00-0-1
Coupling 6-29592-00-0-1
Fitting requirements for openers with electric drive ELTRAL, horizontal installation according to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 4n Quantity Description Article No. 1 2n 3n 4n 1 2 3 4 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200 without sash bracket K-15013-00-0-* 1 1 1 1 End cap 9-34412-00-0-* 1 2 3 4 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200 Angular sash bracket K-15225-00-0E* 1 1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1 Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1 Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1 alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E1 1 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E* Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E* Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E* alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E* 1 1 1 1 Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/230 6-26445-00-0-* alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/24 6-26447-00-0-* 1 1 1 1 Bag of connecting parts 1200, B = 620-3600 K-14103-00-0-1 alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 300 E1 9-31020-01-0-* alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 300/24 9-31021-00-0-* alternatively: Bag of connecting parts 300, B = 650-3600 K-15216-00-0-1
91
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200
FERCO
Standard version with lever handle and additional side locking
Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*
Cover profile
Horizontal rod Chain with rod clamps 6-29313-00-0-1 Corner transmission 9-38261-00-0-0
Stay arm 6-29131-00-0-* Stay arm bearing 6-29134-00-0-*
Rod bearing 9-38016-00-0-0 = 2 pieces
Chain with rod clamps 6-29313-00-0-1 Corner transmission 9-38261
Guide 9-28893
Guide 9-28893
Angular sash bracket 6-25772-00-0-1 Cover 9-33346-01-0-*
Fitting requirements according to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 3n Quantity Description 1 2n 3n 1 1 1 Basic box VENTUS F 200 with lever handle – without sash bracket 1 2 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200 without sash bracket 1 2 3 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200 Angular sash bracket Bag of additional locking VENTUS F 200, vertical Sash overlap 0 mm Sash overlap 6 to 7 mm Sash overlap 7 to 8 mm Sash overlap 8 to 9 mm Sash overlap 9 to 10 mm Cover profile 9-33443-00-0-* 1 1 1 Vertical and horizontal rod, Locking pin vertical locking – to cut from: 6-27532-00-0-1 Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm Guiding profile Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-28888-00-0-1 alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm Locking plate 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from: 9-32151-**-0-* Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm Vertical rod Note: FB min. 458 mm, FH min. 400 mm Guide 9-28893
Article No.
K-15011-00-0-* K-15013-00-0E* K-15225-00-0E*
K-15210-00-0-* K-15210-60-0-* K-15210-70-0-* K-15210-80-0-* K-15210-90-0-*
9-25476-18-0E1 9-25476-33-0E1 9-25476-60-0E1 9-33444-18-0E* 9-33444-33-0E* 9-33444-60-0E*
Guide 9-28893 End cap 9-34412
Lever handle 6-28681-50-0-*
92
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200
FERCO
Standard version for arch head and segmental arch head windows – Scheme 1
Cover profile
Cover profile
Stay arm with stay arm bearing
Flexible transmission Angular sash bracket Cover
Cover profile
Vertical rod
Lever handle
Fitting requirements for arch head windows Scheme 1 Quantity Description 1 1 Lever handle VENTUS F 200 Stroke 50 mm 1 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200 without sash bracket 1 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200 Angular sash bracket, articulated 1 Additional box VENTUS F 200 Arch head and segmental arch head windows 1 Flexible transmission FB 500- 900 = length 700 mm FB 901-1300 = length 1000 mm 1 Vertical rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm altern.: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm altern.: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm
Fitting requirements for segmental arch head windows Scheme 1 Quantity Description 1 1 Lever handle VENTUS F 200 Stroke 50 mm 1 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200 without sash bracket 1 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200 Angular sash bracket, articulated 1 Additional box VENTUS F 200 Arch head and segmental arch head windows 1 Flexible transmission FB 500- 600 = length 400 mm FB 601- 900 = length 700 mm FB 901-1300 = length 1000 mm 1 Vertical rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm altern.: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm altern.: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm
Article No.
6-28681-50-0-* K-15483-00-0-* K-15507-00-0-* K-15484-00-0-* 6-29495-07-0-* 6-29495-10-0-* 9-25476-06-0E1 9-25476-18-0E1 9-25476-33-0E1 9-25476-60-0E1 9-33444-06-0E* 9-33444-18-0E* 9-33444-33-0E* 9-33444-60-0E*
Article No.
6-28681-50-0-* K-15483-00-0-* K-15507-00-0-* K-15484-00-0-* 6-29495-04-0-* 6-29495-07-0-* 6-29495-10-0-* 9-25476-06-0E1 9-25476-18-0E1 9-25476-33-0E1 9-25476-60-0E1 9-33444-06-0E* 9-33444-18-0E* 9-33444-33-0E* 9-33444-60-0E*
93
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200
FERCO
Standard version for arch head and segmental arch head windows – Scheme 2n
Cover profile
Cover profile Stay arm with stay arm bearing
Flexible transmission
Angular sash bracket articulated Cover Flexible transmission
Vertical rod
Cover profile
Lever handle
Fitting requirements for arch head windows Scheme 2n Quantity Description 2n 1 Lever handle VENTUS F 200 Stroke 50 mm 2 Box of stay arm VENTUS F 200 without sash bracket 2 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200 Angular sash bracket, articulated 1 Additional box VENTUS F 200 Arch head and segmental arch head windows 1 Additional box VENTUS F 200/2n Arch head and segmental arch head windows 1 Flexible transmission between lever handle and stay arm FB 1300-2100 = length 1000 mm FB 2101-2400 = length 1300 mm 1 Flexible transmission between stay arms FB 1300-1700 = length 400 mm FB 1701-1900 = length 700 mm FB 1901-2400 = length 1000 mm 1 Vertical rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm altern.: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm altern.: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm Fitting requirements for segmental arch head windows Scheme 2n Quantity Description 2n 1 Lever handle VENTUS F 200 Stroke 50 mm 2 Box of stay arm VENTUS F 200 without sash bracket 2 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200 Angular sash bracket, articulated 1 Additional box VENTUS F 200 Arch head and segmental arch head windows 1 Additional box VENTUS F 200/2n Arch head and segmental arch head windows 1 Flexible transmission between lever handle and stay arm FB 1200-2400 = length 700 mm 1 Flexible transmission between stay arms FB 1200-1500 = length 400 mm FB 1501-1800 = length 700 mm FB 1801-2100 = length 1000 mm FB 2101-2400 = length 1300 mm 1 Vertical rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm altern.: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm altern.: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm
94
Cover profile
Cover profile Angular sash bracket articulated Cover
Article No. 6-28681-50-0-* K-15483-00-0-* K-15507-00-0-* K-15484-00-0-* K-15485-00-0-* 6-29495-10-0-* 6-29495-13-0-* 6-29495-04-0-* 6-29495-07-0-* 6-29495-10-0-* 9-25476-06-0E1 9-25476-18-0E1 9-25476-33-0E1 9-25476-60-0E1 9-33444-06-0E* 9-33444-18-0E* 9-33444-33-0E* 9-33444-60-0E*
Article No. 6-28681-50-0-* K-15483-00-0-* K-15507-00-0-* K-15484-00-0-* K-15485-00-0-* 6-29495-07-0-* 6-29495-04-0-* 6-29495-07-0-* 6-29495-10-0-* 6-29495-13-0-* 9-25476-06-0E1 9-25476-18-0E1 9-25476-33-0E1 9-25476-60-0E1 9-33444-06-0E* 9-33444-18-0E* 9-33444-33-0E* 9-33444-60-0E*
Stay arm with stay arm bearing
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200
FERCO
Standard version for oblique angle head windows End cap 9-34412-00-0-*
Cover profile 9-33443-00-0-*
Cover profile
Horizontal rod Corner transmission with spring and rod clamps 6-23796-00-0-1
Guide 9-28893
Guide 9-28893
Guide 9-28893
Vertical rod
Locking pin 6-27532-00-0-1
Angular sash bracket articulated 6-25830-00-0-* Cover Stay arm Rod bearing 6-29131-00-0-* 9-38016-00-0-0 9-33346-01-0-* Stay arm bearing = 2 pieces 6-29134-00-0-*
Guiding profile 9-28888-00-0-1 Locking plate 9-32151-**-0-*
Fitting requirements for oblique angle head windows Scheme 1 Quantity Description 1 1 Basic box VENTUS F 200 with lever handle for oblique angle head windows altern.: Basic box VENTUS F 200 without lever handle for oblique angle head windows with vertical gear and ELTRAL, vertical installation Basic box VENTUS F 200 without lever handle, without corner transmission, for oblique angle head windows with corner gear and ELTRAL, horizontal installation Bag of additional locking VENTUS F 200, horizontal Sash overlap 0 mm Sash overlap 6 to 7 mm Sash overlap 7 to 8 mm Sash overlap 8 to 9 mm Sash overlap 9 to 10 mm 1 FBs = 1200-1600 mm 2 FBs = 1601-2000 mm 1 Vertical and horizontal rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm altern.: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm altern.: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm
Article No.
K-15206-00-0-* K-15207-00-0-*
K-15208-00-0-*
K-13033-01-0-* K-13033-60-0-* K-13033-70-0-* K-13033-80-0-* K-13033-90-0-*
9-25476-18-0E1 9-25476-33-0E1 9-25476-60-0E1 9-33444-18-0E* 9-33444-33-0E* 9-33444-60-0E*
Lever handle 6-28681-50-0-*
95
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200
FERCO
Flexible transmission, special versions
min. 130
6-29495-02-0-* 6-29495-04-0-* 6-29495-07-0-* 6-29495-10-0-* 6-29495-13-0-* 6-29495-20-0-*
Dim. A
Dim. A
Dim. A Sill to end of lever handle (Minimum = Dim. A + 350)
Dim. A
min. 100
R
Article No. K-14312-00-0-*
Dim. T up to 250 mm without guide
Side view of flexible transmission
Dim. A
Dim. T
Dim. A
Dim. T
Dim. A
730 700 670 640 610 580 550 520 490 460
170 200 230 260 290 320 350 380 410 440
670 640 610 580 550 520 490 460
230 260 290 320 350 380 410 440
240 210 180 150 120
360 380 400 425 450
Length 700 Length 400
170 200 230 260 290 320 350
170 200 230 260 290 320 350
170 190 200 250
430 400 370 340 310 280 250
430 400 370 340 310 280 250
90 60 30 0
Length 700
Length 1000
Dim. T
Length 1000
To end of lever handle min. 350
Dim. T more than 250 mm with guide
Length 700
m R
From T 250 with guide
min. 130
min. 130
80
Top edge of sash to sill
Fitting requirements for flexible transmission Quantity Description 1 Additional box of flexible transmission 1 Flexible transmission Size 02, length 200 mm Size 04, length 400 mm Size 07, length 700 mm Size 10, length 1000 mm Size 13, length 1300 mm Size 20, length 2000 mm
mi
in
n.
.8
0
More than T 250 = 130 Less than T 250 = 180
Flexible transmission
Dim. Ă&#x153; max. 40 mm
Minimum dimensions according to depth of reveal
20 FB = min. 400 - 1200
Special versions
1/2
M
1/2
min. 350
FB = min. 460
B = max. 3600 FB = min. 440-1200 (1 stay arm)
1/2
M
1/2
z
FB = min. 440 1/2
M
min. 390
1/2 z
min. 160
min. 400
min. 20
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200 Common centre operation of 2 side by side sashes, type 2n, with T angle (page 87)
96
D
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200 Common operation of 2 sashes, one above the other, type 2Ăź, with T angle (page 87)
D
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200 Side hung sash with T angle (page 87)
Individual and total rod lengths
FERCO
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200 with lever handle 20
FB = 400-1200 M
1/2
1/2
Sash height FH 20 min. 250
O â&#x20AC;&#x201C; E min. 440
min. 350
D min. 12
Scheme 1 Lever handle
B = up to 2400 FB left hand 1/2
M
350
M1
z
1/2
FB right hand M
1/2
M2
350
1/2
FB = up to 2400
Scheme 2n B = up to 3600 FB left hand 1/2 M 1/2
z1
M1
1/2
FB centre 1/2 M 1/2
z2
FB right hand 1/2 M 1/2
M2
1/2
M3
Rod length according to total sash width and dim. O - E Total sash width, dim. FB or B Length of 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 vertical Length of horizontal rod O-E rod 1065 1265 1465 1665 1865 2065 1000 767 1832 2032 2232 2432 2632 2832 1100 867 1932 2132 2332 2532 2732 2932 1200 967 2032 2232 2432 2632 2832 3032 1300 1067 2132 2332 2532 2732 2932 3132 1400 1167 2232 2432 2632 2832 3032 3232 1500 1267 2332 2532 2732 2932 3132 3332 1600 1367 2432 2632 2832 3032 3232 3432 1700 1467 2532 2732 2932 3132 3332 3532 1800 1567 2632 2832 3032 3232 3432 3632 1900 1667 2732 2932 3132 3332 3532 3732 2000 1767 2832 3032 3232 3432 3632 3832 Rod and cover profile size 33 = grey Rod and cover profile size 60 = white
Rod length according to total sash width and dim. O - E Total sash width, dim. FB or B Length of 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 vertical Length of horizontal rod O-E rod 2265 2465 2665 2865 3065 3265 1000 767 3032 3232 3432 3632 3832 4032 1100 867 3132 3332 3532 3732 3932 4132 1200 967 3232 3432 3632 3832 4032 4232 1300 1067 3332 3532 3732 3932 4132 4332 1400 1167 3432 3632 3832 4032 4232 4432 1500 1267 3532 3732 3932 4132 4332 4532 1600 1367 3632 3832 4032 4232 4432 4632 1700 1467 3732 3932 4132 4332 4532 4732 1800 1567 3832 4032 4232 4432 4632 4832 1900 1667 3932 4132 4332 4532 4732 4932 2000 1767 4032 4232 4432 4632 4832 5032 Rod and cover profile size 33 = grey Rod and cover profile size 60 = white
FB = up to 3600 350
Rod length according to total sash width and dim. O - E Total sash width, dim. FB or B Length of 700 800 1000 1200 vertical Length of horizontal rod O-E rod 365 415 515 615 1000 767 1132 1182 1282 1382 1100 867 1232 1282 1382 1482 1200 967 1332 1382 1482 1582 1300 1067 1432 1482 1582 1682 1400 1167 1532 1582 1682 1782 1500 1267 1632 1682 1782 1882 1600 1367 1732 1782 1882 1982 1700 1467 1832 1882 1982 2082 1800 1567 1932 1982 2082 2182 1900 1667 2032 2082 2182 2282 2000 1767 2132 2182 2282 2382 Rod and cover profile size 18 = white Rod and cover profile size 33 = grey
350
Scheme 3n
B = up to 3600 FB left hand 350
M1
M2 350
z
FB right hand 350 M1
M2 350
Scheme 4n
Rod length according to total sash width and dim. O - E Total sash width, dim. FB or B Length of 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 vertical Length of horizontal rod O-E rod 2265 2465 2665 2865 3065 3265 1000 767 3032 3232 3432 3632 3832 4032 1100 867 3132 3332 3532 3732 3932 4132 1200 967 3232 3432 3632 3832 4032 4232 1300 1067 3332 3532 3732 3932 4132 4332 1400 1167 3432 3632 3832 4032 4232 4432 1500 1267 3532 3732 3932 4132 4332 4532 1600 1367 3632 3832 4032 4232 4432 4632 1700 1467 3732 3932 4132 4332 4532 4732 1800 1567 3832 4032 4232 4432 4632 4832 1900 1667 3932 4132 4332 4532 4732 4932 2000 1767 4032 4232 4432 4632 4832 5032 Rod and cover profile size 33 = grey Rod and cover profile size 60 = white
97
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200
FERCO
for top hung outward opening windows Standard version with lever handle Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*
Cover profile
Horizontal rod Chain with rod clamps 6-29313-00-0-1 Corner transmission 9-38261-00-0-0
Stay arm 2 – 6-29485-00-L-* Dim. y = 0-13
Guide 9-28893
Guide 9-28893
Sash bracket 6-27782-04-0-* Dim. y = 0- 4 6-27782-25-0-* Dim. y = 5-13
Fitting requirements for openers with lever handle according to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 3n Quantity Description 1 2n 3n 1 1 1 Basic box VENTUS F 200 with lever handle for top hung outward opening windows Dim. y = 0- 4 mm [1] Dim. y = 5-13 mm [1] 1 2 Box of stay arm VENTUS F 200 for top hung outward opening windows Dim. y = 0- 4 mm [1] Dim. y = 5-13 mm [1] 1 1 1 Vertical and horizontal rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm [1] = can be changed from left hand to right hand
Vertical rod
Article No.
K-15168-00-L-* K-15165-00-L-*
K-15169-00-L-* K-15167-00-L-* 9-25476-18-0E1 9-25476-33-0E1 9-25476-60-0E1 9-33444-18-0E* 9-33444-33-0E* 9-33444-60-0E*
Dim. y
Lever handle 6-28681-50-0-*
20
RLB = 380-1200 1/2
1/2
B = up to 2400 FB left hand 1/2
M
1/2
z
B = up to 3000
FB right hand 1/2
M
1/2
FB left hand 1/2
M
z1
1/2
FB centre 1/2
M
z2
1/2
FB right hand 1/2
M
1/2
M3
350
22
RLH min. 300
min. 350
M
U – E min. 350
RLB = up to 2400
350
M1
RLB = up to 3000
M2 350
350
M1
Dim. D
Scheme 1 Lever handle
98
Scheme 2n
Scheme 3n
1/2
M2
1/2
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200
FERCO
for top hung outward opening windows Standard version with vertical and corner gears Cover profile
Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-* Horizontal rod Chain with rod clamps 6-29313-00-0-1 Corner transmission 9-38261-00-0-0
1 Connecting rod 9-25476-05-0-1 1 Lifting stop Stroke 40 9-33313-00-0-3 1 Vertical gear Model A 6-25766-00-0-1 1 Conical notched pin 9-11595-14-0-1 1 Screw 9-33322-00-0-0
1 Universal joint for gear 9-33323-00-0-1
Bag of vertical gear K-13402-00-0-1
1 Universal joint for crank rod 9-24050-00-0-1 2 Conical notched pin 9-11595-14-0-1
1 Rod guide 6-25128
Bag of universal joint for crank rod K-13164-00-0-1
1 Cover 9-33337-00-0-* 1 Double universal joint 9-33333-00-0-1 1 Bearing 9-33335 1 Screw 9-33322
Bag of corner gear K-13403-00-0-*
1 Coupling horn 9-29570-00-0-1 1 Conical notched pin 9-11595-14-0-1
Bag of coupling horn K-13165-00-0-1
1 Hinged crank 9-32231-00-0-* 1 Rod bracket 9-32232-00-0-* 1 Conical notched pin 9-11595-14-0-1
Bag of hinged crank K-13162-00-0-*
Crank rod 9-32230-50-0-*
Stay arm with guide 2 – 6-29485-00-L-* Dim. y = 0-13
Sash bracket 6-27782-04-0-* Dim. y = 0- 4 6-27782-25-0-* Dim. y = 5-13
Guide 9-28893
Fitting requirements for openers with vertical gear according to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 3n Quantity Description 1 2n 3n 1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200 for top hung outward opening windows Dim. y = 0- 4 mm [1] Dim. y = 5-13 mm [1] 1 1 1 Chain with rod clamps 1 1 1 Corner transmission 1 1 1 Corner cover 1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 1 1 Bag of vertical gear, model A [1] = can be changed from left hand to right hand
Fitting requirements for openers with corner gear according to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 3n Quantity Description 1 2n 3n 1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200 for top hung outward opening windows Dim. y = 0- 4 mm [1] Dim. y = 5-13 mm [1] 1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 1 1 1 Bag of vertical gear, model A 1 1 1 Bag of additional parts for corner gear, model A [1] = can be changed from left hand to right hand Fitting requirements for articulated crank rod and accessories according to types a to h for vertical and corner gears Types Description a b c d e f g h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Articulated crank rod – to cut from: Aluminium tube, stock length 5000 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bag of hinged crank 1 1 2 2 1 1 Bag of universal joint for crank rod 1 1 1 1 Bag of coupling horn
Article No.
K-15169-00-L-* K-15167-00-L-* 6-29313-00-0-1 9-38261-00-0-0 9-34220-00-0-* 9-25476-06-0E1 9-25476-18-0E1 9-25476-33-0E1 9-25476-60-0E1 9-33444-06-0E* 9-33444-18-0E* 9-33444-33-0E* 9-33444-60-0E* K-13402-00-0-1
Article No.
K-15169-00-L-* K-15167-00-L-* 9-25476-06-0E1 9-25476-18-0E1 9-25476-33-0E1 9-25476-60-0E1 9-33444-06-0E* 9-33444-18-0E* 9-33444-33-0E* 9-33444-60-0E* K-13402-00-0-1 K-13403-00-0-*
Article No.
9-32230-50-0-* K-13162-00-0-* K-13164-00-0-1 K-13165-00-0-1
99
Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200
FERCO
for top hung outward opening windows Standard version with electric drives ELTRAL for vertical and horizontal installation Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*
Cover profile
Horizontal rod Chain with rod clamps 6-29313-00-0-1 Corner transmission 9-38261-00-0-0
Stay arm with guide 2 – 6-29485-00-L-* Dim. y = 0-13
Sash bracket 6-27782-04-0-* Dim. y = 0- 4 6-27782-25-0-* Dim. y = 5-13
Guide 9-28893
Fitting requirements for openers with electric drive ELTRAL, vertical installation according to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 3n Quantity Description Article No. 1 2n 3n 1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200 for top hung outward opening windows Dim. y = 0- 4 mm [1] K-15169-00-L-* Dim. y = 5-13 mm [1] K-15167-00-L-* 1 1 1 Chain with rod clamps 6-29313-00-0-1 1 1 1 Corner transmission 9-38261-00-0-0 1 1 1 Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-* 1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1 Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1 Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1 alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E1 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E* Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E* Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E* alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E* 1 1 1 Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/230 6-26445-00-0-* alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/24 6-26447-00-0-* 1 1 1 Connecting rod, Ø 8 mm, B = 400-3000 9-34764-00-0-1 [1] = can be changed from left hand to right hand
Connecting rod 9-34764-00-0-1
Electric drive ELTRAL 1200
Cover profile Electric drive ELTRAL 1200
Horizontal rod
Connecting rod 9-34764-00-0-1
Coupling 6-26448-00-0-1
Bag of connecting parts Guide K-14103-00-0-1 9-26997-00-0-0
Electric drive ELTRAL 300
Connecting rod 9-31018-01-0-1
Bag of connecting parts K-15216-00-0-1
100
Coupling 6-29592-00-0-1
Stay arm with guide 2 – 6-29485-00-L-* Dim. y = 0-13
Sash bracket 6-27782-04-0-* Dim. y = 0- 4 6-27782-25-0-* Dim. y = 5-13
Guide 9-28893
Fitting requirements for openers with electric drive ELTRAL, horizontal installation according to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 3n Quantity Description Article No. 1 2n 3n 1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200 for top hung outward opening windows Dim. y = 0- 4 mm [1] K-15169-00-L-* Dim. y = 5-13 mm [1] K-15167-00-L-* 1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from: Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1 Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1 Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1 alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E1 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from: Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E* Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E* Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E* alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E* 1 1 1 1 Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/230 6-26445-00-0-* alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/24 6-26447-00-0-* 1 1 1 1 Bag of connecting parts 1200, B = 620-3000 K-14103-00-0-1 alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 300 E1 9-31020-01-0-* alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 300/24 9-31021-00-0-* alternatively: Bag of connecting parts 300, B = 650-3000 K-15216-00-0-1 [1] = can be changed from left hand to right hand
Electric drives 230 V
FERCO
ELTRAL 1200/230, 1200/230 IR, 1000/230, ELTRAL 300 E1 Application Tilt windows
Tilt windows
Description Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/230 for face-fixed fan-light openers Technical data Supply voltage V/Hz Current consumption A Protective system Limit switch Starting delay % Connecting plug Stroke max. mm Delay per stroke of 50 mm sec. Pushing force N Length mm Width mm Height mm Optional parts Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/230 IR for face-fixed fan-light openers Technical data Supply voltage V/Hz Current consumption A Protective system Limit switch Starting delay % Connecting plug Stroke max. mm Delay per stroke of 50 mm sec. Pushing force N Length mm Width mm Height mm Infrared remote control Electric drive ELTRAL 1000/230 for face-fixed fan-light openers Technical data Supply voltage V/Hz Current consumption A Protective system Limit switch Starting delay % Connecting plug Stroke max. mm Delay per stroke of 50 mm sec. Pushing force N Length mm Width mm Height mm Electric drive ELTRAL 300 E1 for face-fixed fan-light openers Technical data Supply voltage V/Hz Current consumption A Protective system Limit switch Starting delay % Cross section of cable mm² Approx supply cable length mm Stroke mm Stroke adjusted by factory mm Delay per stroke of 50 mm sec. Pushing force N Length mm Width mm Height mm
Article No. 6-26445-00-0-* 230/50 0.21 IP 50 electronic 20 five-way 70 50 1200 210 36 76
6-28171-00-0-* 230/50 0.21 IP 50 electronic 20 five-way 70 50 1200 210 36 76 6-28170-00-0-0 6-29009-00-0-* 230/50 0.30 IP 50 Load interruption 20 five-way 70 45 1200 210 36 76 9-31020-01-0-* 230/50 0.10 IP 54 included 100 4 x 0.75 1500 30-100 40 50 3000 270 55 102
101
Accessories for electric drives 230 V
FERCO
Rocker switches, push-button switches, control unit, protective casings Application Electric drives
Electric drives
Electric drives
Electric drives
Electric drives
Electric drives
Electric drives
Push-button switches
102
Description Rocker switch »OPEN-STOP-CLOSED« Unipolar, surface mounting Unipolar, concealed mounting
Control unit ST 980 Surface mounting for single and central control with switches
Article No. 6-22539 6-22540
6-25185
Rocker switch »OPEN-STOP-CLOSED« Surface mounting Concealed mounting
6-25220 6-25219
Key-type switch »OPEN-STOP-CLOSED« with half profile cylinder Concealed mounting
6-22992
Push-button switch »Lamp-OPEN-CLOSED« Surface mounting Concealed mounting
9-33367 9-33368
Push-button switch »OPEN-STOP-CLOSED« Surface mounting Concealed mounting
9-33369 9-33370
Push-button switch »OPEN-CLOSED« Surface mounting Concealed mounting
9-33371 9-33372
Protective casings Side hung door lockable, with cylinder and 3 keys Surface mounting Concealed mounting
9-26220 6-22138-00-0-9
Horizontal and Vertical Pivot fittings
FERCO
for aluminium windows Application Range of applications for UNITAS Horizontal and Vertical Pivot fittings: – Horizontal pivot windows – Vertical pivot windows – Horizontal pivot fan-lights equipped with fan-light openers
Designs Horizontal Pivot UNITAS 18 Compact face fixed pivot made of non-ferrous metal, for sashes up to 175 kg. Standard version in monobloc construction, exactly adapted to the specifications of various profile systems. Sealing with silicone gaskets. Vertical Pivot UNITAS 88 Compact face fixed pivot made of non-ferrous metal, for sashes up to 175 kg. Standard version in monobloc construction, exactly adapted to the specifications of various profile systems. Sealing with silicone gaskets.
Handles The handles DIRIGENT-T are provided with cockspur for slit ventilation. Handles DIRIGENT-S without cockspur complete the programme.
Central locking system G.U-FERCO 380 E The locking mechanism is concealed within the rebate and is operated by one handle. All locking parts are adapted to the Euro-groove 15/20 mm. The locking pins are adjustable. Clampable locking plates, fixed or adjustable, make for an optimized sash pressure. The corner transmissions are equipped with 4 stainless steel spring blades.
Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver and ferGUard* yellow The fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting and aluminium alloys. According to the material they are protected against corrosion by the surface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminium parts are anodized.
Article Numbers Example Article No. 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25948- - -30- - -L- -R- -0- - -1T - - -1 -
-
-
-
Part number Size Left hand assembly Right hand assembly Usable on both sides Nickel silver F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting parts galvanized and blue bichromated - -2 F 2/EV 2, champagne colour - -3 F 3, brass or brass colour, steel parts galvanized and yellow bichromated - -4 UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown - -5 UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown - -6 Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005) - -7 White, powder-coated (RAL 9016) - -7T White, powder-coated (RAL 9010) - -8 Stainless steel oder inox colour - -* Surface treatment variable (see price-list)
Standard colours EV 1 UC 5 White
Aluminium, natural colour Aluminium, dark bronze colour (fitting parts concealed within the rebate: silver colour) Aluminium, white lacquer finish RAL 9016, white covers (fitting parts concealed within the rebate: silver colour)
Application Profile system
Fittings
Horizontal Pivot fittings Alisol 3 UNITAS 18 Doral UNITAS 18 Eural Series 65 UNITAS 18 Heroal 040 UNITAS 18 Metra UNITAS 18 TSB W 70 UNITAS 18 Vertical Pivot fittings Doral UNITAS 88 Eural Series 65 UNITAS 88 Heroal 040 UNITAS 88 Metra UNITAS 88 TSB W 70 UNITAS 88
Central locking system
Sash profile
Frame profile
Alternating profile Frame Sash
Standard assembly drawing
G.U-FERCO 380 E G.U-FERCO 380 E G.U-FERCO 380 E G.U-FERCO 380 E G.U-FERCO 380 E G.U-FERCO 380 E
V 73 202
V 76 783
M 39 116
6422
6407
6406
6406
W 70 14131
W 70 57368
Z 10 65401
Z 10 65401
0.43699.1 0.43061.1 0.43764.1 0.42709.1 0.42981.1 0.43384.1
G.U-FERCO 380 E G.U-FERCO 380 E G.U-FERCO 380 E G.U-FERCO 380 E G.U-FERCO 380 E
0.43056.1 6422
6407
6406
6406
W 70 14131
W 70 57368
Z 10 65401
Z 10 65401
0.43240.1 0.42982.1 0.43385.1
Fitting arrangement for Horizontal Pivot window
Fitting arrangement for Vertical Pivot window
Central locking system G.U-FERCO 380 E
Central locking system G.U-FERCO 380 E
103
Optional parts
FERCO
Handle and accessories for Horizontal and Vertical Pivot fittings Handle DIRIGENT, lockable with key
Handle DIRIGENT lockable with key 6-28113-**-0-*
Accessories
Automatic 180째 locking latch
Limiting stay
9-20017-00-0-*
K-13393-00-0-1
Drilling jig for horizontal and vertical pivots 6-27419-00-0-0
104
Horizontal Pivot fittings UNITAS 18
FERCO
according to profile system Locking plate Locking pin element
Corner transmission Locking plate
Fitting requirements according to profile system Qty Description Alisol 3
Doral
Eural Series 65
1 12 1 1 2 2 4 3 3 1
6-27212-10-P-* 9-13133-30-R-0 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25555-30-0-* 9-13133-40-R-0 6-24529-05-0-1 6-24539-05-0-1 6-24666-00-0-0 G-11065-00-0-1 6-25982-00-0-0
6-27212-10-P-* 9-13133-25-R-0 6-25948-30-0-1 6-29188-30-0-* 9-13133-16-R-0 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-27358-00-0-0 G-11071-00-0-1 6-25982-00-0-0
Horizontal pivots UNITAS 18/3 (pair) Countersunk screw Mill-in gear, 90° Handle DIRIGENT Counters. sheet metal screw 4.8 x 60 Corner transmission Locking pin element Locking plate, bottom Locking plate, top Slit locking plate
Optional parts, drilling jig Automatic 180° locking latch Limiting stay Drilling jig for pivots
6-27212-10-P-* 9-13133-30-R-0 6-25948-30-0-1 6-28112-25-0-* 9-13089-60-0-0 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-27358-00-0-0 G-11071-00-0-1 6-25982-00-0-0
9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-* K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1 6-27419-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0
Fitting requirements according to profile system Qty Description Heroal 040
Horizontal pivot UNITAS 18/3
1 12 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 3 3 1 1 2 2
Horizontal pivots UNITAS 18/3 (pair) Countersunk screw Bag of screws Mill-in gear, 90° Handle DIRIGENT Countersunk sheet metal screw Spacer Corner transmission Locking pin element Locking plate, bottom Locking plate, top Slit locking plate Rod transmission Gasket 20 Gasket 20
Optional parts, drilling jig Automatic 180° locking latch Limiting stay Drilling jig for pivots
Metra
TSB W 70
6-30193-00-P-* 6-27212-07-P-* 9-13089-09-R-0 K-13797-00-0-8 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25558-30-0-* 6-25555-30-0-* 9-13133-40-R-0 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-24666-00-0-0 G-11065-00-0-1 6-25982-00-0-0 E-13899-00-0-0
6-24529-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-24666-00-0-0 G-11800-00-0-1 6-25982-00-0-0
6-27212-10-P-* 9-13133-25-R-0 6-25948-30-0-1 6-28112-25-0-* 9-13133-16-R-0 9-37620-00-0-0 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-27358-00-0-0 G-11800-00-0-1 6-25982-00-0-0
Horizontal pivot UNITAS 18/3
9-35495-01-0-0 9-35495-02-0-0
9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-* K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1 9-33687-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0
Handle DIRIGENT Countersunk sheet metal screw
Corner transmission Locking plate
Mill-in gear, 90°
Slit locking plate
Locking pin element
Locking plate
105
Vertical Pivot fittings UNITAS 88
FERCO
according to profile system
Vertical pivot UNITAS 88
Locking pin element Locking plate
Fitting requirements according to profile system Qty Description Doral 1 14 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 3 3 1 4
Vertical pivots UNITAS 88 (pair) Countersunk screw Bag of screws Bag of coupling rod Mill-in gear, 90° Handle DIRIGENT Counters. sheet metal screw 4.8 x 60 Corner transmission Locking pin element Locking plate, bottom Locking plate, top Slit locking plate Gasket
Optional parts, drilling jig Automatic 180° locking latch Limiting stay Drilling jig for pivots
Eural Series 65 Heroal 040
Locking pin element Locking plate
6-27337-10-P-* 6-27337-10-P-* 6-27337-10-P-* 9-13133-30-R-0 9-13133-25-R-0 K-14423-00-0-8 K-14426-01-*-1 K-14426-01-*-1 K-14426-01-*-1 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25555-30-0-* 6-29188-30-0-* 6-29189-30-0-* 9-13133-40-R-0 9-13133-16-R-0 6-24529-05-0-1 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24539-05-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-24666-00-0-0 6-27358-00-0-0 6-24666-00-0-0 G-11065-00-0-1 G-11071-00-0-1 G-11065-00-0-1 6-25982-00-0-0 6-25982-00-0-0 6-25982-00-0-0 9-35493-03-0-0
9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-* K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1 6-27419-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0 Locking pin element Locking plate
Fitting requirements according to profile system Qty Description Metra 1 14 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 3 3 1 4
Vertical pivots UNITAS 88 (pair) Countersunk screw Bag of screws Bag of coupling rod Mill-in gear, 90° Handle DIRIGENT Counters. sheet metal screw 4.8 x 60 Spacer Corner transmission Locking pin element Locking plate, bottom Locking plate, top Slit locking plate Gasket
Optional parts, drilling jig Automatic 180° locking latch Limiting stay Drilling jig for pivots
TSB W 70
6-27337-07-P-* 6-27337-10-P-* 9-13089-09-R-0 9-13133-25-R-0 K-14426-01-*-1 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25555-30-0-* 9-13133-40-R-0 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-24666-00-0-0 G-11800-00-0-1 6-25982-00-0-0 9-35493-03-0-0
K-14426-01-*-1 6-25948-30-0-1 6-28112-25-0-* 9-13133-16-R-0 9-37620-00-0-0 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-27358-00-0-0 G-11800-00-0-1 6-25982-00-0-0
9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-* K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1 6-27419-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0
Vertical pivot UNITAS 88 Corner transmission Locking plate
106
Mill-in gear, 90° Slit locking plate
Handle DIRIGENT Countersunk sheet metal screw
Corner transmission Locking plate
Small window fittings
FERCO
for aluminium tilt and top hung windows Application Range of applications for G.U small window fittings: â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Rebate and cleaning stays for aluminium tilt windows â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Expanding stays for aluminium top hung outward opening windows
Designs G.U Security Stays EURO-SOLID These stays for holding the opened sash offer additional safety of operation. The Institute for Window Techniques, Rosenheim, highly recommends the use of security stays for tilt sashes. The G.U Security Stay EURO-SOLID is a one piece telescopic construction. For the various sash heights there are 4 stay sizes. For aluminium sashes profile related versions will be delivered. Window friction stay EGO-B This stay is a one piece telescopic construction. For aluminium tilt-turn and side hung sashes profile related versions will be delivered. The model EGO-B operates as a sash brake with restricted opening angle of the sash. Rebate and cleaning stays These stays for holding the opened sash offer additional safety of operation. The Institute for Window Techniques, Rosenheim, highly recommends the use of rebate stays for tilt sashes. Expanding stays These stays are installed on top hung outward opening sashes for retaining their open position.
Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver and ferGUard* yellow The fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting and aluminium alloys. According to the material they are protected against corrosion by the surface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminium parts are anodized.
Abbreviations PU SH SW
Packing unit Sash height Sash width
Article Numbers Example Article No. 6-23470-10-0-1 6-23470- - -10- - -L- -R- -0- - -1T - - -1 -
-
- -2 - -3
-
-
-
-4 -5 -6 -7 -7T -8 -*
Part number Size Left hand assembly Right hand assembly Usable on both sides Nickel silver F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting parts galvanized and blue bichromated F 2/EV 2, champagne colour F 3, brass or brass colour, steel parts galvanized and yellow bichromated UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005) White, powder-coated (RAL 9016) White, powder-coated (RAL 9010) Stainless steel oder inox colour Surface treatment variable (see price-list)
107
G.U Security Stay EURO-SOLID
FERCO
Complete delivery: Security stay including accessories according to profile system Application Aluminium tilt windows
Description G.U Security Stay EURO-SOLID SH VENTUS SH VENTUS Opening angle in F 200/F 300 EVZ 18-M Profile system catch position 270- 350 480- 600 Hartmann 52 351- 500 601- 750 Hartmann 72 501- 800 751-1000 Hueck 801-1500 1001-1500 MKF TKI 602 Schüco Royal S 65 SH VENTUS SH VENTUS F 200/F 300 EVZ 18-M Profile system 270- 350 480- 600 Wicona 351- 500 601- 750 Wicline 60 501- 800 751-1000 801-1500 1001-1500 SH VENTUS SH VENTUS F 200/F 300 EVZ 18-M Profile system 270- 350 480- 600 Akotherm Opening angle in 351- 500 601- 750 Brökelmann Conform cleaning position 501- 800 751-1000 Erbslöh Ekonal I 70 801-1500 1001-1500 Heroal Series 30, 40 Kubal Menziken Alisol 3 Redal Remy Claeys Ekonal Reynolds RT 620 Sykon Series 54, 64 Thyssen Schulte tsb VAW
Article No.
K-14690-00-0-1 K-14696-00-0-1 K-14702-00-0-1 K-14708-00-0-1
K-14691-00-0-1 K-14697-00-0-1 K-14703-00-0-1 K-14709-00-0-1
K-14692-00-0-1 K-14698-00-0-1 K-14704-00-0-1 K-14710-00-0-1
Maximum sash weight according to size and quantity of stays SH VENTUS SH VENTUS F 200/F 300 EVZ 18-M 270- 350 480- 600 351- 500 601- 750 501- 800 751-1000 801-1500 1001-1500
108
Size
1 stay
2 stays
01 02 03 04
15 kg 15 kg 30 kg 30 kg
30 kg 30 kg 60 kg 60 kg
Rebate and cleaning stays
FERCO
for aluminium tilt windows Application
Description
Aluminium tilt windows
No. 30 Aluminium tilt windows
Max sash weight for 1 stay 15 kg
No. 30 Aluminium tilt windows
No. 23 No. 24 Aluminium tilt windows
Article No Left hand operated
Right hand operated
Rebate and cleaning stay No. 30 Frame rebate height for tilt sashes with face fixed fan-light openers 275- 350 351- 445 446- 800 801-1100
6-23482-10-L-1 6-23482-21-L-1 6-23482-22-L-1 6-23482-23-L-1
6-23482-10-R-1 6-23482-21-R-1 6-23482-22-R-1 6-23482-23-R-1
Rebate and cleaning stay No. 30 Frame rebate height for tilt sashes with concealed fan-light openers 275- 385 (only 1 stay usable) 386- 485 (only 1 stay usable) 486- 600 601- 745 745-1100
6-23482-10-L-1 6-23482-21-L-1 6-23482-21-L-1 6-23482-22-L-1 6-23482-23-L-1
6-23482-10-R-1 6-23482-21-R-1 6-23482-21-R-1 6-23482-22-R-1 6-23482-23-R-1
Rebate stay No. 23 with hinged arm, length 150
5-21020-15-0-3
Rebate stay No. 24 with hinged arm, length 150 200
5-21021-15-0-3 5-21021-20-0-3
Rebate stay No. 25 with hinged arm, length 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200
Cleaning stay No. 26 M HEX Allen key locking device with hinged arm, length 250 No. 25
Rebate clearance 15 17 21 28/29 15 17 21 28/29
5-21025-01-0-3 5-21025-02-0-3 5-21025-03-0-3 5-21025-04-0-3 5-21025-11-0-3 5-21025-12-0-3 5-21025-13-0-3 5-21025-14-0-3
5-21029-25-0-3
No. 26 M
109
Rebate stays, window friction stay EGO-B
FERCO
Rebate stays for tilt windows, expanding stay for top hung outward opening windows, window friction stay for tilt-turn and side hung windows Application Aluminium tilt windows
No. 27 No. 28 M Top hung outward opening windows
Description Rebate stay No. 27 with hinged arm, 1 pair Arm length 150 HEX Allen key locking device (not shown) lockable, with plugged cylinder Key for plugged cylinder
Article No.
2-20176-00-0-3 2-20192-00-0-3 9-23074
Rebate stay No. 28 M with sliding arm, length 200
5-21041-20-0-3
Expanding stay No. 32 with hinged arm, 1 pair
2-20165-00-0-3
No. 32
Window friction stay EGO-B Description Article No. Window friction stay EGO-B for tilt-turn and side hung sashes, with brake function for retaining the sash from 5° to any desired opening position and for restricting the opening of the sash at approx 90° 6-28835-00-0-1 Bag of accessories for EGO-B Profile system Hartmann 52 Hartmann 72 Hueck MKF TKI 602 Schüco Royal S 65 Profile system Wicona Wicline 60 Profile system Akotherm Brökelmann Conform Erbslöh Ekonal I 70 Heroal Series 30, 40 Kubal Menziken Alisol 3 Redal Remy Claeys Ekonal Reynolds RT 620 Sykon Series 54, 64 Thyssen Schulte tsb VAW
110
K-14684-00-0-1
K-14685-00-0-1
K-14686-00-0-1
Overhead door closers OTS 230 and OTS 330
FERCO
Rack and pinion door closers with tooth drive and scissor action arms
Features and Advantages
Technical Description
1. Adjustable power DIN 1 - 4 (according to EN standard) for OTS 230: 9 - 26 Nm for OTS 330: 8 - 40 Nm in a single body size. 2. Closing power adjustable on the side; moving of the closer or the stay arm bracket is not required. 3. Mounting plate provided as standard allowing for planned pre-mounting in the workshop. 4. Standard fixing positions for all door closers of the OTS range. 5. Problem free fixing on wood, PVC, aluminium or steel doors by use of the mounting plate with multi-fixing positions. 6. Concealed colour coded adjustment valves: Closing speed – red valve Latching power – yellow valve All these adjustments are built in as standard on the OTS 230 and OTS 330. The adjustment of the valves is from the front, also the latching power adjustment is made without disconnecting the arms. 7. Thermatic valves provide consistent temperature independent closing speed. 8. Fully adjustable upper arm using a notched slide mechanism. 9. Problem free fixing of the arm bracket, as the arm is fully detachable.
Max door leaf width for internal doors: 1100 mm (OTS 230),1250 mm (OTS 330). Reversible left or right hand. Standard or transom mounting. Max door opening and closing angle 180°, provided the building design permits. Control of the closing from any opening angle. Safety valve in the closer prevents overloading. Smartly shaped cover with concealed security fixing in a choice of colours. Needle bearing axle. Article No. Door closer: OTS 230 with standard arm OTS 230 MF-EA with hold open arm
K-14734-00-0-*
Door closer: OTS 330 with standard arm OTS 330 MF-EA with hold open arm
K-13379-00-0-*
K-14735-00-0-*
K-13380-00-0-*
111
Overhead door closer OTS 530
FERCO
with rack and pinion drive and scissor action arms to DIN 18 263, part 2
Features and Advantages
Technical Description
1. Adjustable power 2 - 6 = 15 - 60 Nm (to DIN EN 1154) in a single body size.
Max door leaf width 1400 mm for standard doors, 1280 mm for fire and smoke protection doors.
2. Closing power adjustment from the side.
Reversible left or right hand.
3. Mounting plate provided as standard allowing for planned pre-mounting in the workshop. 4. Standard fixing positions for all door closers of the OTS range. 5. Problem free fixing on wood, PVC, aluminium or steel doors by use of the mounting plate with multi-fixing positions.
Standard or transom mounting.
6. Concealed colour coded adjustment valves: Closing speed – red valve Latching power – yellow valve Delayed action – blue valve Backcheck – green valve All these adjustments are built in as standard on the OTS 530. The adjustment of the valves All these adjustments are built in as standard on the OTS 530. The adjustment of the valvesis from the front, also the latching power adjustment is made without disconnecting the arms. 7. Thermatic valves provide consistent temperature independent closing speed. 8. Fully adjustable upper arm using a notched slide mechanism. 9. Problem free fixing of the arm bracket, as the arm is fully detachable.
112
Max door opening angle 180°. Control of the closing from any opening angle. Safety valves in the closer prevent overloading in the closing and opening directions. Smartly shaped cover with concealed security fixing in a choice of colours. Needle bearing axle.
F
Tested and quality surveyed by the research and materials testing authority of Stuttgart (FMPA). Survey mark ÜZ-BWU 03-I 17.1.21.
If the OTS is used for fire and smoke protection doors, DIN 18 263, part 2, for door closers with hydraulic damping should be observed.
Overhead door closer OTS 630
FERCO
with linear drive and slide channel
Features and Advantages
Technical Description
1. Adjustable power 1 - 4 = 9 - 26 Nm (to DIN EN 1154) in a single body size.
Max door leaf width 1100 mm.
2. Mounting plate provided as standard allowing for planned pre-mounting in the workshop. 3. Standard fixing positions for all door closers of the OTS range.
Reversible left or right hand. Max door opening and closing angle 180°, provided the building design permits. Control of the closing from any opening angle.
4. Problem free fixing on wood, PVC, aluminium or steel doors by use of the mounting plate with multi-fixing positions.
Safety valves in the closer prevent overloading.
5. Concealed colour coded adjustment valves: Closing speed â&#x20AC;&#x201C; red valve Latching power â&#x20AC;&#x201C; yellow valve All these adjustments are built in as standard on the OTS 630. The adjustment of the valves is from the front.
With new self-centering catch mechanism for fixing the cover. Needle bearing axle.
6. Thermatic valves provide consistent temperature independent closing speed.
Smartly shaped cover with concealed security fixing in a choice of colours.
Standard mounting on hinge side, transom mounting opposite to hinge side, standard mounting opposite to hinge side and transom mounting on hinge side.
7. Problem free mounting of the slide channel by a locking engagement on the mounting rail. 8. Slide arm with roller in the slide channel presents little friction.
113
Overhead door closer OTS 730
FERCO
with linear drive and slide channel to DIN 18 263, part 2
Features and Advantages
Technical Description
1. The OTS 730 is tested and quality surveyed to DIN 18 263, part 2. 2. Adjustable power 2 - 6 = 15 - 60 Nm (to DIN EN 1154) in a single body size. The OTS 730 may be used for: - Fire protection doors to DIN 18 082 - Smoke protection doors to DIN 18 095 - Fire protection doors with official authorization for the installation of door closers to DIN 18 263, part 2. 3. Mounting plate provided as standard allowing for planned pre-mounting in the workshop. 4. Standard fixing positions for all door closers of the OTS range. 5. Problem free fixing on wood, PVC, aluminium or steel doors by use of the mounting plate with multi-fixing positions. 6. Concealed colour coded adjustment valves: Closing speed – red valve Latching power – yellow valve Backcheck – green valve All these adjustments are built in as standard on the OTS 730. The adjustment of the valves is from the front. 7. Thermatic valves provide consistent temperature independent closing speed. 8. Problem free mounting of the slide channel by a locking engagement on the mounting rail. 9. Slide arm with roller in the slide channel presents little friction.
Max door leaf width 1400 mm. Reversible left or right hand. Max door opening and closing angle 180°, provided the building design permits.
114
Control of the closing from any opening angle. Safety valves in the closer prevent overloading. Smartly shaped cover with concealed security fixing in a choice of colours. With new self-centering catch mechanism for fixing the cover. Needle bearing axle. Standard mounting to DIN 18 263, part 2. Transom mounting opposite to hinge side, standard mounting opposite to hinge side and transom mounting on hinge side may only be applied for fire and smoke protection doors if these variants are provided for in the official authorization.
F
Tested and quality surveyed by the research and materials testing authority of Stuttgart (FMPA). Survey mark ÜZ-BWU 03-I 17.1.19.
If the OTS 730 is used for fire and smoke protection doors, DIN 18 263, part 2, for door closers with hydraulic damping should be observed.
Rebate door closers FTS 20 and FTS 24
FERCO
for concealed installation in the vertical door rebate
Fixing screws
Fixing screws
Closing power adjustment Red valve: Closing speed adjustment Yellow valve: Latching power adjustment Fixing screws
Features and Advantages
Technical Description
1. Concealed installation â&#x20AC;&#x201C; no fittings to tamper with. 2. No untidy appearance on the door, the closer is "invisible". 3. Universal application for all door types including square, sloping, round and featured door heads. 4. For timber, PVC and metal doors. 5. All functions adjustable from the front: Closing power approx. 30 Nm (DIN size 3 - 4) Stepless adjustment of closing speed Latching power from approx. 7°. 6. Concealed colour coded control valves: Latching power yellow Closing speed red 7. Thermomatic valves provide consistent temperature independent closing speed.
Max. door leaf width for internal doors: 1100 mm (FTS 20),1250 mm (FTS 24). Improved closing pressure in closed position. Easy opening of the door through a range of opening angles. Smooth operation due to needle bearing pivot. Safety valve in closer. Installed vertically below the top hinge. Reversible for left and right hand doors. Suitable for square edged and over-rebated doors. Anodized aluminium body, zinc plated steel linkage arm. Article No. Rebate door closer: FTS 20 Door thickness min. 30 mm Door weight max. 80 kg Closing power 5 - 18 Nm
K-15144
Rebate door closer: FTS 24 Door thickness min. 40 mm Door weight max. 140 kg Closing power 12 - 30 Nm
K-15145
115
FERCO
116
Gretsch-Unitas Group of Companies
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschläge D-71252 Ditzingen Phone +49 7156 301-0 Fax +49 7156 301-293 www.g-u.de
BKS GmbH P.O. Box 10 02 10 D-42502 Velbert Phone +49 2051 201-0 Fax +49 2051 201-555 www.bks.de
FERCO International S.A. F-57401 Sarrebourg Phone +33 387 23 31 11 Fax +33 387 03 54 06 www.ferco.fr
ATS GmbH Automatik-Tür-Systeme Stahlstrasse 8 D-33378 Rheda-Wiedenbrück Phone +49 5242 9 24-0 Fax +49 5242 9 24-100 www.atstueren.de
As a specialist manufacturer of hardware and ventilators, Gretsch-Unitas have been, for many years, the brand leader in several product areas. The market acceptability of the wide ranging product programme of builder’s hardware and ventilators with up-to-date technology and design is proved in daily competition.
The BKS name has been synonymous with security for more than eighty years. The traditional Velbert company brings proven products and an outstanding reputation – earned through undisputed product quality – to the Gretsch-Unitas Group.
FERCO International is France’s largest and most widely used builder’s hardware supplier. The extensive programme of modern hardware is distributed world wide.
The business range ”entrance systems“ encloses projection, production, distribution, assembly and service of automatic door installations. With ATS the G.U Group extends the supply of system solutions for windows, internal and external doors as well as for façades.
FERCO
Catalogue GBM 06.02 Printed in Germany
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschl채ge D-71252 Ditzingen Phone +49 7156 301-0 Fax +49 7156 301-293 Internet http://www.g-u.de E-Mail Vertrieb-Ausland@g-u.de
Gretsch-Unitas Ltd Unitas House, Quinn Close Coventry CV3 4LH Phone +44 24 76 21 79 00 Fax +44 24 76 21 79 09 Internet http://www.g-u.co.uk E-Mail help@g-u.co.uk
Door fittings Fittings for narrow stile doors
G.U-Group products for narrow stile doors
Contents Project, fire protection and security fittings ES3 RR-Rondo
RR-Belcanto-Panik
RR-Belcanto
Page 8
Page 12
Page 16
Push bars
Push bars
Push bars
Touch bar
Page 20
Page 22
Page 24
Page 26
Standard protective rosette ES1 Protective rosette
Page 28
Standard contract fittings for narrow stile doors
4
Andante-RR
Andante-VK
Forte-VK
Office-VK
Page 30
Page 30
Page 30
Page 30
Contents Stainless steel window handles Andante
Crescendo
Forte
Dirigent
Page 32
Page 32
Page 32
Page 32
Office
Page 32
5
Contents Accessories for contract work Floor-mounted door stop I
Floor-mounted door stop II
Wall-mounted door stop
Page 34
Page 34
Page 34
Ladies
Gentlemen
Handicapped
Directional arrow
Page 34
Page 34
Page 34
Page 34
3934
3934
3933
6944
Page 36
Page 36
Page 36
Page 36
Door holder
6
Contents Fixing accessories Spindles
Threaded spindles
Divided spindles
Screws
Page 38
Page 39
Page 40
Page 41
7
Lever model RR-RONDO
Fire protection
Knob types
Backplate types
Dimensioned drawings 152
32
8
36
8
32
15
21,5 135
50
252
Aluminium F1
135
242
21,5
ø20
85
85
50
72
60
90
ø50
Cranked ball-type knob
151
60
50
ø50
ø20 Stainless steel 36
Cranked round knob
Product information Lever handles available with 8 or 9 mm spindle, fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The offset cranked door knobs are non-hande Clip-on backplates. Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3. The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm. The vertical lever variant is provided with a detent mechanism to ensure a precise vertical position. All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179. The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (standard sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 52 – 67 mm). For use on escape doors with a divided follower it is necessary to specify the lock position in addition to the door thickness (refer to page 40).
8
RR-RONDO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Contract fittings
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7550 2140
B 7550 2130
B 7550 2100
B 7550 2104
B 7550 2106
Rosette, oval
B 7550 2141
B 7550 2131
B 7550 2101
B 7550 2105
B 7550 2107
Oblong plate, square
B 7550 0240
B 7550 0230
B 7550 0200
B 7550 0204
B 7550 0206
B 7550 0241
B 7550 0231
B 7550 0201
B 7550 0205
B 7550 0207
B 7550 4241
----
----
----
----
Backplate type Rosette, square
PC
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
Lever set 8 mm spindle
Special oblong plate
Backplate type
PC 92
PC
Rosette oval Oblong plate, square
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Special oblong plate
Backplate type Rosette, square Rosette oval Oblong plate, square
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Round knob cranked
PC
PC 92
Special oblong plate
Round, cranked
PC 92
Rosette oval Oblong plate, square
Aluminium F1
B 7551 2130
B 7551 2100
B 7551 2104
B 7551 2106
B 7551 2141
B 7551 2131
B 7551 2101
B 7551 2105
B 7551 2107
B 7551 0240
B 7551 0230
B 7551 0200
B 7551 0204
B 7551 0206
B 7551 0241
B 7551 0231
B 7551 0201
B 7551 0205
B 7551 0207
B 7551 4241
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7573 2130
B 7573 2100
B 7573 2104
B 7573 2106
B 7573 2141
B 7573 2131
B 7573 2101
B 7573 2105
B 7573 2107
B 7573 0240
B 7573 0230
B 7573 0200
B 7573 0204
B 7573 0206
B 7573 0241
B 7573 0231
B 7573 0201
B 7573 0205
B 7573 0207
B 7573 4241
----
----
----
----
PC
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
Special oblong plate
Round, cranked
PC 92
Aluminium UC 5 Aluminium white
Aluminium F1
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD PVD Round knob cranked
Aluminium UC 5 Aluminium white
B 7573 2140
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Oblong plate, rounded
Rosette, square
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
PC 92
Round knob cranked
Backplate type
Brass PVD
B 7551 2140
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square
Aluminium UC 5 Aluminium white
Aluminium UC 5 Aluminium white
B 7574 2140
B 7574 2130
B 7574 2100
B 7574 2104
B 7574 2106
B 7574 2141
B 7574 2131
B 7574 2101
B 7574 2105
B 7574 2107
B 7574 0240
B 7574 0230
B 7574 0200
B 7574 0204
B 7574 0206
B 7574 0241
B 7574 0231
B 7574 0201
B 7574 0205
B 7574 0207
B 7574 4241
----
----
----
----
PC = profile cylinder
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
9
RR-RONDO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection fittings
Backplate type
Type of set
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square PC
Rosette, oval Lever set
Oblong plate, square PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
PC 92
Special oblong plate Rosette, square Rosette, oval Oblong plate, square
Entrance set
Round knob cranked Round knob cranked
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded Special oblong plate
Round, cranked
PC 92
Backplate type
Knob model
Type of set
Rosette, square
Oblong plate, square
without
Oblong plate, rounded
B 7553 2100
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7553 2104
B 7553 2106
B 7553 2141
B 7553 2131
B 7553 2101
B 7553 2105
B 7553 2107
B 7553 0240
B 7553 0230
B 7553 0200
B 7553 0204
B 7553 0206
B 7553 0241
B 7553 0231
B 7553 0201
B 7553 0205
B 7553 0207
B 7553 4241
----
----
----
----
B 7576 2140
B 7576 2130
B 7576 2100
B 7576 2104
B 7576 2106
B 7576 2141
B 7576 2131
B 7576 2101
B 7576 2105
B 7576 2107
B 7576 0240
B 7576 0230
B 7576 0200
B 7576 0204
B 7576 0206
B 7576 0241
B 7576 0231
B 7576 0201
B 7576 0205
B 7576 0207
B 7576 4241
----
----
----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7590 2340
B 7590 2330
B 7590 2300
B 7590 2304
B 7590 2306
B 7590 2341
B 7590 2331
B 7590 2301
B 7590 2305
B 7590 2307
B 7590 0040
B 7590 0030
B 7590 0000
B 7590 0004
B 7590 0006
B 7590 0041
B 7590 0031
B 7590 0001
B 7590 0005
B 7590 0007
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7500 2040
B 7500 2030
B 7500 2000
B 7500 2004
B 7500 2006
B 7500 2041
B 7500 2031
B 7500 2001
B 7500 2005
B 7500 2007
B 7500 0040
B 7500 0030
B 7500 0000
B 7500 0004
B 7500 0006
Oblong plate, rounded
B 7500 0041
B 7500 0031
B 7500 0001
B 7500 0005
B 7500 0007
Oblong plate, square
B 7508 0040
B 7508 0030
B 7508 0000
B 7508 0004
B 7508 0006
B 7508 0041
B 7508 0031
B 7508 0001
B 7508 0005
B 7508 0007
B 7508 0240
B 7508 0230
B 7508 0200
B 7508 0204
B 7508 0206
B 7508 0241
B 7508 0231
B 7508 0201
B 7508 0205
B 7508 0207
Type of set
Backplate type
Knob model
Rosette, square
Oblong plate, square
without
without
Oblong plate, rounded Oblong plate, square
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
Backplate type
Type of set
PC
Rosette, oval Oblong plate, square
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
Type of set
Backplate type
PC
Rosette, oval
Half set outside
Oblong plate, square PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded Half set outside Oblong plate, square for push bar Oblong plate, rounded
Backplate type
Type of set
Rosette, square Half set
Rosette, oval
Knob backplate
Oblong plate, square
PC 92
Round knob cranked
Oblong plate, rounded Half set outside Oblong plate, square for push bar Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
Half set interior
Backplate type
Half set outside
Rosette, square
Type of set
Backplate type
Knob model
Half set Knob rosette
Rosette, square
Round knob cranked
Type of set
Backplate type
Rosette with CB
Rosette, oval
Rosette, oval PC = profile cylinder
PC
PC 92
PC 92
Half set, outside Rosette Half set, outside Rosette
Rosette, oval
Rosette, square
B 7510 2100
B 7510 2104
B 7510 2106
B 7510 2141
B 7510 2131
B 7510 2101
B 7510 2105
B 7510 2107
B 7510 0240
B 7510 0230
B 7510 0200
B 7510 0204
B 7510 0206
B 7510 0241
B 7510 0231
B 7510 0201
B 7510 0205
B 7510 0207
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7510 2130
B 7510 2100
B 7510 2104
B 7510 2106
B 7510 2141
B 7510 2131
B 7510 2101
B 7510 2105
B 7510 2107
B 7514 0240
B 7514 0230
B 7514 0200
B 7514 0204
B 7514 0206
B 7514 0241
B 7514 0231
B 7514 0201
B 7514 0205
B 7514 0207
B 7517 0240
B 7517 0230
B 7517 0200
B 7517 0204
B 7517 0206
B 7517 0241
B 7517 0231
B 7517 0201
B 7517 0205
B 7517 0207
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7501 2130
B 7501 2100
B 7501 2104
B 7501 2106
B 7501 2141
B 7501 2131
B 7501 2101
B 7501 2105
B 7501 2107
B 7501 0240
B 7501 0230
B 7501 0200
B 7501 0204
B 7501 0206
B 7501 0241
B 7501 0231
B 7501 0201
B 7501 0205
B 7501 0207
B 7504 0240
B 7504 0230
B 7504 0200
B 7504 0204
B 7504 0206
B 7504 0241
B 7504 0231
B 7504 0201
B 7504 0205
B 7504 0207
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7510 2340
B 7510 2330
B 7510 2300
B 7510 2304
B 7510 2306
B 7510 2341
B 7510 2331
B 7510 2301
B 7510 2305
B 7510 2307
B 7514 2340
B 7514 2330
B 7514 2300
B 7514 2304
B 7514 2306
B 7514 2341
B 7514 2331
B 7514 2301
B 7514 2305
B 7514 2307
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7501 2440
B 7501 2430
B 7501 2400
B 7501 2404
B 7501 2406
B 7501 2441
B 7501 2431
B 7501 2401
B 7501 2405
B 7501 2407
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7501 2140
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Half set, outside Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7510 2140
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square
Rosette, oval
Aluminium F1
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Round knob cranked
Type of set
Brass PVD B 7510 2130
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7510 2140
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square Half set, inside
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt without PC rosette
Rosette, oval
Dummy plate
10
Aluminium F1
B 7553 2130
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt without PC rosette
Rosette, oval
Turn handle
Dummy plate for push bar
PC
Brass PVD
B 7553 2140
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7598 2140
B 7598 2130
B 7598 2100
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7598 2104
B 7598 2106
B 7598 2141
B 7598 2131
B 7598 2101
B 7598 2105
B 7598 2107
RR-RONDO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection and security fittings ES3 Security fittings ES3 Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Lever set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 92
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 92
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7451 5041
B 7451 5031
B 7451 5001
----
B 7451 5005
B 7451 5007
B 7451 5141
B 7451 5131
B 7451 5101
----
B 7451 5105
B 7451 5107
Lever set
Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 92
B 7451 0041
B 7451 0031
B 7451 0001
----
B 7451 0005
B 7451 0007
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 92
B 7451 0141
B 7451 0131
B 7451 0101
----
B 7451 0105
B 7451 0107
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7451 5331
B 7451 5301
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7451 0331
B 7451 0301
Entrance set
Fire protection fittings ES3 Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 92
B 7451 5341
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
B 7451 5305
B 7451 5307
Lever set
Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 92
B 7451 0341
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
B 7451 0305
B 7451 0307
CC = cylinder cover
Entrance set
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
11
Lever modell RR-BELCANTO Panic
Fire protection
Knob types
Backplate types
Dimensioned drawings 141
32
8
36
8
32
15
85 21,5
21,5
252
135
50
135
242
50
72
85
45 ø20
60
90
ø50
Cranked ball-type knob
50
ø50
36
Cranked round knob
Product information Lever handles available with 8 or 9 mm spindle, fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The offset cranked door knobs are non-handed. Clip-on backplates. Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3. The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm. The vertical lever variant is provided with a detent mechanism to ensure a precise vertical position. All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179. The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (standard sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 52 – 67 mm). For use on escape doors with a divided follower it is necessary to specify the lock position in addition to the door thickness (refer to page 40).
12
RR-BELCANTO Panic â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Contract fittings
Backplate type
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 75BG 2140
----
----
----
----
Rosette, oval
B 75BG 2141
----
----
----
----
Oblong plate, square
B 75BG 0240
----
----
----
----
B 75BG 0241
----
----
----
----
B 75BG 4241
----
----
----
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square
PC
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
Lever set 8 mm spindle
PC 92
Special oblong plate
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 75BH 2140
----
----
----
----
Rosette, oval
B 75BH 2141
----
----
----
----
Oblong plate, square
B 75BH 0240
----
----
----
----
B 75BH 0241
----
----
----
----
B 75BH 4241
----
----
----
----
Backplate type Rosette, square
PC
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
Lever set 9 mm spindle
PC 92
Special oblong plate
Backplate type Rosette, square Rosette, oval Oblong plate, square
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Round knob cranked
PC
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
----
----
B 75BJ 2141
----
----
----
----
B 75BJ 0240
----
----
----
----
B 75BJ 0241
----
----
----
----
B 75BJ 4241
----
----
----
----
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded Special oblong plate
Round, cranked
PC 92
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, oval Oblong plate, square
Round knob cranked
PC
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
PC 92
Special oblong plate
Round, cranked
PC 92
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 75BJ 2140
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Round knob cranked
Rosette, square
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 75BK 2140
----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
B 75BK 2141
----
----
----
----
B 75BK 0240
----
----
----
----
B 75BK 0241
----
----
----
----
B 75BK 4241
----
----
----
----
PC = profile cylinder
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
13
RR-BELCANTO Panic â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection fittings
Backplate type
Type of set
PC
Rosette, oval Oblong plate, square
Lever set
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
PC 92
Special oblong plate Rosette, square Rosette, oval Oblong plate, square
Entrance set
Round knob cranked Round knob cranked
PC 92
Special oblong plate
Round, cranked
PC 92
Backplate type
Knob model
Rosette, square Turn handle
Oblong plate, square without
Oblong plate, rounded
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
B 75BI 2141
----
----
----
----
B 75BI 0240
----
----
----
----
B 75BI 0241
----
----
----
----
B 75BI 4241
----
----
----
----
B 75BL 2140
----
----
----
----
B 75BL 2141
----
----
----
----
B 75BL 0240
----
----
----
----
B 75BL 0241
----
----
----
----
B 75BL 4241
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 75BR 2340
----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
B 75BR 2341
----
----
----
----
B 75BR 0040
----
----
----
----
B 75BR 0041
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7500 2040
----
----
----
----
B 7500 2041
----
----
----
----
B 7500 0040
----
----
----
----
Oblong plate, rounded
B 7500 0041
----
----
----
----
Oblong plate, square
B 7508 0040
----
----
----
----
Oblong plate, rounded
B 7508 0041
----
----
----
----
Oblong plate, square
B 7508 0240
----
----
----
----
B 7508 0241
----
----
----
----
Type of set
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square
without PC rosette
Rosette, oval
Dummy plate
Oblong plate, square
without
without
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
Backplate type
Type of set
PC
Rosette, oval
Half set, inside
Oblong plate, square
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
----
----
B 75BC 2141
----
----
----
----
B 75BC 0240
----
----
----
----
B 75BC 0241
----
----
----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Aluminium F1 ----
----
----
Rosette, oval
B 75BC 2141
----
----
----
----
Oblong plate, square
B 75BF 0240
----
----
----
----
B 75BF 0241
----
----
----
----
B 75BT 0240
----
----
----
----
B 75BT 0241
----
----
----
----
Half set outside for push bar
Oblong plate, rounded
Type of set
Backplate type Rosette, square
Half set
Rosette, oval
Knob backplate
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded Oblong plate, square
Half set for push bar
Oblong plate, rounded
Type of set
Backplate type
PC
PC 92
PC 92
Round knob cranked Round knob cranked Round knob cranked
Type of set
Backplate type
Half set Knob rosette
Rosette, square
Type of set
Backplate type
Rosette, oval
Rosette, oval
Rosette, square Rosette, oval
Aluminium F1
----
----
----
----
B 7501 2141
----
----
----
----
B 7501 0240
----
----
----
PC 92
----
B 7501 0241
----
----
----
----
B 7504 0240
----
----
----
----
PC 92
B 7504 0241
----
----
----
----
Aluminium F1
B 75BC 2340
----
----
----
----
B 75BC 2341
----
----
----
----
Half set, outside Rosette
B 75BF 2340
----
----
----
----
B 75BF 2341
----
----
----
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob cranked
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Half set, outside Rosette
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, oval Rosette, square
PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
B 7501 2140
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square
Half set outside
PC = profile cylinder
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
----
Oblong plate, square
Rosette with CB
----
Brass PVD
Oblong plate, rounded
Half set interior
Aluminium F1
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square Half set outside
Brass PVD
B 75BC 2140
Backplate type
Type of set
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 75BC 2140
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square
14
Aluminium F1
----
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt without PC rosette
Rosette, oval
Dummy plate for push bar
PC
Oblong plate, rounded
Type of set
Brass PVD
B 75BI 2140
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square
Half set, outside Rosette
Aluminium F1
----
----
----
----
B 7501 2441
----
----
----
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
B 7501 2440
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7598 2140
----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
B 7598 2141
----
----
----
----
RR-BELCANTO Panic â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection and security fittings ES3 Security fittings ES3 Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Type of set
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Lever set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 92
B 7451 BD41
----
----
----
----
----
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 92
B 7451 BE41
----
----
----
----
----
Lever set
Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round, cranked
CC 92
B 7451 BA41
----
----
----
----
----
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round, cranked
CC 92
B 7451 BB41
----
----
----
----
----
Entrance set
Fire protection fittings ES3 Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Type of set Lever set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 92
B 7451 BF41
Brass PVD ----
Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
----
Lever set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Type of set
Oblong plate, rounded
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Round, cranked
CC 92
B 7451 BC41
Brass PVD ----
Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
----
CC = cylinder cover
Entrance set
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
15
Lever model RR-BELCANTO
Fire protection
Knob types
Backplate types
Dimensioned drawings 32
ø50
8
36
8
32
15
21,5
21,5
85
85
252
135
50
135
242
ø20
50
72
60
90
135
Cranked ball-type knob
50
ø50
36
Cranked round knob
Product information Lever handles available with 8 or 9 mm spindle, fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The offset cranked door knobs are non-handed. Clip-on backplates. Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3. The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm. All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179. The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (standard sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 52 – 67 mm).
16
RR-BELCANTO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Contract fittings
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7560 2140
B 7560 2130
B 7560 2100
B 7560 2104
B 7560 2106
Rosette, oval
B 7560 2141
B 7560 2131
B 7560 2101
B 7560 2105
B 7560 2107
Oblong plate, square
B 7560 0240
B 7560 0230
B 7560 0200
B 7560 0204
B 7560 0206
B 7560 0241
B 7560 0231
B 7560 0201
B 7560 0205
B 7560 0207
B 7560 4241
----
----
----
----
Rosette, square
PC
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
Lever set 8 mm spindle
Special oblong plate
PC 92
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7561 2140
B 7561 2130
B 7561 2100
B 7561 2104
B 7561 2106
Rosette, oval
B 7561 2141
B 7561 2131
B 7561 2101
B 7561 2105
B 7561 2107
Oblong plate, square
B 7561 0240
B 7561 0230
B 7561 0200
B 7561 0204
B 7561 0206
B 7561 0241
B 7561 0231
B 7561 0201
B 7561 0205
B 7561 0207
B 7561 4241
----
----
----
----
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square
PC
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded
Lever set 9 mm spindle
PC 92
Special oblong plate
Backplate type Rosette, square Rosette, oval Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob cranked Round knob cranked
Special oblong plate Round, cranked
Backplate type Rosette, square Rosette, oval Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
PC
PC 92 PC 92
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7575 2140
B 7575 2130
B 7575 2100
B 7575 2104
B 7575 2106
B 7575 2141
B 7575 2131
B 7575 2101
B 7575 2105
B 7575 2107
B 7575 0240
B 7575 0230
B 7575 0200
B 7575 0204
B 7575 0206
B 7575 0241
B 7575 0231
B 7575 0201
B 7575 0205
B 7575 0207
B 7575 4241
----
----
----
----
Round knob cranked
Special oblong plate Round, cranked
PC
PC 92 PC 92
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7584 2140
B 7584 2130
B 7584 2100
B 7584 2104
B 7584 2106
B 7584 2141
B 7584 2131
B 7584 2101
B 7584 2105
B 7584 2107
B 7584 0240
B 7584 0230
B 7584 0200
B 7584 0204
B 7584 0206
B 7584 0241
B 7584 0231
B 7584 0201
B 7584 0205
B 7584 0207
B 7584 4241
----
----
----
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob cranked
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
PC = profile cylinder
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
17
RR-BELCANTO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection fittings
Type of set
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, square PC
Rosette, oval Lever set
Oblong plate, square
PC 92
Oblong plate, rounded Special oblong plate Rosette, square Rosette, oval Entrance set
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 92 Round knob cranked Round knob cranked
Special oblong plate Round, cranked
Type of set
Dummy plate for push bar
PC 92
B 7563 2107
B 7563 0240
B 7563 0230
B 7563 0200
B 7563 0204
B 7563 0206
B 7563 0241
B 7563 0231
B 7563 0201
B 7563 0205
B 7563 0207
B 7563 4241
----
----
----
----
B 7586 2140
B 7586 2130
B 7586 2100
B 7586 2104
B 7586 2106
B 7586 2141
B 7586 2131
B 7586 2101
B 7586 2105
B 7586 2107
B 7586 0240
B 7586 0230
B 7586 0200
B 7586 0204
B 7586 0206
B 7586 0241
B 7586 0231
B 7586 0201
B 7586 0205
B 7586 0207
B 7586 4241
----
----
----
----
B 7500 2004
B 7500 2006
B 7500 2031
B 7500 2001
B 7500 2005
B 7500 2007
B 7500 0040
B 7500 0030
B 7500 0000
B 7500 0004
B 7500 0006
Oblong plate, rounded
B 7500 0041
B 7500 0031
B 7500 0001
B 7500 0005
B 7500 0007
Oblong plate, square
B 7508 0040
B 7508 0030
B 7508 0000
B 7508 0004
B 7508 0006
B 7508 0041
B 7508 0031
B 7508 0001
B 7508 0005
B 7508 0007
B 7508 0240
B 7508 0230
B 7508 0200
B 7508 0204
B 7508 0206
B 7508 0241
B 7508 0231
B 7508 0201
B 7508 0205
B 7508 0207
Oblong plate, square
without
without
Oblong plate, rounded Oblong plate, square
Backplate type
PC 92
PC
Oblong plate, square
PC 92
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7533 2140
B 7533 2130
B 7533 2100
B 7533 2104
B 7533 2106
B 7533 2141
B 7533 2131
B 7533 2101
B 7533 2105
B 7533 2107
B 7533 0240
B 7533 0230
B 7533 0200
B 7533 0204
B 7533 0206
B 7533 0241
B 7533 0231
B 7533 0201
B 7533 0205
B 7533 0207
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, oval
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7533 2140
B 7533 2130
B 7533 2100
B 7533 2104
B 7533 2106
Rosette, oval
B 7533 2141
B 7533 2131
B 7533 2101
B 7533 2105
B 7533 2107
Oblong plate, square
B 7537 0240
B 7537 0230
B 7537 0200
B 7537 0204
B 7537 0206
B 7537 0241
B 7537 0231
B 7537 0201
B 7537 0205
B 7537 0207
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
Backplate type
PC
PC 92
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Type of set
Backplate type Rosette, square
Half set
Rosette, oval
Knob backplate
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Type of set
Backplate type
Half set interior
Rosette, square
Half set outside
Rosette, square
Type of set
Backplate type
Half set Knob rosette
Rosette, square
Type of set
Backplate type
PC 92
Round knob cranked Round knob cranked
Rosette, square
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7501 2130
B 7501 2100
B 7501 2104
B 7501 2106
B 7501 2141
B 7501 2131
B 7501 2101
B 7501 2105
B 7501 2107
B 7501 0240
B 7501 0230
B 7501 0200
B 7501 0204
PC 92
B 7501 0206
B 7501 0241
B 7501 0231
B 7501 0201
B 7501 0205
B 7501 0207
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, oval
Rosette, oval
PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
without PC rosette
B 7533 2340
B 7533 2330
B 7533 2300
B 7533 2304
B 7533 2306
B 7533 2341
B 7533 2331
B 7533 2301
B 7533 2305
B 7533 2307
without PC rosette
B 7537 2340
B 7537 2330
B 7537 2300
B 7537 2304
B 7537 2306
B 7537 2341
B 7537 2331
B 7537 2301
B 7537 2305
B 7537 2307
without PC rosette
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7501 2430
B 7501 2400
B 7501 2404
B 7501 2406
B 7501 2441
B 7501 2431
B 7501 2401
B 7501 2405
B 7501 2407
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7501 2440
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob cranked
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7501 2140
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, oval
Rosette, oval
18
B 7563 2105
B 7500 2041
Rosette, oval
Half set outside for push bar
PC = profile cylinder
B 7563 2101
B 7500 2000
Oblong plate, rounded
Rosette with CB
B 7563 2106
B 7563 2131
Aluminium F1
Rosette, square Half set outside
B 7563 2104
B 7563 2141
Brass PVD
Oblong plate, rounded
Type of set
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7500 2030
without PC rosette
Rosette, square Half set, inside
B 7563 2100
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Oblong plate, rounded
Type of set
PC 92
Aluminium F1
B 7563 2130
B 7500 2040
Backplate type Rosette, square
Dummy plate
PC
Brass PVD
B 7563 2140
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7598 2140
B 7598 2130
B 7598 2100
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7598 2104
B 7598 2106
B 7598 2141
B 7598 2131
B 7598 2101
B 7598 2105
B 7598 2107
RR-BELCANTO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection and security fittings ES3 Security fittings ES3 Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Lever set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 92
B 7451 6041
B 7451 6031
B 7451 6001
----
B 7451 6005
B 7451 6007
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 92
B 7451 6141
B 7451 6131
B 7451 6101
----
B 7451 6105
B 7451 6107
Lever set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Type of set
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round, cranked
CC 92
B 7451 1041
B 7451 1031
B 7451 1001
----
B 7451 1005
B 7451 1007
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round, cranked
CC 92
B 7451 1141
B 7451 1131
B 7451 1101
----
B 7451 1105
B 7451 1107
Entrance set
Fire protection fittings ES3 Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Type of set
Oblong plate, rounded
Lever set 9 mm spindle
CC 92
B 7451 6441
Brass PVD B 7451 6431
Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7451 6401
----
B 7451 6405
B 7451 6407
Lever set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Type of set Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 92
Round, cranked
B 7451 1441
Brass PVD B 7451 1431
Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7451 1401
----
B 7451 1405
B 7451 1407
CC = cylinder cover
Entrance set
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
19
Push bars for medium-weight escape doors to EN 1125
PVC
Dimensioned drawings
Dimension A
Product information BKS push bar for the use on smoke control, fire control and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634; with integrated gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring; suitable for medium-weight active and passive door leaves up to 200 kg. Cylinder bore: PC 72 mm, PC 92 mm (PC = profile cylinder), or without cylinder bore. Non-handed (DIN rh and lh usable) Finish: – Casing + lever arm of PVC, black matt; cross bar of aluminium F1 With mounting accessories, intended for assembly with BKS short backplates (PC 72 mm) or BKS narrow stile long backplates (PC 92 mm). The cross bar must be ordered separately (refer to door widths on page 21).
20
Push bars for narrow stile doors Push bar to EN 1125 Type of set
Cylinder bore
PVC black, cross bar aluminium F1
PC 92
B 7192 4100
PC 72
B 7172 4100
Type of set
Cylinder bore
PVC black, cross bar aluminium F1
Passive leaf without Cross bar
dummy
B 7100 4100
Type of set
Cross bar length
Max. door width
Aluminium F1
Cross bar
710 mm 785 mm 835 mm 960 mm 1150 mm 1500 mm
810 mm 885 mm 935 mm 1060 mm 1250 mm 1600 mm
B 7100 4270 B 7100 4271 B 7100 4272 B 7100 4273 B 7100 4274 B 7100 4275
Active leaf without cross bar
PC = profile cylinder
21
Push bars for heavy-weight escape doors to EN 1125
1
Stainless steel
1
Aluminium
2
Dimensioned drawings 2
206 72/92
207 72/92
33
33
1
33, 7
Dimension A: PC 72 = 112 mm PC 92 = 135 mm x
x - 120 = Length of bar
10
Dimension A: PC 72 = 112 mm PC 92 = 135 mm
33,7
131 x
x - 120 = Length of bar
Product information BKS push bar for the use on smoke control, fire control and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634; with integrated stainless steel gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring; suitable for heavy-weight active and passive door leaves up to 300 kg. Cylinder bore: PC 72 mm, PC 92 mm (PC = profile cylinder), or without cylinder bore. Non-handed (DIN rh and lh usable) Finish: – Aluminium, F1 – Stainless steel brushed matt With mounting accessories, intended for assembly with BKS short backplates (PC 72 mm) or BKS narrow stile long backplates (PC 92 mm). The cross bar must be ordered separately (refer to door widths on page 23). Stainless steel V4A version on request.
22
124
Push bars for narrow stile doors Push bar to EN 1125 Type of set
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Aluminium F1 PC 92
B 7192 5141
B 7192 5101
PC 72
B 7172 5141
B 7172 5101
Active leaf without cross bar
Type of set Passive leaf without Cross bar
Type of set
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Aluminium F1 dummy
B 7100 5141
B 7100 5101
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC 72
B 7172 7141
PC 92
B 7192 7141
Active leaf without cross bar
Type of set
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Passive leaf without Cross bar
dummy
Type of set
Cross bar length
Max. door width
Cross bar
710 mm 785 mm 835 mm 960 mm 1150 mm 1500 mm
810 mm 885 mm 935 mm 1060 mm 1250 mm 1600 mm
B 7100 7141
Stainl. steel matt Aluminium F1 B 7100 4210 B 7100 4211 B 7100 4212 B 7100 4213 B 7100 4204 B 7100 4205
B 7100 4270 B 7100 4271 B 7100 4272 B 7100 4273 B 7100 4274 B 7100 4275
PC = profile cylinder
23
Push bars for escape doors to EN 1125
1
1
Stainless steel
Aluminium
2
Dimensioned drawings
33
2
92,5
1
33,7
124
32
7
67
x
7
67
32
x - 120 = Length of bar
Length of bar
Product information BKS push bar for the use on smoke control, fire control and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634; with integrated stainless steel gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring; suitable for heavy-weight active and passive door leaves up to 300 kg. Non-handed (DIN rh and lh usable) Finish: – Aluminium, F1 – Stainless steel brushed matt With mounting accessories, intended for assembly with BKS short backplates (PC 72 mm) or BKS narrow stile long backplates (PC 92 mm). The cross bar must be ordered separately (refer to door widths on page 25). Stainless steel V4A version on request.
24
Push bars for narrow stile doors Push bar to EN 1125 Type of set
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Active leaf / passive leaf without cross bar
Type of set
B 7100 6141
B 7100 6101
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Active leaf / passive leaf without cross bar
B 7100 8141
Type of set
Cross bar length
Cross bar
710 mm 785 mm 835 mm 960 mm 1150 mm 1500 mm
Type of set
Aluminium F1
Max. door width Stainl. steel matt Aluminium F1 810 mm 885 mm 935 mm 1060 mm 1250 mm 1600 mm
B 7100 4210 B 7100 4211 B 7100 4212 B 7100 4213 B 7100 4204 B 7100 4205
Backplate type Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette with CB
Rosette, square PC Rosette, oval
B 7100 4270 B 7100 4271 B 7100 4272 B 7100 4273 B 7100 4274 B 7100 4275
Aluminium F1
B 7598 2140
B 7598 2100
B 7598 2141
B 7598 2101
PC = profile cylinder
25
Touch bar for escape doors to EN 1125
99.5
Dimensioned drawings
81
32
7
33
17.5
21.5
67
21.5
X
Product information BKS touch bar for the use on smoke control, fire control and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634, with integrated gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring; suitable for active and passive door leaves. Non-handed (DIN rh / lh usable) Finish: – Aluminium, F1 – Stainless steel Including mounting accessories
26
Touch bar for narrow stile doors Touch bar to EN 1125 Type of set
Cylinder bore
Active leaf/passive leaf DIN lh/rh
Type of set
Stainless steel
Aluminium F1
808 mm 1158 mm 1458 mm
B 7150 2000 B 7150 2001 B 7150 2002
B 7150 0000 B 7150 0001 B 7150 0002
Backplate type Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Rosette, square
Rosette with CB
Dim "x"
Rosette, oval
PC
Aluminium F1
B 7598 2140
B 7598 2100
B 7598 2141
B 7598 2101
PC = profile cylinder
27
Security rosette for narrow stile doors
Dimensioned drawings 152
36
8
135
242
21,5
135
137,5
85
60
60
ø20
ø20
32
15 21,5
135
45 ø20
60
141
Product information Security rosette for narrow stile doors to DIN 18257 – ES1. Lever handles available with 8 or 9 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm. Mounting accessories for door thicknesses of 54 – 69 mm are included in the items supplied. Also available as fire-rated version according to DIN 18273.
28
Security rosette for narrow stile doors
Lever model RR-Belcanto 9 mm
Lever model RR-Rondo 9 mm
Lever model RR-Belcanto Panic 9 mm
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium F1
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
CC 72
B 7480 7941
B 7480 7901
B 7480 7905
B 7480 7907
CC 92
B 7481 7941
B 7481 7901
B 7481 7905
B 7481 7907
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium F1
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
CC 72
B 7480 7141
B 7480 7101
B 7480 7105
B 7480 7107
CC 92
B 7481 7141
B 7481 7101
B 7481 7105
B 7481 7107
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium F1
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
CC 72
B 7480 BI41
----
----
----
CC 92
B 7481 BI41
----
----
----
CC = cylinder cover
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
29
Standard contract fittings for narrow stile doors
Knob types
Dimensioned drawings ø50
151
32
12
32
7
67
86
60
50
169
ø21 ø21 36
Cranked ball-type knob
179
67
86
65
169
90
ø50
ø21 ø21
50
Cranked round knob
Product information Lever handles available with 8 or 9 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer; with retaining spring. With 9 mm spindle approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179. The cranked door knobs are non-handed. Clip-on cover rosette. For mounting accessories refer to page 38 et seq.
30
Standard contract fittings for narrow stile doors
Packing unit
Stainl. steel matt
8 mm
1 piece
B 7295 0000
9 mm fire-rated
1 piece
B 7295 0001
Backplate type Square spindle Rosette, oval
Andante-RR
Backplate type Square spindle Rosette, oval
Packing unit
Stainl. steel matt
8 mm
1 piece
B 7295 0018
9 mm fire-rated
1 piece
B 7295 0015
Andante-VK
Packing unit
Stainl. steel matt
8 mm
1 piece
B 7295 0019
9 mm fire-rated
1 piece
B 7295 0016
Backplate type Square spindle Rosette, oval
Forte-VK
Backplate type Square spindle
Packing unit
Stainl. steel matt
8 mm
1 piece
B 7295 0017
9 mm fire-rated
1 piece
B 7295 0020
Handle type
Packing unit
Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, oval
Knob lever 8 mm
1 piece 20 piece
Rosette, oval
Knob lever 9 mm fire-rated
20 piece
Rosette, oval
Fixed pull
Backplate type
Handle type
Rosette, oval
Office-VK
Backplate type
Ball-type, cranked
Rosette, oval
Fixed pull
Backplate type
Cylinder bore
1 piece 1 piece 20 piece
Packing unit 1 piece 20 piece
B 7295 0004 B 7295 0005 B 7295 0006
Stainl. steel matt B 7295 0007
Round, cranked
1 piece
Rosette, oval
PC
Backplate type
Cylinder bore
50 piece
PC rosette
Rosette, oval
CH-RC
Backplate type
Cylinder bore
CH-RC rosette
Rosette, oval
Dummy rosette
PC = profile cylinder
Packing unit
without
Packing unit 1 piece 50 piece
Packing unit 1 piece 50 piece
Stainl. steel matt B 7295 0010
Stainl. steel matt B 7295 0011
Stainl. steel matt B 7295 0012
CH-RC = Swiss round cylinder
31
Stainless steel window handles
DIRIGENT
ANDANTE
CRESCENDO
FORTE OFFICE
Dimensioned drawings
65
70 32
Product information Stainless steel window handles 90 degree detent 10 mm positioning plugs (adapter for 12 mm on request) 7 mm spindle protruding 30 mm Clip-on cover rosette, for multiple assembly
32
120
43
60
56
60
140
12
ø21
ø21
ø21
141
126
20
125
Stainless steel window handles
Rosette design Rosette, oval
Stainl. steel matt Stainl. steel polished B 7290 6016
B 7290 6017
Forte
Rosette design Rosette, oval
Stainl. steel matt Stainl. steel polished B 7290 6008
B 7290 6009
Crescendo
Rosette design Rosette, oval
Stainl. steel matt Stainl. steel polished B 7290 6000
B 7290 6001
Andante
Rosette design Rosette, oval
Stainl. steel matt Stainl. steel polished B 7290 6018
----
Dirigent
Rosette design Rosette, oval
Stainl. steel matt Stainl. steel polished B 7290 6019
----
Office
33
Accessories for contract work
Floor-mounted door stop I
Floor-mounted door stop II
Ladies
Gentlemen
Wall-mounted door stop
Handicapped
Directional arrow
38
ø19
ø65
3
ø6
38
2
30
25
40
ø28
10
Dimensioned drawings
46
ø19
ø28
38
36 76
ø19
38
ø65
100
ø28
15
3
100
3
38
Product information Reference signs: – Stainless steel – Black print – Adhesive strip on the back
34
Floor / wall-mounted door stops: – Stainless steel – With mounting accessories – Spacer plates for type II as an option
106
Accessories for contract work
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
40 x 30 mm
B 7122 0040
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
----
B 7122 0000
Variant
black
10 mm
B 7122 0001
15 mm
B 7122 0002
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
19 mm x 46 mm
B 7122 0005
19 mm x 76 mm
B 7122 0006
19 mm x 106 mm
B 7122 0007
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
Ladies
B 7121 1040
Floor-mounted door stop I
Floor-mounted door stop II
Spacer plate for floor-mounted door stop II
Wandstopper Wall-mounted door stop
Ladies
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
Gentlemen
B 7121 2040
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
Handicapped
B 7121 4040
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
Directional arrow
B 7121 3040
Gentlemen
Handicapped
Directional arrow
35
Door holder
3934 large
3934 medium 3933 small
6944
Dimensioned drawings
40
36
96
27
20
80
40 330
55
182
Product information Door holders 3934 / 3933 to be attached to the door leaf: – Type 3934 large with 100 mm travel – Type 3934 medium with 30 mm travel – Type 3933 small with 30 mm travel
36
124,5
90 26,5
180
133
85
56
40 27
Door holder
Variant
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
3934 large
B 3934 0190
----
Variant
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
3934 medium
B 3934 0101
----
Variant
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
3933 small
B 3933 0101
----
Variant
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
6944
B 6944 0007
B 6944 0004
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 3934 0115
B 3934 0117
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 3934 0137
B 3934 0139
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 3933 0137
B 3933 0139
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 6944 0009
----
37
Fixing accessories Spindles
Calculation of spindle length
Calculation of spindle length for single-sided screw attachment
Door thickness
min. 23
Note:
X
min. 23
min. 23
Door thickness + 23 + 23 = spindle length
X + 23 = spindle length
Spindles for panic bars require a deduction 15 mm from the lengths specified below!
Spindle length L Square spindle Door thickness mm mm mm
100 115 130 145 50 65 70 80 90 100 115 130 145 160 100 115 130 145
8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10
37 – 52 52 – 67 67 – 82 82 – 97 ---17 – 27 27 – 37 37 – 52 52 – 67 67 – 82 82 – 97 97 – 112 37 – 52 52 – 67 67 – 82 82 – 97
Order number
B 7644 0800 B 7644 0801 B 7644 0802 B 7644 0803 B 7644 0908 B 7644 0907 B 7644 0909 B 7644 0905 B 7644 0906 B 7644 0900 B 7644 0901 B 7644 0902 B 7644 0903 B 7644 0904 B 7644 1000 B 7644 1001 B 7644 1002 B 7644 1003
Spindle length L Square spindle mm mm
30 35 40 45 48 55 65 70
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Order number
B 7676 0447 B 7676 0448 B 7676 0449 B 7676 0450 B 7676 0451 B 7676 0452 B 7676 0453 B 7676 0454
Specification clause BKS spindle consisting of: 8 / 8.5 / 9 / 10 mm square spindle with special spot-faced surfaces providing a non-loosening connection with the fittings. Dimension L:.................
38
Fixing accessories Threaded spindles
Calculation of spindle length
Note:
Threaded spindles for panic bars require a deduction of 15 mm from the lengths specified below!
min. 23 max. 10 min. 20 max. 26
Spindle length L Square spindle mm mm
75 85 95 105 115 135 50 60 70 75 85 95 105 115 135 75 85 95 105 115 135
8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10
Door thickness (DT)
15
Entrance set
Door thickness (DT)
15
Push bar
Door thickness (DT)
15
Touch bar
Door thickness mm
Order number
37 – 47 47 – 57 57 – 67 67 – 77 77 – 87 87 – 107 ---37 – 47 47 – 57 57 – 67 67 – 77 77 – 87 87 – 107 37 – 47 47 – 57 57 – 67 67 – 77 77 – 87 87 – 107
B 7630 0801 B 7630 0802 B 7630 0803 B 7630 0804 B 7630 0805 B 7630 0806 B 7630 0906 B 7630 0907 B 7630 0900 B 7630 0901 B 7630 0902 B 7630 0903 B 7630 0904 B 7630 0905 B 7630 0908 B 7630 1001 B 7630 1002 B 7630 1003 B 7630 1004 B 7630 1005 B 7630 1006
Specification clause BKS threaded spindle consisting of: 8 / 8.5 / 9 / 10 mm square spindle with special spot-faced surfaces providing a non-loosening connection with the fittings; with M8 thread for BKS entrance sets. Dimension L:.................
39
Fixing accessories Divided spindles for escape door fittings Calculation of spindle length
X (LI=inside)
Note:
Y (LO=outside)
Fixing elements and the fitting set must be considered as a unit according to DIN 18273. Therefore, only BKS spindles and screws must be used for BKS fittings on fire control, smoke control, and escape doors! min. 23
Lever set
max. 10
Push bar
min. 20 max. 26
Touch bar
DTI
DTO
min. 23
DTI
DTO
min. 23
DTI
DTO
min. 23
DTI + 23 = length inside part (LI) DTO + 23 = length outside part (LO)
Lever set 18 – 23
23 – 28
28 – 33
33 – 38
38 – 43
43 – 48
48 – 53
53 – 58
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
B 7676 0019 B 7676 0044 B 7676 0057 B 7676 0062 B 7676 0069 B 7676 0074 B 7676 0081 B 7676 0086
B 7676 0038 B 7676 0020 B 7676 0058 B 7676 0063 B 7676 0070 B 7676 0075 B 7676 0082 B 7676 0088
B 7676 0039 B 7676 0045 B 7676 0003 B 7676 0064 B 7676 0014 B 7676 0076 B 7676 0016 B 7676 0090
B 7676 0026 B 7676 0046 B 7676 0059 B 7676 0021 B 7676 0071 B 7676 0077 B 7676 0083 B 7676 0092
B 7676 0011 B 7676 0047 B 7676 0012 B 7676 0065 B 7676 0004 B 7676 0078 B 7676 0017 B 7676 0095
B 7676 0040 B 7676 0027 B 7676 0060 B 7676 0066 B 7676 0072 B 7676 0022 B 7676 0084 B 7676 0097
B 7676 0002 B 7676 0028 B 7676 0013 B 7676 0067 B 7676 0015 B 7676 0094 B 7676 0005 B 7676 0106
B 7676 0085 B 7676 0087 B 7676 0089 B 7676 0091 B 7676 0093 B 7676 0096 B 7676 0105 B 7676 0098
DTO LO
DTI
LI 18 – 23 23 – 28 28 – 33 33 – 38 38 – 43 43 – 48 48 – 53 53 – 58
45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
Lever half set / Push bar / Touch bar LO LI 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
B 7676 0390 B 7676 0309 B 7676 0319 B 7676 0329 B 7676 0339 B 7676 0349 B 7676 0359 B 7676 0369 B 7676 0379 B 7676 0389
B 7676 0391 B 7676 0300 B 7676 0310 B 7676 0320 B 7676 0330 B 7676 0340 B 7676 0350 B 7676 0360 B 7676 0370 B 7676 0380
B 7676 0392 B 7676 0301 B 7676 0311 B 7676 0321 B 7676 0331 B 7676 0341 B 7676 0351 B 7676 0361 B 7676 0371 B 7676 0381
B 7676 0393 B 7676 0302 B 7676 0312 B 7676 0322 B 7676 0332 B 7676 0342 B 7676 0352 B 7676 0362 B 7676 0372 B 7676 0382
B 7676 0394 B 7676 0303 B 7676 0313 B 7676 0323 B 7676 0333 B 7676 0343 B 7676 0353 B 7676 0363 B 7676 0373 B 7676 0383
B 7676 0395 B 7676 0304 B 7676 0314 B 7676 0324 B 7676 0334 B 7676 0344 B 7676 0354 B 7676 0364 B 7676 0374 B 7676 0384
B 7676 0396 B 7676 0305 B 7676 0315 B 7676 0325 B 7676 0335 B 7676 0345 B 7676 0355 B 7676 0365 B 7676 0375 B 7676 0385
B 7676 0397 B 7676 0306 B 7676 0316 B 7676 0326 B 7676 0336 B 7676 0346 B 7676 0356 B 7676 0366 B 7676 0376 B 7676 0386
B 7676 0398 B 7676 0307 B 7676 0317 B 7676 0327 B 7676 0337 B 7676 0347 B 7676 0357 B 7676 0367 B 7676 0377 B 7676 0387
B 7676 0399 B 7676 0308 B 7676 0318 B 7676 0328 B 7676 0338 B 7676 0348 B 7676 0358 B 7676 0368 B 7676 0378 B 7676 0388
Specification clause BKS divided spindle for BKS escape door fittings in combination with divided followers in panic locks, consisting of: Outer part of spindle / inner part of spindle, and fixing screw. 9 mm square spindle with special spot-faced surfaces providing a non-loosening connection with the fittings. Fixing screw with anti-twist safeguard. Spindles halves are marked with embossed letters (I=inside, A=outside) Dim LI (length inside): ......... / Dim LO (length outside): ......... 40
Fixing accessories Steel fixing screws
Description Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw
Description
Door thickness Description 37 – 42 42 – 52 52 – 62 62 – 72 72 – 82 82 – 92 92 – 102 102 – 117
M5 x 35 M5 x 40 M5 x 50 M5 x 60 M5 x 70 M5 x 80 M5 x 90 M5 x 100
B 7660 0008 B 7660 0001 B 7660 0002 B 7660 0003 B 7660 0004 B 7660 0005 B 7660 0006 B 7660 0007
Specification clause Fixing screws for BKS fittings consisting of: Phillips countersunk-head screw M5 according to ISO 7047, galvanized and chrome-plated iron Door thickness:.................... Screw length:....................
Stainless steel fixing screws
Description Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw
Description
Door thickness Description
M5 x 40 M5 x 50 M5 x 60 M5 x 70 M5 x 80 M5 x 90 M5 x 100
37 – 47 47 – 57 57 – 67 67 – 77 77 – 87 87 – 97 97 – 107
B 7660 0100 B 7660 0101 B 7660 0102 B 7660 0103 B 7660 0104 B 7660 0105 B 7660 0106
Specification clause Fixing screws for BKS specialty stainless steel fittings with visible screw connections, consisting of: Phillips countersunk-head screw M5 according to ISO 7047, stainless steel Door thickness:.................... Screw length:....................
Mounting accessories for security fittings ES3 Description Mounting accessories Mounting accessories Mounting accessories Mounting accessories Mounting accessories
Door thickness
Description
39 – 54 54 – 69 69 – 84 84 – 94 94 – 114
B 7660 0070 B 7660 0071 B 7660 0072 B 7660 0073 B 7660 0078
Consisting of screws + mounting tools. Spindles must be ordered separately! 41
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe Review Panic and emergency exit devices were never clearly regulated by product standards. Only “... easy opening, ... from the interior, ... at the full width” was required in these codes. However, the important term of “easy opening” was never described with reproducible values. There was also no clear regulation as to how door fittings must be designed, so that people would not injure themselves on them. The interplay of various individual components was never subjected to a real-life vandalism test. The customer was generally left alone with problems in the assembly or in the interplay of products by various manufacturers. Most of the specifications came from the area of fire protection and always required the appropriate verification of suitability for fire-rated doors.
Present New uniform standards for the equipment of escape doors are now valid in Europe. These standards describe in detailed test specifications how “easy opening” can be measured. Moreover, they contain directives specifying the design and function of fittings. An essential innovation: Lock, fitting and assembly accessories are tested together and may only be used as a tested unit. Thanks to practical tests such as vandalism tests and to single products being made compatible with each other, the assembly of fittings is simplified and their long-range function clearly improved. All new products must be approved accordingly since 04/01/2003 and be marked with a classification code along with the CE-marking. The classification code indicates the range of approved applications and makes it easy to verify the proper product combination during a later building inspection. The protection of people in buildings does not only play an important role in the event of a fire, but also in panic situations that might occur every day.
42
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe Different locking systems for different fields of application Two types of escape doors â&#x20AC;&#x201C; two new EU standards. Escape door systems within the context of the new standards are divided into emergency exit and panic exit devices. This means that escape doors must be designed as panic exit devices or as emergency exit devices depending on the respective application. Emergency exit devices according to EN 179 are designed for buildings or building sections which are not open to the public, i.e. where users are familiar with the function of the escape door. They are suitable for all applications where public traffic may be excluded. Secondary exits or doors in building sections frequented by authorised persons only must also be equipped according to EN 179. Application examples: Private housing areas Class rooms in schools Administrative buildings of industrial concerns not accessible to the public Areas of event buildings not accessible to the public Areas in airports, banks, shopping centres, etc. not accessible to the public. As operating elements this standard specifies lever handles or push pads.
Recommended use: Exit devices to EN 179 should be applied in areas where public use may generally be excluded.
Panic exit devices according to EN 1125 are used in public buildings or building sections where visitors not familiar with the function of the escape doors must be able to operate these without instructions in the event of an emergency. This specifically includes: Hospitals Escape routes in schools Public administration Events buildings Airports Shopping centres, etc. As operating elements this standard specifies push bars or touch bars reaching over the total width (or at least 60 %) of the door leaf.
Recommended use: If a later use of the building is not clearly defined at the beginning of planning, panic exit devices to EN 1125 should preferably be installed. This also applies to a modified use at a future time. Otherwise, considerable retrofitting operations may become necessary.
43
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe
Main requirements for escape doors: Doors in rescue routes must permit opening at all times from the inside easily and at the full width. Esacpe doors must open the escape route within 1 second with a hand movement without the use of a key (EN 1125 / EN 179). Escape doors must open outwards. Rescue routes must not be blocked.
Door fittings must be designed in a way that people‘s clothing will not catch on them. The open end of the lever must be designed in a way that it points to the surface of the door leaf, in order to prevent injuries (EN 179).
Easy opening of escape routes through emergency exit devices according to EN 179 These are tested at a maximum opening force of 70 Newton applied vertically onto the lever handle. With all locking elements released, the door must open in the direction of the escape route. Little friction of the lever bearing and the smooth interplay of the locking elements and the appropriate keepers in the door frame are important here. Moreover, in order to prove their everyday suitability, these locking systems are subjected to a vandalism test and an operational durability test with a permanent load of 25 Newton.
Easy opening of escape routes through panic exit devices according to EN 1125 The exit device is checked for suitability in two different tests. The first test is carried out without an initial load being applied to the door leaf; the door must open automatically in the direction of the escape route at a maximum operating force of 80 Newton. In the second test carried out with an initial load of 1000 Newton applied to the door leaf, the operating force must not exceed 220 Newton to open the door. These values also apply to double leaf door units and to exit devices which have additional locking elements such as vertical rods or multipoint locks. As with EN 179, the locking systems are subjected to a vandalism test and an operational durability test with a permanent load of 25 Newton to prove their everyday suitability.
Test 1: Door leaf without initial load
Note: Only the new standards EN 179 and EN 1125 provide a measurable reference for the “easy opening” of escape doors. Test 2: Door leaf with an initial load of 1000 N
44
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe
Escape routes must open in one movement This means that on double leaf door units only full panic systems are permitted providing the opening of both door leaves, even when only the handle on the inactive leaf is operated. With the use of G.U-BKS locks, this requirement can be fulfilled in any location thanks to a choice of various panic functions for single and double leaf door assemblies. Further extensive safety requirements may be met with additional electromechanic options allowing for the integration of intelligent escape door control and access control systems. Mechanics and electronics are complemented here in one! Escape doors must open outwards This requirement is already known from various codes. It is incorporated in the new standards which specify locking systems for outward opening escape doors exclusively. Escape door functions “opening inward” known for special cases, cannot be permitted according to EN 179 and EN 1125. With the use of push bars and touch bars to EN 1125, this would not be logical after all. Rescue routes must not be blocked Any kind of impediment in the floor area – except for thresholds up to a certain height – are not permitted. Human life is saved on freely accessible escape routes only. Fittings must be designed to prevent injury to people
Graphic 1
With these standards, design variants are regulated for the first time. The adequacy of particular fittings can be easily verified by means of dimensioned graphics. Graphic 1 shows the current requirements for lever handles according to EN 179. Here, precise dimensions of the lever end inclined toward the door leaf are missing among other specifications. Since the design possibilities according to this graphic are limited to U-shaped models, designs according to graphic 2 are planned for the next updated issue of the standard. Current licenses, however, already take this amendment into account; otherwise architects and building contractors would not have the creative scope they desire, and the manufacturers of fittings could offer only a very limited range of lever handles.
Graphic 2
45
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe
Locks and fittings must be provided with test identification codes (DO numbers) and with the required CE-marking. This allows a locking system to be identified as approved during assembly and fincal acceptance. We are aware that our product range is very extensive due to the numerous situations in buildings. For this reason, we have developed logos with which we additionally mark our products. For the sake of clarity, partners of G.U-BKS also use these logos, thus enabling you to combine solutions from different catalogues to meet your individual requirements.
The first purpose of CE marking is to simplify the movement of goods within the EC. Another purpose is to indicate the approved product use by the classification code on the CE label. Our locks are visibly marked on the forends with the label explained below. Many of them are approved for use in locking systems according to EN 179 and EN 1125. Their approved use is recognisable by the classification code on the label. The field of application is to be taken from the respective product description.
CE Marking BKS locking systems have the following certification numbers: DIN EN 179 = 0432 BPR 0003 DIN EN 1125 = 0432 BPR 0002
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 D-42549 Velberrt
CE marking symbol
Identification no. of the certification body + no. of the EC certificate of conformity
0432 BPR 0002 DIN EN 1125; 2008
Number and year of this European Standard
Category of use: Grade 3 = high frequency applications
Durability: Active leaf grade 7 = 200.000 cycles Inactive leaf grade 6 = 100.000 cycles Door mass:
Grade 5 = up to 100 kg Grade 6 = up to 200 kg Grade 7 = up to 200 kg
Suitability Grade 0 = not approved for use on fire/smoke doors for use on fire/ Grade A = approved for smoke doors smoke doors: Grade B = approved for fire/smoke doors
2008
Manufacturer + address
Year in which the marking was applied Field of door application: Category A: single door, double door* Category B: single door only Category C: double door** Type of horizontal bar operation: Type A = push bar Type B = touch bar Projection of horizontal bar: Grade 1 = large projection Grade 2 = standard projection Security (burglary protection): Grade 2 = minimum specification, the only one to be used Corrosion resistance: Grade 3 = high resistance Grade 4 = very high resistance Safety: Grade 1 = top grade, the only one to be used
* active or inactive leaf of double door
46
** inactive leaf only
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe
You can recognise BKS fittings by the test labels attached to the bottom side of the mounting plates. The appropriate BKS locks are marked visibly on the forend. The table on the right shows which combinations are approved. By means of the test labels it is possible to identify appropriate locks and fittings in the event of separate delivery.
BKS locks
BKS fittings
Timber and steel doors
DO 5.0 DO 5.1 DO 9.2
DO 20.10.1
Narrow stile doors
DO 9.1 DO 9.6
DO 20.10.2
SECURY
DO 5.1 DO 9.1
DO 20.10.1
Note: Approval and application as emergency exit device to EN 179 or panic exit device to EN 1125 are only possible in conjunction with the appropriate EC conformity certificate.
Timber and steel doors
Fittings approved to EN 179 Various lever models are tested and approved for the use on contract doors. The illustrated models only represent a part of our programme. We are continuously developing new products that correspond to the requirements of our customers.
Narrow stile doors
RONDO
BELCANTO-P
RR-RONDO
OFFICE
EMMAUS
RR-BELCANTO-P
Upon special request, we can also design individual models for your contract work which will conform to the requirements of EN 179.
Fittings approved to EN 1125 Push rod, stainless steel
Only operational elements spanning the door width are approved as fittings to 1125. Push bars or touch bars are such operational elements. Push rod, aluminium
The illustrated operational elements provide an overview of our programme. Thanks to a variety of finishes, it is possible to create a harmonious appearance with regard to the fittings on other doors in the building.
Push rod, PVC
Special fitting solutions for slim profiles to avoid material deformation and injury are also contained in our programme. Touch bar
Push bar with integral lock
Touch bar with integral lock
47
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe
Locking systems as unit Practical experiences in the combination of products by various manufacturers have shown that not all combinations function smoothly without an examination. For this reason, one of the essential features of the new requirements was defined: Lock, fittings and accessories may only be tested, marked and assembled as a unit.
The user as well as the planner thereby receive a guarantee that the system was tested and approved for compatibility. Extensive durability and manipulation tests guarantee a safe interaction of all components.
Floor socket Fittings Latch plates
Vertical rods
48
Locks
Control locks
Push bar
Square spindle
Screws
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe
Approval and certification
Standardised operation throughout Europe
Exit devices according to EN 179 and EN 1125 must only be tested by notarized institutes (authorized in Europe). Here, we are working together with the Material Testing Authority of North RhineWestphalia (MPA/NRW) in Dortmund. The additional outside supervision of the products is also performed by MPA and is documented by the Ă&#x153;-marking on the products.
The operation of escape doors will be standardised in Europe in the future. The protection of human life is placed above the protection of property. Both standards are generally implemented and valid in the EC. In many countries the use of push rods or touch bars similar to EN 1125 has been common practice for many years already.
Shipment according to EN 179 and EN 1125 The components of approved exit devices may be tendered separately. Depending on the sales method, separate deliveries directly to the location are also possible. The responsibility for the correct composition and assembly is then given to the assembly company. In this event, the door manufacturer and possibly participating dealers are subject to reporting requirements. Sales partners of the G.U Group are under the obligation to point out the adherence to these specifications to their customers. These partners are authorized to use the illustrated label.
49
Features of security fittings Applications The security fittings may be used on house or apartment entrance doors. Depending on the product variant, contract fittings are also approved for fire control, smoke control, and escape doors. Coming with different backplate widths, they are suitable for timber and steel doors, or narrow stile doors.
1
Creative design options By combining various lever and knob models, it is possible to create individual fitting combinations available as entrance set or as lever set.
2
Material options Anodized or colour coated aluminium Stainless steel Titanium coating in brass appearance (ES3)
3
Protection of the locking cylinder The optional cylinder covering protects the cylinder against being withdrawn or twisted off forcibly. The plug security plate is suitable for current key sizes.
4
Security backplate outside Depending on the security grade, the outside backplate is secured by hardened elements against manipulation by drilling.
5
Attachment to the door Through-fixing with rugged fastening elements guarantees the stable attachment of the fittings and prevents them from being pried open.
Tested quality Burglary inhibition according to DIN 18257 Suitability for fire control, smoke control and escape doors to DIN 18273 Manufacture and internal quality control according to EN ISO 9001 External quality control by the Material Testing Authority of North Rhine-Westphalia (MPA/NRW)
50
Features of security fittings Classification of security fittings Extra high burglary resistance class 3 to DIN 18257 (grade 4 security to EN 1906) Strength of backplate: 5 kN (20 kN) Maximum flexion of backplate: 2 mm (5 mm) Tensile strength of fastening elements: (30 kN) Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm) Drilling resistance of outside backplate: the entire plate surface must be secured (30 s on randomly selected point over the entire plate surface). Tensile strength of cylinder cover: 20 kN (20kN) Chisel test resistance: 12 (12) blows EN 1906 values in parentheses
High burglary resistance class 2 to DIN 18257 (grade 3 security to EN 1906) Strength of backplate: not demanded (15 kN) Maximum flexion of backplate: not demanded (5 mm) Tensile strength of fastening elements: (20 kN) Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm) Drilling resistance of outside backplate: partial area around locking cylinder must be secured (30 s on randomly selected point). Tensile strength of cylinder cover: 17 kN (15kN) Chisel test resistance: 6 (6) blows EN 1906 values in parentheses
Moderate burglary resistance class 1 to DIN 18257 (grade 2 security to EN 1906) Strength of backplate: not required (10 kN) Maximum flexion of backplate: not required (5 mm) Tensile strength of fastening elements: (15 kN) Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm) Drilling resistance of outside backplate: partial area around locking cylinder must be secured (30 s on randomly selected point). Tensile strength of cylinder cover: 15 kN (10kN) Chisel test resistance: 3 (3) blows EN 1906 values in parentheses
Mild burglary resistance class 0 to DIN 18257 (grade 1 security to EN 1906) Strength of backplate: (7 kN) Maximum flexion of backplate: (5 mm) Tensile strength of fastening elements: (10 kN) Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm) Drilling resistance of outside backplate: (not provided) Tensile strength of cylinder cover: (not provided) Chisel test resistance: (not provided) EN 1906 values in parentheses 51
Features of contract fittings Applications The contract (heavy-duty) fitting range was developed for the sophisticated demands of contract work. Thanks to its modular design, it provides for a multitude of applications. Depending on the product variant, contract fittings are also approved for fire control, smoke control, and escape doors. Coming with different backplate widths, they are suitable for timber and steel doors, or narrow stile doors.
1
Creative design options By combining various lever and knob models, it is possible to create individual fitting combinations coming in different types of sets.
2
Material options Anodized or colour coated aluminium Stainless steel Titanium coating in brass appearance (ES3)
3
Contract fittings with BKS bearing technology
Features and advantages: – Compensation of latching inaccuracies – Maintenance-free operation – Minimised friction losses – Fixed backplate with friction washer – Smooth and noiseless lever operation
4
Attachment to the door Through-fixing with non-loosening fastening elements provides for a rugged connection.
Tested quality Suitability for fire control, smoke control and escape doors to DIN 18273 Burglary inhibition according to DIN 18257 – class 3 Manufacture and internal quality control according to EN ISO 9001 External quality control by the Material Testing Authority of North Rhine-Westphalia (MPA/NRW)
52
Features of contract fittings Mounting advice for push bars BKS locks and BKS fittings are perfectly compatible with each other; if appropriately assembled, they comply with the high requirements of the respective standards and regulations. In order to absorb the high forces applied on the door in the event of an emergency, it is important that the fittings should be through-fixed. Especially on 2-leaf narrow stile escape doors is it essential that the fittings should be attached securely. Where through-fixing is not possible, it is necessary that additional fastening elements such as, e.g., clinch nuts are used to provide for appropriate fitting attachment. For safe and durable functioning of the fittings we recommend assembly according to the examples below.
Mounting advice for touch bars
53
Materials and finishes Aluminium BKS only use high-quality aluminium alloys for their fitting programme. A variety of finishes and colours provides for versatile creative possibilities. The manufacture of such products is very sophisticated, minimal colour deviations are therefore possible. Anodised finishes
F1 natural anodised colour
F2 champaign colour
Painted finish
Standard colours, powder-coated
Silver colour
White RAL 9016
Dark bronze UC5
Mint green RAL 6029
Special colours, powder-coated
Golden yellow RAL 9016
Ruby red RAL 3003
Dark red RAL 3007
Ultramarine RAL 5002
Sapphire blue RAL 5003
Dark green RAL 6012
Brown-olive RAL 6022
Dark brown RAL 8022
Agate grey RAL 7038
Deep black RAL 9005
Brass Our high-quality fittings with brass appearance are manufactured from stainsless steel and coated with titanium(PVD). They distinguish themselves by outstanding corrosion and abrasion resistance and require little maintenance only. Finishes
Brass appearance
Stainless steel Our stainless steel fittings are made from the material 1.4301 according to DIN 17440. This material features excellent application properties and is increasingly used on windows and doors. Finishes
Stainless steel matt brushed
54
Stainless steel polished
Product advice Door handing
left
DIN left Hinges on the left – visible
right
DIN right Hinges on the right – visible
Door fittings should always be fixed from inside. The DIN direction must be specified for asymmetrical levers and backplate forms.
Direction of lever handle
pointing to the right
pointing to the left
PC
CC = cylinder cover
CH-RC = Swiss round cylinder
RC = round cylinder
72/92
74/90
74/94
72/92
72/92
Boreholes
BB = warded version
Risk of injury
With narrow stile doors it is important to ensure that suitable fittings are used. Lever handles should always be cranked to prevent injuries as the door is operated.
55
Product information regarding fittings According to the defined manufacturer's liability described in paragraph 4 of the German "Product Liability Act", the following information regarding locksand fittings should be observed. Non-compliance excempts the manufacturer of his liability. 1. Product information and use as directed A lock generally has the function to lock and block a door. Simple lock designs serve only to shut the door. This means that a door is kept closed so that it cannot be opened by pulling or pushing, but may be opened by a simple method, such as by moving a lever handle. The lock latch – generally called latch – serves as lock. Securing the closed door by blocking at least one deadbolt or latchbolt (= deadbolting latch) which meshes into the appropriate recess of the jamb, respectively the latch plate, is called blocking. The deadbolt must be blocked in extended position against being pushed back. Moreover, door opening must be efficiently impeded unless the appropriate key is used. A lock must only be blocked with the door in closed position. Cylinder attachment screws not matching with the backset dimension of the lock must be cut to length (BKS delivers the appropriate screw length if the backset is specified in the order). A mortise lock is a lock which is inserted into a recess in the door leaf (lock pocket) and fixed with screws. The following must be observed to ensure use as directed : – Locks, latch plates, door fittings, attaching elements and locking cylinders must be selected to be compatible with each other. – Installation, maintenance and possible replacement must be carried out according to the state of the art as documented in standards related to these products and in the manufacturers' catalogues and instructions. With locks for escape doors or special locks, the simultaneous operation of key and fitting, e.g., a lever handle, is usually not allowed. Locks for escape doors or special locks may only be combined with locking cylinders with turn knob, if this is agreed with the lock manufacturer by contract. For it is generally assumed that only the owners of the keys have the right to operate the lock, and the activation of a lock through a knob cylinder (i.e. without key) is not considered to be a normal case. Latch and deadbolt being returned simultaneously by the mere operation of the lever handle is a special case which must not generally replace the standard key operation for withdrawing the deadbolt. Locking cylinders may only be installed in locks without any reservation if they comply with a dimensional standard (e.g. DIN 18252), and if the locks in turn are explicitly designed for cylinders to this standard. In all other cases, the manufacturer, dealer, fabricator or consumer of such locks has to ensure that the locking cylinders he has selected are suitable for the intended use. It is necessary that legal regulations and manufacturer's instructions should be observed. For example, no locking cylinders with knob, turn or similar handle may be installed in panic locks. General terms, unless explained on catalogue pages, in brochures, price lists or on the internet are defined in the standards relevant for these products (such as EN 179, EN 1125, EN 1303, EN 1906, EN 12209). Deviations from the particular relevant standard must be specified in the order. 2. Incorrect use Incorrect use – meaning not used as specified – of locks is when, e.g., – the flawless use is prevented by inserting foreign objects into the lock or into the latch plate. – the lock or the latch plate are attacked in such a way on the outside or inside that their construction or function are affected. – the deadbolt is extended to prevent the door from closing – the function of the locking elements is blocked as a result of improper assembly or subsequent treatment, e.g., painting. – a load is put on the lever handle exceeding the normal force applied by hand.
56
– unsuitable, such as dimensionally deviating, or the wrong keys are used – the specified door gap changes as a result of hinge re-adjustments or unintended lowering of the door. – a double door is opened by the passive leaf although not designed and approved for this feature. – objects or extremities are put between the door leaf and the jamb as the door closes. – activating the lever and the key simultaneously. 3. Product performance Unless described in our catalogues, brochures or performance specifications, technical requirements must be agreed with us. The relevant standards serve as guidelines (for example, EN 179, EN 1125, EN 1303, EN 1906, EN 12209). Basic requirements and additional requirements are defined in these standards. The serviceability of locks also depends on the operating frequency, operating method, environmental effects and maintenance. Lock, latch plate, door fittings, locking cylinder and keys must be replaced as soon as problems occur despite proper maintenance. This also applies to attempts to forcefully overcome locks and their accessories (burglary attempts). 4. Product maintenance Locks must be lubricated with suitable lubricants at least once a year or more frequently depending on the wear. Door fittings, latch plate and locking cylinder must be checked for their proper condition and tight attachment. Only cleaning agents not containing corrosive ingredients may be used. 5. Information and instruction duties In order to comply with the informational and instructional duties prescribed by the German Product Liability Act, the following documents and services are made available to specialist dealers, locksmiths, architects, planners, fabricators and end users upon request : – catalogues, brochures – specification clauses, quotation documents, key combination records – the relevant standards serving as guidelines, for example, EN 179, EN 1125, EN 1303, EN 1906, EN 12209. – Instructions for installation, operation and maintenance For the selection, installation, operation, and maintenance of locks and fittings, – architects and planners should consider to request and observe all required product information from us. – specialist dealers must consider to observe product information and reference in the price lists and specifically request all necessary instructions from us and to forward these to the fabricators. – fabricators must consider to observe all product information and specifically request operating and maintenance instructions from us and to forward these to contractors and consumers.
Product information regarding locks and fittings
1. Do not make drillings on the door leaf with the lock installed.
When using BKS locks and fittings, the following advice must be observed:
2. Do not hit the square through the follower by force.
3. Do not carry the door leaf by the handle.
4. The distance between the lock forend and the latch plate should range between 2 and 5 mm.
5. Do not paint over deadbolt and latch.
57
Product information regarding locks and fittings
58
6. The handle must be loaded in rotational direction only. The maximum force allowed is 150 N.
7. Do not manipulate the lock with foreign objects. Operate it with the appropriate key only.
8. The deadbolt must not be thrown with the door open.
9. Do not operate handle and key at the same time.
10. Emergency exit devices must not be left with the key inserted.
11. Emergency exit devices must not be fitted with cylinders having a knob or a turn. Exception: self-locking locks of series 19xx and 21xx. 19xx und 21xx. Attention: Push bars might interfere with the knob or turn!
Product information regarding locks and fittings
12. Exit devices not corresponding to EN 179 or EN 1125 are not suitable for frequent use and should only be operated in the event of an emergency.
13. Double leaf doors without double-sided panic function (full panic function) may not be forced open by the passive leaf.
14. If there is any evidence of violence, the lock must be replaced immediately.
15. Lubricate locks with non-resinous oil at least once a year.
1x
year
Exclusion of liability BKS products are permanently adapted and developed to meet the growing demands of the market. We also reserve the right to make changes serving to advance the state of the art. Further reasons for modification may be: – global technical development – alterations in the product range – adaptation to changed laws and technical standards The present catalogue was compiled with the greatest possible care. Nevertheless, we ask for your understanding that we take no responsibility for possible mistakes with regard to presentation and description of the products. Thank you. 59
Relevant standards The most important (European) standards concerning doors and door-related products are:
DIN 107 Definition of DIN left and DIN right in the building and construction industry
DIN 18357 VOB (German Construction Contract Procedures), part C: General technical contractual requirements, building hardware
DIN 1080, Part 1 Terms, symbols and units in civil engineering, basics
DIN 18361 VOB (German Construction Contract Procedures), part C: General technical contractual requirements, glazing
DIN 4102, parts 5 + 18 Part 5: Fire performance of building materials and building components; fire-resistant closures, closures in elevator shaft walls and fire-resistant glazing Part 18: Fire performance of building materials and building components; fire-resistant closures, documentation of the "self-closing" properties (continuous operation test) DIN 18055 Windows; joint impermeability, resistance to driving rain and to mechanical stress; specifications and tests DIN 18082, parts 1 + 3 Part 1: Fire-resistant closures, steel doors T30-1, type A Part 3: Fire-resistant closures, steel doors T30-1, Type B DIN 18095, parts 1 + 2 Part 1: Doors; smoke control doors; terms and requirements Part 2: Doors; smoke control doors; type testing for durability and tightness DIN 18100 Doors; wall openings for doors; dimensions to DIN 4172 DIN 18101 Doors; doors for residential construction; door leaf dimensions, position of lock and hinges; interrelationship between dimensions DIN 18111, part 1 Door frames, steel frames, standard frames for rebated doors DIN 18250 Mortise locks for fire-resistant closures DIN 18251 Locks; Mortise locks for doors
DIN 68706, part 1 Interior doors of timber and timber materials, plywood doors, terms, perferential dimensions, structural features EN 179 Building hardware. Emergency exit devices operated by a lever handle or push pad, for use on escape routes EN 1125 Building hardware. Panic exit devices operated by a horizontal bar, for use on escape routes EN 1154 Building hardware. Controlled door closing devices EN 1303 Building hardware. Cylinders for locks. Requirements and test methods ENV 1627 Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Requirements and classification ENV 1628 Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Test method for the determination of resistance under static loading ENV 1629 Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Test method for determination of resistance under dynamic loading ENV 1630 Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Test method for the determination of resistance to manual burglary attempts
DIN 18252 Locking cylinders for door locks; terms, descriptions
EN 1634, parts 1 + 3 Fire resistance tests for door and shutter assemblies Part 1: Fire control doors and shutters Part 3: Smoke control doors and shutters
DIN 18255 Building hardware; lever handles, backplates and rosettes â&#x20AC;&#x201C; terms, dimensions, requirements
EN 1906 Building hardware. Lever handles and knob furniture. Requirements and test methods
DIN 18257 Building hardware; security fittings â&#x20AC;&#x201C; terms, dimensions, requirements, tests and markings DIN 18273 Building hardware; lever handle sets for fire control doors and smoke control doors â&#x20AC;&#x201C; terms, dimensions, requirements and tests
60
Quality The constant high quality of all operational sequences at BKS is guaranteed by the application of a Quality Assurance System to EN ISO 9001. This is the highest quality standard in Europe, not only for production but also for other company divisions such as development, order processing or after-sales service etc. BKS applies this standard to all product areas (locking cylinders, door locks, fittings, electronics and door closers). The extensive G.U-BKS range is designed to bear high stress loads and oriented towards compatibility among its products. A high level of quality, reliability and durability of door units can only be guaranteed with a system of compatible products which G.U-BKS is capable to offer thanks to the unequalled diversity of the Group's product range. Product quality and compliance with various standards and regulations are documented in test results and approvals, copies of which are available on request.
61
Security fittings, features and requirements.......................................................................................................................................................... 51 Floor-mounted door stop ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 34 Touch bar ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 26 – 27 Direction of lever handle (by definition) ................................................................................................................................................................. 55 Spindles ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 38 Window handles of stainless steel ........................................................................................................................................................................ 32 – 33 Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe ...................................................................................................................................................... 42 – 49 Materials and finishes........................................................................................................................................................................................... 54 Features of BKS security fittings ........................................................................................................................................................................... 50 Features of contract fittings .................................................................................................................................................................................. 52 Lever models ANDANTE VK/ANDANTE RR ............................................................................................................................................................. 34 Lever model RR-BELCANTO .................................................................................................................................................................................. 16 Lever model BELCANTO-Panic .............................................................................................................................................................................. 12 Lever model FORTE VK ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 14 Lever model RR-RONDO ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 8 Mounting advice for fittings .................................................................................................................................................................................. 53 Standards ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 60 Product information/product liability ..................................................................................................................................................................... 56 – 59 Quality control ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 61 Screws ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 41 Security rosettes for narrow stile doors ................................................................................................................................................................ 28 Standard contract fittings for narrow stile doors ................................................................................................................................................... 30 Push bars ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 20– 25 Spindles ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 38 – 40 Door holders ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 36 Door handing ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 55 Wall-mounted floor stop ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 34 Threaded spindles ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 38
62
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschl채ge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 D-71254 Ditzingen Phone + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93 www.g-u.com
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 D-42549 Velbert Phone + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-4 31
WP02013-04-2-1
12/2009
Printed in Germany
Door fittings Fittings for timber and steel doors
G.U Group product range for timber and steel doors
Contents Project, fire protection and security fittings ES3 Rondo
Belcanto Panic
Belcanto
Office
Page 8
Page 12
Page 16
Page 20
Bauhaus
Emmaus
Wide backplate
Page 24
Page 26
Page 30
Escape door fittings Push bars
Touch bar
Pages 32 + 34
Page 36
Standard security fittings
4
Rondo ES0
Security fittings ES1+ES2
Page 38
Page 40
Contents Standard project fittings for timber and steel doors Andante
Crescendo
Forte
Page 42
Page 44
Page 46
Stainless steel window handles Andante
Crescendo
Forte
Dirigent
Page 48
Page 48
Page 48
Page 48
Office
Page 48
5
Contents Accessories for contract work Floor-mounted door stop I
Floor-mounted door stop II
Wall-mounted door stop
Page 50
Page 50
Page 50
Ladies
Gentlemen
Handicapped
Directional arrow
Page 50
Page 50
Page 50
Page 50
3934
3934
3933
6944
Page 52
Page 52
Page 52
Page 52
Door holder
6
Contents Architects range
Page 54
Page 54
Page 54
Spindles
Threaded spindles
Divided spindles
Screws
Page 58
Page 59
Page 60
Page 61
Page 54
Fixing accessories
7
Lever model RONDO
Fire protection
Knob types
Backplate types
Dimensioned drawings 8
50
8
ø55
21,5
38
Round knob
8
139,5
ø20
248
165
21,5
65
43
60
43
75,5
ø50
ø50
112
147
Ball-type knob 4
50 15
36
cranked round knob
21,5 160
325
135
4
180
31,5
134
130
21,5
75,5 50
139,5
250
90
50
ø50
21,5
ø50
ø50
180
cranked ball-type knob
Product information Lever handles available with 8, 9, 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed. Clip-on backplates. Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3 The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm. The vertical lever variant is provided with a detent mechanism to ensure a precise vertical position. All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179. The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (contract sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 42 – 52 mm). For use on escape doors with a divided follower it is necessary to specify the lock position in addition to the door thickness (refer to page 60).
8
RONDO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Contract fittings
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7050 5141
B 7050 5131
B 7050 5101
B 7050 5103
B 7050 5105
B 7050 0140 B 7050 0141 B 7050 2140 B 7050 2141
B 7050 0130 B 7050 0131 B 7050 2130 B 7050 2131
B 7050 0100 B 7050 0101 B 7050 2100 B 7050 2101
B 7050 0102 B 7050 0103 B 7050 2102 B 7050 2103
B 7050 0104 B 7050 0105 B 7050 2104 B 7050 2105
B 7050 5107 B 7050 0106 B 7050 0107 B 7050 2106 B 7050 2107
PC 72
B 7050 7242
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
B 7050 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Lever set 8 mm spindle
Rosette
PC
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate square Oblong plate rounded
PC 72
Wide backplate Special oblong plate
Backplate type
Lever set 9 mm spindle
B 7051 5105
B 7051 5107
B 7051 0140 B 7051 0141 B 7051 2140 B 7051 2141
B 7051 0130 B 7051 0131 B 7051 2130 B 7051 2131
B 7051 0100 B 7051 0101 B 7051 2100 B 7051 2101
B 7051 0102 B 7051 0103 B 7051 2102 B 7051 2103
B 7051 0104 B 7051 0105 B 7051 2104 B 7051 2105
B 7051 0106 B 7051 0107 B 7051 2106 B 7051 2107
PC 72
B 7051 7242
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
B 7051 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
Wide backplate Special oblong plate
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob
PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7073 5141
B 7073 5131
B 7073 5101
B 7073 5103
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7073 5105
B 7073 5107
B 7073 0140 B 7073 0141 B 7073 2140 B 7073 2141
B 7073 0130 B 7073 0131 B 7073 2130 B 7073 2131
B 7073 0100 B 7073 0101 B 7073 2100 B 7073 2101
B 7073 0102 B 7073 0103 B 7073 2102 B 7073 2103
B 7073 0104 B 7073 0105 B 7073 2104 B 7073 2105
B 7073 0106 B 7073 0107 B 7073 2106 B 7073 2107
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 7073 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 7073 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7074 5141
B 7074 5131
B 7074 5101
B 7074 5103
B 7074 5105
B 7074 5107
B 7074 0140 B 7074 0141 B 7074 2140 B 7074 2141
B 7074 0130 B 7074 0131 B 7074 2130 B 7074 2131
B 7074 0100 B 7074 0101 B 7074 2100 B 7074 2101
B 7074 0102 B 7074 0103 B 7074 2102 B 7074 2103
B 7074 0104 B 7074 0105 B 7074 2104 B 7074 2105
B 7074 0106 B 7074 0107 B 7074 2106 B 7074 2107
PC 72
B 7074 7242
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
B 7074 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Round knob
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC
Bath
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Bath 78 mm
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7050 5441
B 7050 5431
B 7050 5401
B 7050 5403
B 7050 5405
B 7050 5407
B 7050 0540 B 7050 0541 B 7050 2840 B 7050 2841
B 7050 0530 B 7050 0531 B 7050 2830 B 7050 2831
B 7050 0500 B 7050 0501 B 7050 2800 B 7050 2801
B 7050 0502 B 7050 0503 B 7050 2802 B 7050 2803
B 7050 0504 B 7050 0505 B 7050 2804 B 7050 2805
B 7050 0506 B 7050 0507 B 7050 2806 B 7050 2807
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Wide backplate
Bath 78 mm
B 7050 7742
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Bath 78 mm
B 7050 4441
----
----
----
----
----
Backplate type
Bath set 9 mm spindle
B 7051 5103
PC 72
Backplate type
Bath set 8 mm spindle
Aluminium F2
B 7051 5101
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Backplate type
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Aluminium F1
B 7051 5131
PC
Rosette
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Brass PVD
B 7051 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Backplate type
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7051 5441
B 7051 5431
B 7051 5401
B 7051 5403
B 7051 5405
B 7051 5407
B 7051 0540 B 7051 0541 B 7051 2840 B 7051 2841
B 7051 0530 B 7051 0531 B 7051 2830 B 7051 2831
B 7051 0510 B 7051 0511 B 7051 2800 B 7051 2801
B 7051 0512 B 7051 0513 B 7051 2802 B 7051 2803
B 7051 0514 B 7051 0515 B 7051 2804 B 7051 2805
B 7051 0516 B 7051 0517 B 7051 2806 B 7051 2807
Bath 78 mm
B 7051 7742
----
----
----
----
----
Bath 78 mm
B 7051 4441
----
----
----
----
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Bath
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate Special oblong plate
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
PC = profile cylinder
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
9
RONDO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection fittings
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Rosette
Lever set
PC
Short plate square Short plate rounded Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72 PC 72
B 7053 5101
B 7053 5103
B 7053 5105
B 7053 5107
----
B 7053 0140 B 7053 0141 B 7053 2140 B 7053 2141
B 7053 0130 B 7053 0131 B 7053 2130 B 7053 2131
B 7053 0100 B 7053 0101 B 7053 2100 B 7053 2101
B 7053 0102 B 7053 0103 B 7053 2102 B 7053 2103
B 7053 0104 B 7053 0105 B 7053 2104 B 7053 2105
B 7053 0106 B 7053 0107 B 7053 2106 B 7053 2107
B 7123 0000 B 7123 0100 -------
Wide backplate
PC 72
B 7053 7242
----
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
PC 72
B 7053 4141
----
----
----
----
----
----
Rosette
Round knob
Short plate square Round knob Short plate rounded Oblong plate, square Round knob Oblong plate, rounded
PC PC 72 PC 72
B 7076 5101
B 7076 5103
B 7076 5105
B 7076 5107
----
B 7076 0140 B 7076 0141 B 7076 2140 B 7076 2141
B 7076 0130 B 7076 0131 B 7076 2130 B 7076 2131
B 7076 0100 B 7076 0101 B 7076 2100 B 7076 2101
B 7076 0102 B 7076 0103 B 7076 2102 B 7076 2103
B 7076 0104 B 7076 0105 B 7076 2104 B 7076 2105
B 7076 0106 B 7076 0107 B 7076 2106 B 7076 2107
B 7123 0010 B 7123 0110 -------
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 7076 7242
----
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 7076 4141
----
----
----
----
----
----
Rosette
w/o PC rosette
Short plate square Short plate rounded
without
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
without
Rosette
without
Short plate square Short plate rounded
without
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
without
Special oblong plate
without
PC
Rosette Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
Aluminium F1
B 7090 5931
B 7090 5901
B 7090 5903
B 7090 5905
B 7090 5907
----
B 7090 0040 B 7090 0041 B 7090 2040 B 7090 2041
B 7090 0030 B 7090 0031 B 7090 2030 B 7090 2031
B 7090 0000 B 7090 0001 B 7090 2000 B 7090 2001
B 7090 0002 B 7090 0003 B 7090 2002 B 7090 2003
B 7090 0004 B 7090 0005 B 7090 2004 B 7090 2005
B 7090 0006 B 7090 0007 B 7090 2006 B 7090 2007
-------------
PVC black
Half set outside
PC
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
Aluminium UC5
Aluminium white
B 7000 5031
B 7000 5001
B 7000 5003
B 7000 5005
B 7000 5007
----
B 7000 0040 B 7000 0041 B 7000 0140 B 7000 0141 B 7000 2040 B 7000 2041
B 7000 0030 B 7000 0031 B 7000 0130 B 7000 0131 B 7000 2030 B 7000 2031
B 7000 0000 B 7000 0001 B 7000 0100 B 7000 0101 B 7000 2000 B 7000 2001
B 7000 0002 B 7000 0003 B 7000 0102 B 7000 0103 B 7000 2002 B 7000 2003
B 7000 0004 B 7000 0005 B 7000 0104 B 7000 0105 B 7000 2004 B 7000 2005
B 7000 0006 B 7000 0007 B 7000 0106 B 7000 0107 B 7000 2006 B 7000 2007
B 7123 0203 ----------------
B 7000 4041
----
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7010 5141
B 7010 5131
B 7010 5101
B 7010 5103
B 7010 5105
B 7010 5107
----
B 7010 0140 B 7010 0141 B 7010 2140 B 7010 2141
B 7010 0130 B 7010 0131 B 7010 2130 B 7010 2131
B 7010 0100 B 7010 0101 B 7010 2100 B 7010 2101
B 7010 0102 B 7010 0103 B 7010 2102 B 7010 2103
B 7010 0104 B 7010 0105 B 7010 2104 B 7010 2105
B 7010 0106 B 7010 0107 B 7010 2106 B 7010 2107
-------------
B 7014 5101
B 7014 5103
B 7014 5105
B 7014 5107
----
B 7014 0140 B 7014 0141 B 7014 2140 B 7014 2141
B 7014 0130 B 7014 0131 B 7014 2130 B 7014 2131
B 7014 0100 B 7014 0101 B 7014 2100 B 7014 2101
B 7014 0102 B 7014 0103 B 7014 2102 B 7014 2103
B 7014 0104 B 7014 0105 B 7014 2104 B 7014 2105
B 7014 0106 B 7014 0107 B 7014 2106 B 7014 2107
B 7123 0200 ----------
B 7001 5105
B 7001 5107
----
Round knob
PC 72
B 7001 0140 B 7001 0141
B 7001 0130 B 7001 0131
Oblong plate, square Round knob Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
B 7001 2140 B 7001 2141
B 7001 2130 B 7001 2131
B 7001 0100 B 7001 0101 B 7001 2100 B 7001 2101
B 7001 0102 B 7001 0103 B 7001 2102 B 7001 2103
B 7001 0104 B 7001 0105 B 7001 2104 B 7001 2105
B 7001 0106 B 7001 0107 B 7001 2106 B 7001 2107
B 7123 0202 ----------
Rosette
w/o PC rosette
B 7010 5941
B 7010 5931
Rosette
PC
B 7098 5141
B 7098 5131
Rosette
w/o PC rosette
B 7014 5941
B 7014 5931
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Rosette
PC
B 7097 5141
B 7097 5131
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Rosette PC = profile cylinder
10
PVC black
B 7001 5103
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD
Knob
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7001 5101
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD
PC rosette outside
Aluminium F1
B 7001 5131
Round knob
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD
Outside handle w/o PC
PVC black
B 7014 5131
B 7001 5141
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC rosette inside
Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
PVC black
PC
Rosette
Inside handle w/o PC
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7014 5141
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD
Knob backplate, outside
PVC black
B 7000 5041
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Rosette
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
B 7090 5941
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Half set, inside
PVC black
B 7076 5131
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Dummy plate
Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7076 5141
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Turn handle
PVC black
B 7053 5131
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD
Entrance set
Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7053 5141
w/o PC rosette
B 7001 5841
B 7001 5831
Aluminium F1 B 7010 5901
Aluminium F1 B 7098 5101
Aluminium F1 B 7014 5901
Aluminium F1 B 7097 5101
Aluminium F1 B 7001 5801
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7010 5903
B 7010 5905
B 7010 5907
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7098 5103
B 7098 5105
B 7098 5107
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7014 5903
B 7014 5905
B 7014 5907
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7097 5103
B 7097 5105
B 7097 5107
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7001 5803
B 7001 5805
B 7001 5807
PVC black ----
PVC black ----
PVC black ----
PVC black ----
PVC black ----
RONDO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection and security fittings ES3 Security fittings ES3
Lever set
Entrance set
Entrance set
Type of set
Backplate type
Cylinder bore
Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
Aluminium UC5
Aluminium white
Lever set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 72
B 7300 5041
B 7300 5031
B 7300 5001
B 7300 5003
B 7300 5005
B 7300 5007
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 72
B 7300 5141
B 7300 5131
B 7300 5101
B 7300 5103
B 7300 5105
B 7300 5107
Lever set 10 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 92
B 7301 5241
B 7301 5231
B 7301 5201
B 7301 5203
B 7301 5205
B 7301 5207
Knob model
Type of set
Backplate type
Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
Aluminium UC5
Aluminium white
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 72
B 7300 2541
B 7300 2531
B 7300 2501
B 7300 2503
B 7300 2505
B 7300 2507
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 72
B 7300 2641
B 7300 2631
B 7300 2601
B 7300 2603
B 7300 2605
B 7300 2607
Entrance set 10 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 92
B 7301 2741
B 7301 2731
B 7301 2701
B 7301 2703
B 7301 2705
B 7301 2707
Knob model Cylinder bore
Type of set
Backplate type
Knob model
Cylinder bore
Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
Aluminium UC5
Aluminium white
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 0041
B 7300 0031
B 7300 0001
B 7300 0003
B 7300 0005
B 7300 0007
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 0141
B 7300 0131
B 7300 0101
B 7300 0103
B 7300 0105
B 7300 0107
Entrance set 10 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 92
B 7301 0241
B 7301 0231
B 7301 0201
B 7301 0203
B 7301 0205
B 7301 0207
Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
Aluminium UC5
Aluminium white
B 7300 5341
B 7300 5331
B 7300 5301
B 7300 5303
B 7300 5305
B 7300 5307
Fire protection fittings ES3 Type of set
Backplate type
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Knob model Cylinder bore CC 72
Lever set
Type of set
Backplate type
Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
Aluminium UC5
Aluminium white
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 72
B 7300 2841
B 7300 2831
B 7300 2801
B 7300 2803
B 7300 2805
B 7300 2807
Type of set
Backplate type
Knob model
Cylinder bore
Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
Aluminium UC5
Aluminium white
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 0341
B 7300 0331
B 7300 0301
B 7300 0303
B 7300 0305
B 7300 0307
Knob model Cylinder bore
Entrance set
CC = cylinder cover
Entrance set
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
11
Lever model BELCANTO Panic
Fire protection
Knob types
Backplate types
Dimensioned drawings 8
50
8
ø55
21,5
38
Round knob
8
139,5
248
112
165
21,5
65
43
43
75,5
ø50
ø50
45
ø20
60
141
Ball-type knob 4
50 15
36
cranked round knob
160
21,5
325
135
4
180
31,5
134
130
21,5
75,5 50
139,5
250
90
50
ø50
21,5
ø50
ø50
180
cranked ball-type knob
Product information Lever handles available with 8, 9, 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed. Clip-on backplates. Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3 The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm. The vertical lever variant is provided with a detent mechanism to ensure a precise vertical position. All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179. The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (contract sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 42 – 52 mm). For use on escape doors with a divided follower it is necessary to specify the lock position in addition to the door thickness (refer to page 60).
12
BELCANTO Panic â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Contract fittings
Backplate type
Lever set 8 mm spindle
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
----------------
PC 72
B 70BG 7242
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
B 70BG 4141
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
Wide backplate Special oblong plate
B 70BG 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70BH 5141
----
----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
B 70BH 0140 B 70BH 0141 B 70BH 2140 B 70BH 2141
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
Wide backplate
PC 72
B 70BH 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
PC 72
B 70BH 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70BJ 0140 B 70BJ 0141 B 70BJ 2140 B 70BJ 2141
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob
B 70BJ 5141
PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70BJ 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70BJ 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70BK 0140 B 70BK 0141 B 70BK 2140 B 70BK 2141
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt B 70BK 5141
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Rosette
Round knob
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70BK 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70BK 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70BG 0540 B 70BG 0541 B 70BG 2840 B 70BG 2841
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Backplate type
PC
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt B 70BG 5441
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Rosette
Bath
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate
Bath 78 mm
B 70BG 7742
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Bath 78 mm
B 70BG 4441
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70BH 0540 B 70BH 0541 B 70BH 2840 B 70BH 2841
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Backplate type
Bath set 9 mm spindle
----------------
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Rosette
Bath set 8 mm spindle
B 70BG 0140 B 70BG 0141 B 70BG 2140 B 70BG 2141
----------------
PC 72
Backplate type
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Aluminium F2
----------------
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Rosette
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Aluminium F1
----------------
PC
Backplate type
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Brass PVD
Rosette
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt B 70BH 5441
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Rosette
Bath
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate
Bath 78 mm
B 70BH 7742
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Bath 78 mm
B 70BH 4441
----
----
----
----
----
PC = profile cylinder
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
13
BELCANTO Panic â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection fittings
Backplate type
Lever set
----
----
----
----
----
B 70 B I 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Round knob
PC
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70BL 5141
----
----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
B 70BL 0140 B 70BL 0141 B 70BL 2140 B 70BL 2141
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70BL 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70BL 4141
----
----
----
----
----
w/o PC rosette
Short plate square Short plate rounded
without
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
without
without
Short plate square Short plate rounded
without
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
without
Special oblong plate
without
PC PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
PC
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
----
----
B 70BR 0040 B 70BR 0041 B 70BR 2040 B 70BR 2041
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
Round knob
PC
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 7000 0040 B 7000 0041 B 7000 0140 B 7000 0141 B 7000 2040 B 7000 2041
-------------------
-------------------
-------------------
-------------------
-------------------
B 7000 4041
----
----
----
----
----
w/o PC rosette
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 70BC 0140 B 70BC 0141 B 70BC 2140 B 70BC 2141
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
PC
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 70BF 0140 B 70BF 0141 B 70BF 2140 B 70BF 2141
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
w/o PC rosette
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 7001 0140 B 7001 0141 B 7001 2140 B 7001 2141
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
B 70BC 5941
B 7098 5141
B 70BF 5941
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
PC
B 7097 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob
w/o PC rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7001 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 70BF 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 70BC 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7000 5041
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC = profile cylinder
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Rosette
Aluminium F2
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Backplate type
Aluminium F1
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Backplate type
Brass PVD
B 70BR 5941
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Backplate type
14
B 70 B I 7242
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Backplate type
Knob
PC 72
PC 72
Backplate type
PC rosette outside
-------------
Round knob
Rosette
Outside handle w/o PC
-------------
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Backplate type
PC rosette inside
-------------
Wide backplate
Backplate type
Inside handle w/o PC
-------------
Special oblong plate
Rosette
Knob backplate, outside
----
-------------
PC 72
Backplate type
Half set outside
----
B 70 B I 0140 B 70 B I 0141 B 70 B I 2140 B 70 B I 2141
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Backplate type
Half set, inside
----
PC 72
Backplate type
Dummy plate
Aluminium F2
----
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Rosette
Turn handle
Aluminium F1
----
PC
Backplate type
Entrance set
Brass PVD
B 70 B I 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
B 7001 5841
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
BELCANTO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection and security fittings ES3 Security fittings ES3 Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Lever set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded Oblong plate, rounded
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
CC 72
B 7300 BG41
----
----
----
----
----
CC 72
B 7300 BH41
----
----
----
----
----
Lever set
Type of set
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 72
B 7300 BD41
----
----
----
----
----
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 72
B 7300 BE41
----
----
----
----
----
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Entrance set
Type of set
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 BA41
----
----
----
----
----
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 BB41
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
----
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Entrance set
Fire protection fittings ES3 Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 72
B 7300 B I41
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
Lever set
Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Oblong plate, rounded
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
CC 72
Round knob
B 7300 BF41
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
Entrance set
Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 BC41
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
CC = cylinder cover
Entrance set
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
15
Lever model BELCANTO
Fire protection
Knob types
Backplate types
Dimensioned drawings 8
50
8
ø55
21,5
38
Round knob
8
139,5
ø20
248
165
21,5
65
43
60
43
75,5
ø50
ø50
112
135
Ball-type knob 4
50 15
36
cranked round knob
16
21,5
135
Lever handles available with 8, 9, 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed. Clip-on backplates. Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3 The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm. All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906. The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (contract sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm).
325
160 180
cranked ball-type knob
Product information
4
180
31,5
134
130
21,5
75,5 50
139,5
250
90
50
ø50
21,5
ø50
ø50
RR-BELCANTO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Contract fittings
Backplate type
Lever set 8 mm spindle
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
B 7060 5107
B 7060 0130 B 7060 0131 B 7060 2130 B 7060 2131
B 7060 0100 B 7060 0101 B 7060 2100 B 7060 2101
B 7060 0102 B 7060 0103 B 7060 2102 B 7060 2103
B 7060 0104 B 7060 0105 B 7060 2104 B 7060 2105
B 7060 0106 B 7060 0107 B 7060 2106 B 7060 2107
PC 72
B 7060 7242
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
B 7060 4141
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
Wide backplate Special oblong plate
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7061 5141
B 7061 5131
B 7061 5101
B 7061 5103
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7061 5105
B 7061 5107
B 7061 0140 B 7061 0141 B 7061 2140 B 7061 2141
B 7061 0130 B 7061 0131 B 7061 2130 B 7061 2131
B 7061 0100 B 7061 0101 B 7061 2100 B 7061 2101
B 7061 0102 B 7061 0103 B 7061 2102 B 7061 2103
B 7061 0104 B 7061 0105 B 7061 2104 B 7061 2105
B 7061 0106 B 7061 0107 B 7061 2106 B 7061 2107
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
Wide backplate
PC 72
B 7061 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
PC 72
B 7061 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7081 5141
B 7081 5131
B 7081 5101
B 7081 5103
B 7081 5105
B 7081 5107
B 7081 0140 B 7081 0141 B 7081 2140 B 7081 2141
B 7081 0130 B 7081 0131 B 7081 2130 B 7081 2131
B 7081 0100 B 7081 0101 B 7081 2100 B 7081 2101
B 7081 0102 B 7081 0103 B 7081 2102 B 7081 2103
B 7081 0104 B 7081 0105 B 7081 2104 B 7081 2105
B 7081 0106 B 7081 0107 B 7081 2106 B 7081 2107
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob
PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 7081 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 7081 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Backplate type
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7082 5141
B 7082 5131
B 7082 5101
B 7082 5103
B 7082 5105
B 7082 5107
B 7082 0140 B 7082 0141 B 7082 2140 B 7082 2141
B 7082 0130 B 7082 0131 B 7082 2130 B 7082 2131
B 7082 0100 B 7082 0101 B 7082 2100 B 7082 2101
B 7082 0102 B 7082 0103 B 7082 2102 B 7082 2103
B 7082 0104 B 7082 0105 B 7082 2104 B 7082 2105
B 7082 0106 B 7082 0107 B 7082 2106 B 7082 2107
PC 72
B 7082 7242
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
B 7082 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Round knob
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7060 5431
B 7060 5401
B 7060 5403
B 7060 5405
B 7060 5407
B 7060 0540 B 7060 0541 B 7060 2840 B 7060 2841
B 7060 0530 B 7060 0531 B 7060 2830 B 7060 2831
B 7060 0500 B 7060 0501 B 7060 2800 B 7060 2801
B 7060 0502 B 7060 0503 B 7060 2802 B 7060 2803
B 7060 0504 B 7060 0505 B 7060 2804 B 7060 2805
B 7060 0506 B 7060 0507 B 7060 2806 B 7060 2807
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Bath Bath 78 mm Bath 78 mm
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7060 5441
Backplate type Short plate square Short plate rounded Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Bath set 9 mm spindle
B 7060 5105
B 7060 0140 B 7060 0141 B 7060 2140 B 7060 2141
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Rosette
Bath set 8 mm spindle
B 7060 5103
PC 72
Backplate type
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Aluminium F2
B 7060 5101
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Rosette
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Aluminium F1
B 7060 5131
PC
Backplate type
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Brass PVD
B 7060 5141
Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Wide backplate
Bath 78 mm
B 7060 7742
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Bath 78 mm
B 7060 4441
----
----
----
----
----
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7061 5441
B 7061 5431
B 7061 5401
B 7061 5403
B 7061 5405
B 7061 5407
B 7061 0540 B 7061 0541 B 7061 2840 B 7061 2841
B 7061 0530 B 7061 0531 B 7061 2830 B 7061 2831
B 7061 0500 B 7061 0501 B 7061 2800 B 7061 2801
B 7061 0502 B 7061 0503 B 7061 2802 B 7061 2803
B 7061 0504 B 7061 0505 B 7061 2804 B 7061 2805
B 7061 0506 B 7061 0507 B 7061 2806 B 7061 2807
Bath 78 mm
B 7061 7742
----
----
----
----
----
Bath 78 mm
B 7061 4441
----
----
----
----
----
Rosette
Bath
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate Special oblong plate
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
PC = profile cylinder
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
17
BELCANTO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection fittings
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Lever set
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
Round knob
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7071 5131
B 7071 5101
B 7071 5103
B 7071 5105
B 7071 5107
B 7071 0140 B 7071 0141 B 7071 2140 B 7071 2141
B 7071 0130 B 7071 0131 B 7071 2130 B 7071 2131
B 7071 0100 B 7071 0101 B 7071 2100 B 7071 2101
B 7071 0102 B 7071 0103 B 7071 2102 B 7071 2103
B 7071 0104 B 7071 0105 B 7071 2104 B 7071 2105
B 7071 0106 B 7071 0107 B 7071 2106 B 7071 2107
PC 72
B 7071 7242
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
B 7071 4141
----
----
----
----
----
PC
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Round knob Round knob
without without PC 72 without
Special oblong plate
without
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
PC PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
Round knob
PC
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
w/o PC rosette
PC
w/o PC rosette
Rosette PC = profile cylinder
B 7000 0000 B 7000 0001 B 7000 0100 B 7000 0101 B 7000 2000 B 7000 2001
B 7000 0002 B 7000 0003 B 7000 0102 B 7000 0103 B 7000 2002 B 7000 2003
B 7000 0004 B 7000 0005 B 7000 0104 B 7000 0105 B 7000 2004 B 7000 2005
B 7000 0006 B 7000 0007 B 7000 0106 B 7000 0107 B 7000 2006 B 7000 2007
B 7000 4041
----
----
----
----
----
PC
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7006 5131
B 7006 5101
B 7006 5103
B 7006 5105
B 7006 5107
B 7006 0140 B 7006 0141 B 7006 2140 B 7006 2141
B 7006 0130 B 7006 0131 B 7006 2130 B 7006 2131
B 7006 0100 B 7006 0101 B 7006 2000 B 7006 2001
B 7006 0102 B 7006 0103 B 7006 2002 B 7006 2003
B 7006 0104 B 7006 0105 B 7006 2004 B 7006 2005
B 7006 0106 B 7006 0107 B 7006 2006 B 7006 2007
w/o PC rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7007 5141
B 7007 5131
B 7007 5101
B 7007 5103
B 7007 5105
B 7007 5107
B 7007 0140 B 7007 0141 B 7007 2140 B 7007 2141
B 7007 0130 B 7007 0131 B 7007 2130 B 7007 2131
B 7007 0100 B 7007 0101 B 7007 2100 B 7007 2101
B 7007 0102 B 7007 0103 B 7007 2102 B 7007 2103
B 7007 0104 B 7007 0105 B 7007 2104 B 7007 2105
B 7007 0106 B 7007 0107 B 7007 2106 B 7007 2107
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7001 5141
B 7001 5131
B 7001 5101
B 7001 5103
B 7001 5105
B 7001 5107
B 7001 0140 B 7001 0141 B 7001 2140 B 7001 2141
B 7001 0130 B 7001 0131 B 7001 2130 B 7001 2131
B 7001 0100 B 7001 0101 B 7001 2100 B 7001 2101
B 7001 0102 B 7001 0103 B 7001 2102 B 7001 2103
B 7001 0104 B 7001 0105 B 7001 2104 B 7001 2105
B 7001 0106 B 7001 0107 B 7001 2106 B 7001 2107
B 7006 5941
B 7098 5141
B 7007 5941
B 7097 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7006 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Backplate type
B 7000 5007
B 7000 0003 B 7000 0031 B 7000 0130 B 7000 0131 B 7000 2030 B 7000 2031
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Backplate type
B 7000 5005
B 7000 0040 B 7000 0041 B 7000 0140 B 7000 0141 B 7000 2040 B 7000 2041
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Backplate type
B 7000 5003
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Backplate type
Aluminium F2
B 7000 5001
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Backplate type
Aluminium F1
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Rosette
Brass PVD B 7000 5031
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7000 5041
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Backplate type
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7071 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
18
B 7064 0106 B 7064 0107 B 7064 2106 B 7064 2107
B 7064 4141
Backplate type
Knob
B 7064 0104 B 7064 0105 B 7064 2104 B 7064 2105
B 7064 7242
Rosette
PC rosette outside
B 7064 0102 B 7064 0103 B 7064 2102 B 7064 2103
PC 72
Backplate type
Outside handle w/o PC
B 7064 0100 B 7064 0101 B 7064 2100 B 7064 2101
PC 72
Short plate square Short plate rounded Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC rosette inside
B 7064 5107
B 7064 0130 B 7064 0131 B 7064 2130 B 7064 2131
Special oblong plate
Rosette
Inside handle w/o PC
B 7064 5105
B 7064 0140 B 7064 0141 B 7064 2140 B 7064 2141
PC 72
Backplate type
Knob backplate, outside
B 7064 5103
Wide backplate
Special oblong plate
Half set outside
Aluminium F2
B 7064 5101
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Wide backplate
Half set, inside
Aluminium F1
B 7064 5131
PC 72
Rosette
Dummy plate
Brass PVD
B 7064 5141
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Backplate type
Entrance set
PC
B 7001 5841
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7006 5931
B 7006 5901
B 7006 5903
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7098 5131
B 7098 5101
B 7098 5103
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7007 5931
B 7007 5901
B 7007 5903
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7097 5131
B 7097 5101
B 7097 5103
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 7001 5831
B 7001 5801
B 7001 5803
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7006 5905
B 7006 5907
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7098 5105
B 7098 5107
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7007 5905
B 7007 5907
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7097 5105
B 7097 5107
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 7001 5805
B 7001 5807
BELCANTO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; security fittings Security fittings ES3
Lever set
Entrance set
Entrance set
Type of set
Backplate type
Lever set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 72
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Lever set 10 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Type of set
Backplate type
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 72
B 7300 3541
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 72
B 7300 3641
Entrance set 10 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 92
B 7301 3741
Type of set
Backplate type
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 1041
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 1141
Entrance set 10 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 92
B 7301 1241
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7300 6041
B 7300 6031
B 7300 6001
B 7300 6003
B 7300 6005
B 7300 6007
CC 72
B 7300 6141
B 7300 6131
B 7300 6101
B 7300 6103
B 7300 6105
B 7300 6107
CC 92
B 7301 6241
B 7301 6231
B 7301 6201
B 7301 6203
B 7301 6205
B 7301 6207
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7300 3531
B 7300 3501
B 7300 3503
B 7300 3505
B 7300 3507
B 7300 3631
B 7300 3601
B 7300 3603
B 7300 3605
B 7300 3607
B 7301 3731
B 7301 3701
B 7301 3703
B 7301 3705
B 7301 3707
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7300 1031
B 7300 1001
B 7300 1003
B 7300 1005
B 7300 1007
B 7300 1131
B 7300 1101
B 7300 1103
B 7300 1105
B 7300 1107
B 7301 1231
B 7301 1201
B 7301 1203
B 7301 1205
B 7301 1207
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
CC = cylinder cover
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
19
Lever model OFFICE
Fire protection
Knob types
Backplate types
Dimensioned drawings ø55
38
Round knob
8
139.5
248
21.5
21.5 112
9
165
0
8
50
8
65
43
43
75.5
ø50
ø50
ø1
R10
65
140
Ball-type knob 4
50 15
36
cranked round knob
160
21,5
325
135
4
180
31.5
134
130
21.5
75.5 50
139.5
250
90
50
ø50
21.5
ø50
ø50
180
cranked ball-type knob
Product information Lever handles available with 8, 9, 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed. Clip-on backplates. Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3 The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm. The vertical lever variant is provided with a detent mechanism to ensure a precise vertical position. All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179. The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (contract sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 42 – 52 mm). For use on escape doors with a divided follower it is necessary to specify the lock position in addition to the door thickness (refer to page 60).
20
OFFICE â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Contract fittings
Backplate type
Lever set 8 mm spindle
----------------
PC 72
B 70FG 7242
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
B 70FG 4141
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
Wide backplate Special oblong plate
B 70FG 5141
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70FH 5141
----
----
----
----
----
B 70FH 0140 B 70FH 0141 B 70FH 2140 B 70FH 2141
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
Wide backplate
PC 72
B 70FH 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
PC 72
B 70FH 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70FJ 0140 B 70FJ 0141 B 70FJ 2140 B 70FJ 2141
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob
B 70FJ 5141
PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70FJ 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70FJ 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70FK 0140 B 70FK 0141 B 70FK 2140 B 70FK 2141
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt B 70FK 5141
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Rosette
Round knob
PC
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70FK 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70FK 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70FG 0540 B 70FG 0541 B 70FG 2840 B 70FG 2841
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Rosette
Bath
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate
Bath 78 mm
B 70FG 7742
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Bath 78 mm
B 70FG 4441
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70FH 0540 B 70FH 0541 B 70FH 2840 B 70FH 2841
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Backplate type
Bath set 9 mm spindle
----------------
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Rosette
Bath set 8 mm spindle
B 70FG 0140 B 70FG 0141 B 70FG 2140 B 70FG 2141
----------------
PC 72
Backplate type
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Aluminium F2
----------------
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Rosette
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Aluminium F1
----------------
PC
Backplate type
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Brass PVD
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
B 70FG 5441
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Rosette
Bath
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate
Bath 78 mm
B 70FH 7742
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Bath 78 mm
B 70FH 4441
----
----
----
----
----
B 70FH 5441
PC = profile cylinder
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
21
OFFICE â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection fittings
Backplate type
Lever set
----
----
----
----
----
B 70 F I 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 70FL 0140 B 70FL 0141 B 70FL 2140 B 70FL 2141
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
PC 72
B 70FL 7242
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
B 70FL 4141
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
Special oblong plate
Round knob
w/o PC rosette
Short plate square Short plate rounded
without
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
without
without
Short plate square Short plate rounded
without
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
without
Special oblong plate
without
PC PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
PC
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
----
----
----
B 70FR 0040 B 70FR 0041 B 70FR 2040 B 70FR 2041
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
PC
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 7000 0040 B 7000 0041 B 7000 0140 B 7000 0141 B 7000 2040 B 7000 2041
-------------------
-------------------
-------------------
-------------------
-------------------
B 7000 4041
----
----
----
----
----
w/o PC rosette
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 70FC 0140 B 70FC 0141 B 70FC 2140 B 70FC 2141
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
PC
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 70FF 0140 B 70FF 0141 B 70FF 2140 B 70FF 2141
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
w/o PC rosette
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 7001 0140 B 7001 0141 B 7001 2140 B 7001 2141
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
B 70FC 5941
B 7098 5141
B 70FF 5941
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
PC
B 7097 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob
w/o PC rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7001 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 70FF 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 70FC 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7000 5041
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC = profile cylinder
Aluminium F2
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Rosette
Aluminium F1
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Backplate type
Brass PVD
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 70FR 5941
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Round knob
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 70FL 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Round knob
Backplate type
22
B 70 F I 7242
PC 72
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Backplate type
Knob
PC 72
PC
Backplate type
PC rosette outside
-------------
Round knob
Backplate type
Outside handle w/o PC
-------------
Rosette
Rosette
PC rosette inside
-------------
Wide backplate
Backplate type
Inside handle w/o PC
-------------
Special oblong plate
Backplate type
Knob backplate, outside
----
-------------
PC 72
Rosette
Half set outside
----
B 70 F I 0140 B 70 F I 0141 B 70 F I 2140 B 70 F I 2141
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Backplate type
Half set, inside
----
PC 72
Backplate type
Dummy plate
Aluminium F2
----
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Backplate type
Turn handle
Aluminium F1
----
PC
Backplate type
Entrance set
Brass PVD
B 70 F I 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
B 7001 5841
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
OFFICE â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection and security fittings ES3 Security fittings ES3 Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Type of set Lever set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded Oblong plate, rounded
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
CC 72
B 7300 FG41
----
----
----
----
----
CC 72
B 7300 FH41
----
----
----
----
----
Lever set
Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 72
B 7300 FD41
----
----
----
----
----
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 72
B 7300 FE41
----
----
----
----
----
Entrance set
Type of set
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 FA41
----
----
----
----
----
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 FB41
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
----
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Entrance set
Fire protection fittings ES3 Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Type of set Lever set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 72
B 7300 F I41
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
Lever set
Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Oblong plate, rounded
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
CC 72
Round knob
B 7300 FF41
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
Entrance set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Type of set Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 FC41
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
CC = cylinder cover
Entrance set
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
23
Lever model BAUHAUS
Knob types
Backplate types
Dimensioned drawings ø55
21.5
21.5 112
38 8
139.5
165
ø15
57
8
50
8
65
43
ø22
43
75.5
ø50
ø50
248
118
ø22
Round knob
Ball-type knob 4
50 15
36
cranked round knob
134
24
21.5
135
cranked ball-type knob
Lever handles available with 8 mm and 9 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed. Clip-on backplates. The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (contract sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm). Approved for use according to EN 1906.
325
160 180
Product information
4
180
31.5 21.5
75.5 50
139.5
250
90
50
ø50
130
ø50
21.5
ø50
BAUHAUS â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Contract fittings
Backplate type
Lever set 8 mm spindle
----------------
PC 72
B 70AG 7242
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
B 70AG 4141
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
Wide backplate Special oblong plate
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70AH 5141
----
----
----
----
----
B 70AH 0140 B 70AH 0141 B 70AH 2140 B 70AH 2141
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
Wide backplate
PC 72
B 70AH 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
PC 72
B 70AH 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70AJ 0140 B 70AJ 0141 B 70AJ 2140 B 70AJ 2141
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob
B 70AJ 5141
PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70AJ 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70AJ 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70AK 0140 B 70AK 0141 B 70AK 2140 B 70AK 2141
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Rosette
Round knob
PC
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70AK 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70AK 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70AG 0540 B 70AG 0541 B 70AG 2840 B 70AG 2841
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Backplate type
B 70AK 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Rosette
Bath
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate
Bath 78 mm
B 70AG 7742
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Bath 78 mm
B 70AG 4441
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70AH 0540 B 70AH 0541 B 70AH 2840 B 70AH 2841
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Backplate type
Bath set 9 mm spindle
----------------
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Rosette
Bath set 8 mm spindle
B 70AG 0140 B 70AG 0141 B 70AG 2140 B 70AG 2141
----------------
PC 72
Backplate type
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Aluminium F2
----------------
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Rosette
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Aluminium F1
----------------
B 70AG 5141
PC
Backplate type
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Brass PVD
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
B 70AG 5441
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt B 70AH 5441
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Rosette
Bath
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate
Bath 78 mm
B 70AH 7742
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Bath 78 mm
B 70AH 4441
----
----
----
----
----
PC = profile cylinder
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
25
Lever model EMMAUS
Fire protection
Knob types
Backplate types
Dimensioned drawings
38
ø20
Round knob
8
139.5
248
112
165
ø55
21.5
21.5
65
43
8
50
8
0
87
0
R11
R11
43
75.5
ø50
ø50
157
Ball-type knob 4
50 15
36
cranked round knob
160
21,5
325
135
4
180
31.5
134
130
21.5
75.5 50
139.5
250
90
50
ø50
21.5
ø50
ø50
180
cranked ball-type knob
Product information Lever handles available with 8 mm and 9 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed. Clip-on backplates. Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3 The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm. The vertical lever variant is provided with a detent mechanism to ensure a precise vertical position. All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179. The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (contract sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 42 – 52 mm). For use on escape doors with a divided follower it is necessary to specify the lock position in addition to the door thickness (refer to page 60).
26
EMMAUS â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Contract fittings
Backplate type
Lever set 8 mm spindle
----------------
PC 72
B 70EG 7242
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
B 70EG 4141
----
----
----
----
----
PC 72
Wide backplate Special oblong plate
B 70EG 5141
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70EH 5141
----
----
----
----
----
B 70EH 0140 B 70EH 0141 B 70EH 2140 B 70EH 2141
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
-------
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
Wide backplate
PC 72
B 70EH 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
PC 72
B 70EH 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70EJ 0140 B 70EJ 0141 B 70EJ 2140 B 70EJ 2141
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob
B 70EJ 5141
PC
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70EJ 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70EJ 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70EK 0140 B 70EK 0141 B 70EK 2140 B 70EK 2141
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt B 70EK 5141
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Rosette
Round knob
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70EK 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70EK 4141
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70EG 0540 B 70EG 0541 B 70EG 2840 B 70EG 2841
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Backplate type
PC
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt B 70EG 5441
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Rosette
Bath
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate
Bath 78 mm
B 70EG 7742
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Bath 78 mm
B 70EG 4441
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70EH 0540 B 70EH 0541 B 70EH 2840 B 70EH 2841
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
----------------
Backplate type
Bath set 9 mm spindle
----------------
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Rosette
Bath set 8 mm spindle
B 70EG 0140 B 70EG 0141 B 70EG 2140 B 70EG 2141
----------------
PC 72
Backplate type
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Aluminium F2
----------------
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Rosette
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Aluminium F1
----------------
PC
Backplate type
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Brass PVD
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt B 70EH 5441
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Rosette
Bath
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate
Bath 78 mm
B 70EH 7742
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Bath 78 mm
B 70EH 4441
----
----
----
----
----
PC = profile cylinder
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
27
EMMAUS â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection fittings
Backplate type
Lever set
----
----
----
----
----
B 70 E I 4141
----
----
----
----
----
PC
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
B 70EL 5141
----
----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
B 70EL 0140 B 70EL 0141 B 70EL 2140 B 70EL 2141
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
Round knob
PC 72
Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70EL 7242
----
----
----
----
----
Special oblong plate
Round knob
PC 72
B 70EL 4141
----
----
----
----
----
w/o PC rosette
Short plate square Short plate rounded
without
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
without
without
Short plate square Short plate rounded
without
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
without
Special oblong plate
without
PC PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
PC
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
----
----
B 70ER 0040 B 70ER 0041 B 70ER 2040 B 70ER 2041
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
Round knob
PC
Round knob
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 7000 0040 B 7000 0041 B 7000 0140 B 7000 0141 B 7000 2040 B 7000 2041
-------------------
-------------------
-------------------
-------------------
-------------------
B 7000 4041
----
----
----
----
----
w/o PC rosette
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 70EC 0140 B 70EC 0141 B 70EC 2140 B 70EC 2141
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
PC
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 70EG 0140 B 70EG 0141 B 70EH 2140 B 70EH 2141
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
w/o PC rosette
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
----
----
B 7001 0140 B 7001 0141 B 7001 2140 B 7001 2141
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
----
----
----
B 70EC 5941
B 7098 5141
B 70EH 5941
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
PC
B 7097 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob
w/o PC rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7001 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 70EH 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 70EC 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
B 7000 5041
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Short plate square Short plate rounded
PC = profile cylinder
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Rosette
Aluminium F2
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Backplate type
Aluminium F1
----
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Backplate type
Brass PVD
B 70ER 5941
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Backplate type
28
B 70 E I 7242
PC 72
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Backplate type
Knob
PC 72
PC 72
Backplate type
PC rosette outside
-------------
Round knob
Rosette
Outside handle w/o PC
-------------
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Round knob
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Backplate type
PC rosette inside
-------------
Special oblong plate
Backplate type
Inside handle w/o PC
-------------
PC 72
Rosette
Knob backplate, outside
----
-------------
Wide backplate
Backplate type
Half set outside
----
B 70 E I 0140 B 70 E I 0141 B 70 E I 2140 B 70 E I 2141
Oblong plate, square Oblong plate, rounded
Backplate type
Half set, inside
----
PC 72
Backplate type
Dummy plate
Aluminium F2
----
Short plate square Short plate rounded
Rosette
Turn handle
Aluminium F1
----
PC
Backplate type
Entrance set
Brass PVD
B 70 E I 5141
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
B 7001 5841
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
EMMAUS â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire protection and security fittings ES3 Security fittings ES3 Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Type of set Lever set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 72
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 72
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
B 7300 EG41
----
----
----
----
----
B 7300 EH41
----
----
----
----
----
Lever set
Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 72
B 7300 ED41
----
----
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
CC 72
B 7300 EE41
----
----
----
----
----
Entrance set
Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 EA41
----
----
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 EB41
----
----
----
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
----
Entrance set
Fire protection fittings ES3 Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Lever set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
CC 72
B 7300 E I41
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
Lever set
Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Oblong plate, rounded
Entrance set 9 mm spindle
CC 72
Round knob
B 7300 EF41
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
Entrance set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Type of set Entrance set 9 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob cranked
CC 72
B 7300 EC41
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white ----
----
----
CC = cylinder cover
Entrance set
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
29
Wide backplate set
RONDO
EMMAUS
RONDO-K Fire protection
Knob types
Lever models
Dimensioned drawings 180
ø50
65
43
ø50
78
R20
80
87
0
R11
60
R11
0
157
147
ø20 ø20
ø20
Round knob
ø50
4
90
180
21.5
50
ø50
130
31.5
134
Ball-type knob
180
36
cranked round knob
Product information Lever handles available with 8 mm and 9 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). Listed items with 8 mm or 9 mm (fire-rated) spindle as a standard. Stainless steel version approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906. Mounting accessories must be ordered separately (from page 58).
30
50
cranked ball-type knob
Wide backplate set Lever model RONDO Type of set Lever set 8 mm spindle
Lever set
Stainl. steel matt
Wide backplate
PC 72
B 7050 7242
----
Lever set Wide backplate 9 mm fire-rated spindle
PC 72
B 7053 7242
----
Type of set Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Entrance set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
Entrance set Wide backplate 9 mm fire-rated spindle
Round knob
PC 72
Type of set Bath set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate
Stainl. steel matt B 7073 7242
B 7073 7342
pointing right
pointing left
B 7076 7242
B 7076 7342
pointing right
pointing left
Stainl. steel matt B 7050 7642
B 7050 7742
pointing right
pointing left
Bath set
Lever model EMMAUS Type of set Lever set 8 mm spindle
Lever set
Stainl. steel matt
Wide backplate
PC 72
B 70EG 7242
----
Lever set Wide backplate 9 mm fire-rated spindle
PC 72
B 70EI 7242
----
Type of set Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Entrance set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
Entrance set Wide backplate 9 mm fire-rated spindle
Round knob
PC 72
Type of set Bath set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate
Stainl. steel matt B 70EJ 7242
B 70EJ 7342
pointing right
pointing left
B 70EL 7242
B 70EL 7342
pointing right
pointing left
Stainl. steel matt B 70EG 7642
B 70EG 7742
pointing right
pointing left
Bath set
Lever model RONDO-K Type of set Lever set 8 mm spindle
Lever set
Stainl. steel matt
Wide backplate
PC 72
B 70KG 7242
----
Lever set Wide backplate 9 mm fire-rated spindle
PC 72
B 70KI 7242
----
Type of set Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Entrance set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Wide backplate
Round knob
PC 72
Entrance set Wide backplate 9 mm fire-rated spindle
Round knob
PC 72
Type of set Bath set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Bath 78 mm
Wide backplate
Stainl. steel matt B 70KJ 7242
B 70KJ 7342
pointing right
pointing left
B 70KL 7242
B 70KL 7342
pointing right
pointing left
Stainl. steel matt B 70KG 7642
B 70KG 7742
pointing right
pointing left
PC = profile cylinder
Bath set
bo re
typ
ial
lin d
er
te pla
ob
Kn
Cy
Sp
ck
v
Le
od
m
Ba
t se of e Ty p
el
le ind
Ma
ter
h
nis
e
el
od
m er
/ fi
D loc oor k thic po k sit ne ion ss /
Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:
31
Push bars for medium-weight escape doors to EN 1125
PVC
Dimensioned drawings
Dimension A
Product information BKS push bar for the use on smoke protection, fire protection and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634, with integrated gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring; suitable for medium-weight active and passive door leaves up to 200 kg. Cylinder bore: PC 72 mm, PC 92 mm (PC = profile cylinder), or without cylinder bore. Non-handed (DIN rh and lh usable) Finish: – casing + lever arm of PVC, black matt; cross bar of aluminium F1 With mounting accessories for assembly with BKS short backplates (PC 72 mm) or BKS oblong backplates (PC 92 mm). The cross bar must be ordered separately (refer to door widths on page 33).
32
Push bars for timber and steel doors Push bar to EN 1125 Type of set
Cylinder bore PVC black, cross bar aluminium F1 PC 72
B 7172 4100
PC 92
B 7192 4100
Active leaf without cross bar
Type of set Passive leaf without Cross bar
Cylinder bore PVC black, cross bar aluminium F1 dummy
B 7100 4100
Type of set
Cross bar length
Max. door width
Aluminium F1
Cross bar
710 mm 785 mm 835 mm 960 mm 1150 mm 1500 mm
810 mm 885 mm 935 mm 1060 mm 1250 mm 1600 mm
B 7100 4200 B 7100 4207 B 7100 4201 B 7100 4202 B 7100 4203 B 7100 4206
PC = profile cylinder
33
Push bars for heavy-weight escape doors to EN 1125
1
Stainless steel
1
Aluminium
2
Dimensioned drawings 2
206 72/92
207 72/92
33
33
1
33,7
Dimension A
10
Dimension A
33,7 131
x
x
x - 120 = Length of bar
Product information BKS push bar for the use on smoke protection, fire protection and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634, with integrated stainless steel gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring; suitable for heavy-weight active and passive door leaves up to 300 kg. Cylinder bore: PC 72 mm, PC 92 mm (PC = profile cylinder), or without cylinder bore. Non-handed (DIN rh and lh usable) Finish: – Aluminium, F1 – Stainless steel, matt brushed With mounting accessories, intended for assembly with BKS short backplates (PC 72 mm) or BKS narrow stile long backplates (PC 92 mm). The cross bar must be ordered separately (refer to door widths on page 35). Stainless steel V4A version on request.
34
124
Push bars for timber and steel doors Push bar to EN 1125 Type of set
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Aluminium F1 PC 92
B 7192 5141
B 7192 5101
PC 72
B 7172 5141
B 7172 5101
Active leaf without cross bar
Type of set Passive leaf without Cross bar
Type of set
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Aluminium F1 dummy
B 7100 5141
B 7100 5101
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC 72
B 7172 7141
PC 92
B 7192 7141
Active leaf without cross bar
Type of set
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Passive leaf without Cross bar
dummy
Type of set
Cross bar length
Cross bar
710 mm 785 mm 835 mm 960 mm 1150 mm 1500 mm
B 7100 7141
Max. door width Stainl. steel matt Aluminium F1 810 mm 885 mm 935 mm 1060 mm 1250 mm 1600 mm
B 7100 4210 B 7100 4211 B 7100 4212 B 7100 4213 B 7100 4204 B 7100 4205
B 7100 4270 B 7100 4271 B 7100 4272 B 7100 4273 B 7100 4274 B 7100 4275
PC = profile cylinder
35
Touch bar for escape doors to EN 1125
11
99.5
Dimensioned drawings
188
112
72
21.5
21.5
33
25
X
50
Product information BKS touch bar for the use on smoke control, fire control and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634, with integrated gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring; suitable for active and passive door leaves. Cylinder bore: PC 72 mm, (PC = profile cylinder), or without cylinder bore. Non-handed (DIN rh / lh usable) Finish: – Aluminium, F1 – Stainless steel (end cap stainless steel appearance) Including mounting accessories
36
Touch bar for timber and steel doors Touch bar to EN 1125 Type of set
Cylinder bore
Dimension
Active leaf DIN left
PZ 72
808 mm 1158 mm 1458 mm
B 7150 3000 B 7150 3001 B 7150 3002
B 7150 1000 B 7150 1001 B 7150 1002
Active leaf DIN right
PZ 72
808 mm 1158 mm 1458 mm
B 7150 3050 B 7150 3051 B 7150 3052
B 7150 1050 B 7150 1051 B 7150 1052
Active leaf DIN left
CH-RZ 74
808 mm 1158 mm 1458 mm
B 7150 3020 B 7150 3021 B 7150 3022
B 7150 1020 B 7150 1021 B 7150 1022
Active leaf DIN right
CH-RZ 74
808 mm 1158 mm 1458 mm
B 7150 3070 B 7150 3071 B 7150 3072
B 7150 1070 B 7150 1071 B 7150 1072
Type of set
Cylinder bore
Dimension
Passive leaf DIN left
dummy
808 mm 1158 mm 1458 mm
B 7150 3100 B 7150 3101 B 7150 3102
B 7150 1100 B 7150 1101 B 7150 1102
Passive leaf DIN right
dummy
808 mm 1158 mm 1458 mm
B 7150 3150 B 7150 3151 B 7150 3152
B 7150 1150 B 7150 1151 B 7150 1152
PC = profile cylinder
Stainless steel Aluminium F1
Stainless steel Aluminium F1
CH-RC = Swiss round cylinder
37
Lever model RONDO
Knob model
Lever model
Dimensioned drawings 147
ø50
5
53
14,5
21,5 139
139
256
ø20
256
21,5
76
76
60
43
53
Product information Lever handles available with 8 mm and 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer. Security fittings as lever set or entrance set – ES0. Approved for use according to EN 1906. Mounting accessories are included in the items supplied: 8 mm spindle for door thicknesses of 38 – 45 mm 10 mm spindle for door thicknesses of 54 – 69 mm
38
Backplate types
RONDO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Security fittings ES0 RONDO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Security fittings ES0 Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
----
B 7340 8501
----
----
----
----
B 7341 8901
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
B 7340 8001
----
----
----
B 7341 8401
----
----
Type of set
Backplate type
Lever set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
PC 72
Lever set 10 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
PC 92
Type of set
Backplate type
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
----
Entrance set 10 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 92
----
Lever set
Entrance set
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5
PC = profile cylinder
39
Lever model RONDO
Knob types
Lever model
Dimensioned drawings 147
ø50
5
53
14,5
21,5 139
139
256
ø20
256
21,5
76
76
60
43
53
Product information Lever handles available with 8 mm and 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer. Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES1 + ES2. Square backplate type only available for aluminium set The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 10 to 15 mm. Approved for use according to EN 1906. Mounting accessories are included in the items supplied: 8 mm spindle for door thicknesses of 38 – 45 mm 10 mm spindle for door thicknesses of 54 – 69 mm
40
Backplate types
RONDO – Security fittings ES1 + ES2 RONDO – Security fittings ES1
Type of set
Entrance set
Aluminium F1
B 7325 8041
----
B 7325 8001
----
----
CC 72
B 7320 8041
----
B 7320 8001
----
----
Round knob
PC 92
B 7326 8441
----
B 7326 8401
----
----
Round knob
CC 92
B 7321 8441
----
B 7321 8401
----
----
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
----
B 7320 8101
Brass PVD
Aluminium F1
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
PC 72
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Round knob
Entrance set 10 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Entrance set 10 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Type of set
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
Oblong plate, rounded
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5
Brass PVD
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Entrance set 8 mm spindle
round knob, cranked
CC 72
B 7320 8141
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5 ----
----
Entrance set
RONDO – Security fittings ES2
Type of set Entrance set 8 mm spindle Entrance set 10 mm spindle
Entrance set
PC = profile cylinder
Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Oblong plate, rounded Oblong plate, rounded
Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5
Round knob
CC 72
B 7310 8041
----
B 7310 8001
----
----
Round knob
CC 92
B 7311 8441
----
B 7311 8401
----
----
CC = cylinder cover
41
Lever model ANDANTE
Round knob
Backplate types
Dimensioned drawings 141
ø55
8
Lever handles available with 8 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer; with retaining spring. Clip-on backplates, suitable for repeated assembly. Mounting accessories for door thicknesses of 38 – 45 mm are included in the items supplied. Approved for use according to EN 1906. Matching window handles page 48.
42
112
165
38
Product information
8
21,5
60 ø21
43
43
ø50
ANDANTE Standard contract fittings
Backplate type Knob model
PC
Rosette
Short plate rounded
Lever set Short plate square
Backplate type
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt B 7290 6050
WV
B 7290 6051
PC 72
B 7290 6058
WV 72
B 7290 6059
PC 72
B 7290 6066
WV 72
B 7290 6067
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Round knob
PC
B 7290 6053
Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
B 7290 6061
Short plate square
Round knob
PC 72
B 7290 6069
Entrance set
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Bath
B 7290 6052
Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
B 7290 6060
Short plate square
Bath 78 mm
B 7290 6068
Bath set
PC = profile cylinder
WV = warded version
43
Lever model CRESCENDO
Round knob
Backplate types
Dimensioned drawings 130
ø55
8
Lever handles available with 8 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer; with retaining spring. Clip-on backplates, suitable for repeated assembly. Mounting accessories for door thicknesses of 38 – 45 mm are included in the items supplied. Approved for use according to EN 1906. Matching window handles page 48.
44
112
165
38
Product information
8
21.5
60 ø21
43
43
ø50
CRESCENDO Standard contract fittings
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC
Rosette
Short plate rounded
Lever set Short plate square
Backplate type
B 7290 6110
WV
B 7290 6111
PC 72
B 7290 6118
WV 72
B 7290 6119
PC 72
B 7290 6126
WV 72
B 7290 6127
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Round knob
PC
B 7290 6113
Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
B 7290 6121
Short plate square
Round knob
PC 72
B 7290 6129
Entrance set
Backplate type
Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Bath
B 7290 6112
Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
B 7290 6120
Short plate square
Bath 78 mm
B 7290 6128
Bath set
PC = profile cylinder
WV = warded version
45
Lever model FORTE
Round knob
Backplate types
Dimensioned drawings 130
ø55
8
Lever handles available with 8 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer; with retaining spring. Clip-on backplates, suitable for repeated assembly. Mounting accessories for door thicknesses of 38 – 45 mm are included in the items supplied. Approved for use according to EN 1906. Matching window handles page 48.
46
112
165
38
Product information
8
21.5
56 ø21
43
43
ø50
FORTE Standard contract fittings
Backplate type
Knob model
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt PC
Rosette
Short plate rounded
Lever set Short plate square
B 7290 6170
WV
B 7290 6171
PC 72
B 7290 6178
WV 72
B 7290 6179
PC 72
B 7290 6186
WV 72
B 7290 6187
Backplate type
Knob model
Rosette
Round knob
PC
B 7290 6173
Short plate rounded
Round knob
PC 72
B 7290 6181
Short plate square
Round knob
PC 72
B 7290 6189
Backplate type
Knob model
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Entrance set
Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt
Rosette
Bath
B 7290 6172
Short plate rounded
Bath 78 mm
B 7290 6180
Short plate square
Bath 78 mm
B 7290 6188
Bath set
PC = profile cylinder
WV = warded version
47
Stainless steel window handles
DIRIGENT
ANDANTE
CRESCENDO
FORTE OFFICE
Dimensioned drawings 125
141
126
43
20
60
60
56
120
ø21
ø21
140
70
65
12
32
Product information Stainless steel window handles 90 degree detent 10 mm positioning plugs (adapter for 12 mm on request) 7 mm spindle protruding 30 mm Clip-on cover rosette, for repeated assembly
48
ø21
Stainless steel window handles
Rosette design
Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, oval
B 7290 6016
Rosette design
Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, oval
B 7290 6008
Rosette design
Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, oval
B 7290 6000
Rosette design
Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, oval
B 7290 6018
Rosette design
Stainl. steel matt
Rosette, oval
B 7290 6019
Forte
Crescendo
Andante
Dirigent
Office
49
Accessories for contract work
Floor-mounted door stop I
Floor-mounted door stop II
Ladies
Gentlemen
Wall-mounted door stop
Handicapped
Directional arrow
38
ø19
ø65
3
ø6
38
2
30
25
40
ø28
10
Dimensioned drawings
46
ø19
ø28
38
36 76
ø19
38
ø65
100
ø28
15
3
100
3
38
Product information Reference signs: – Stainless steel – Black print – Adhesive strip on the back
50
Floor/wall-mounted door stops: – Stainless steel – With mounting accessories – Spacer plates for type II as an option
106
Accessories for contract work
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
40 x 30 mm
B 7122 0040
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
----
B 7122 0000
Variant
black
10 mm
B 7122 0001
15 mm
B 7122 0002
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
19 mm x 46 mm
B 7122 0005
19 mm x 76 mm
B 7122 0006
19 mm x 106 mm
B 7122 0007
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
Ladies
B 7121 1040
Floor-mounted door stop I
Floor-mounted door stop II
Spacer plate for floor-mounted door stop II
Wandstopper Wall-mounted door stop
Ladies
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
Gentlemen
B 7121 2040
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
Handicapped
B 7121 4040
Variant
Stainl. steel matt
Directional arrow
B 7121 3040
Gentlemen
Handicapped
Directional arrow
51
Door holder
3934 large
3934 medium 3933 small
6944
Dimensioned drawings
40
36
96
27
20
80
40 330
55
182
Product information Door holders 3934/3933 to be attached to the door leaf: – Type 3934 large with 100 mm travel – Type 3934 medium with 30 mm travel – Type 3933 small with 30 mm travel
52
124,5
90 26,5
180
133
85
56
40 27
Door holder
Variant
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
3934 large
B 3934 0109
----
Variant
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
3934 medium
B 3934 0101
----
Variant
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
3933 small
B 3933 0101
----
Variant
Aluminium F1
Aluminium F2
6944
B 6944 0007
B 6944 0004
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 3934 0115
B 3934 0117
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 3934 0137
B 3934 0139
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 3933 0137
B 3933 0139
Aluminium UC5 Aluminium white B 6944 0009
----
53
Architects range
OFFICE
BAUHAUS
Lever models
Intrada
Office
Emmaus
Belcanto
Rondo
Bauhaus
Belcanto-P
Design recommendations
Knob types
Round, cranked
54
Ball-type, cranked
Round knob
Ball-type knob
The idea
The archtictects fitting range of BKS allows for the design of individual backplate forms. Regardless of whether a company logo is to be formed or freely designed contours, the possibilities are almost endless. The fittings are manufactured from stainless steel and naturally feature the proven BKS bearing technology. Use the fax reply form on page 56 / 57 to contact us directly or speak to one our field consultants.
Product information Lever handles available with 8, 9, 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed. Backplates of 4 mm with individual contours. Stainless steel fixing elements, sets fastened with visible fixing screws. The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied.
55
FAX REPLY
Do not forget to indicate the return address!
Yes
I am interested in the new BKS design possibilities. Please send me a non-obligatory offer.
Please send us further information concerning the BKS fitting range.
Return address:
56
+49 - (0) 2051 201 - 431
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 路 42549 Velbert Telephone: +49 - (0) 2051 201 - 0 Fax: +49 - (0) 2051 201 - 431 www.g-u.com
FAX REPLY
Yes
+49 - (0) 2051 201 - 431
I am interested in the new BKS design possibilities. Please send me a non-obligatory offer.
Do not forget to indicate the return address!
Please send us further information concerning the BKS fitting range.
Return address:
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 路 42549 Velbert Telephone: +49 - (0) 2051 201 - 0 Fax: +49 - (0) 2051 201 - 431 www.g-u.com
57
Fixing accessories Spindles
Calculation of spindle length
Calculation of spindle length for single-sided screw attachment
Door thickness
min. 23
min. 23
min. 23
Door thickness + 23 + 23 = spindle length
Note:
X
X + 23 = spindle length
Spindles for panic bars require a deduction of 15 mm from the lengths specified below!
Spindle length L Square spindle mm mm
100 115 130 145 50 65 70 80 90 100 115 130 145 160 100 115 130 145
8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10
Door thickness mm
Order number
37 – 52 52 – 67 67 – 82 82 – 97 ---17 – 27 27 – 37 37 – 52 52 – 67 67 – 82 82 – 97 97 – 112 37 – 52 52 – 67 67 – 82 82 – 97
B 7644 0800 B 7644 0801 B 7644 0802 B 7644 0803 B 7644 0908 B 7644 0907 B 7644 0909 B 7644 0905 B 7644 0906 B 7644 0900 B 7644 0901 B 7644 0902 B 7644 0903 B 7644 0904 B 7644 1000 B 7644 1001 B 7644 1002 B 7644 1003
Specification clause BKS spindle consisting of: 8 / 8.5 / 9 / 10 mm square spindle with special spot-faced surfaces providing a non-loosening connection with the fittings. Dimension L:.................
58
Fixing accessories Threaded spindles
Calculation of spindle length
Note:
Threaded spindles for panic bars require a deduction of 15 mm from the lengths specified below!
min. 23 max. 10 min. 20 max. 26
Spindle length L Square spindle mm mm
75 85 95 105 115 135 50 60 70 75 85 95 105 115 135 75 85 95 105 115 135
8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10
Door thickness (DT)
15
Entrance set
Door thickness (DT)
15
Push bar
Door thickness (DT)
15
Touch bar
Door thickness mm
Order number
37 – 47 47 – 57 57 – 67 67 – 77 77 – 87 87 – 107 ---37 – 47 47 – 57 57 – 67 67 – 77 77 – 87 87 – 107 37 – 47 47 – 57 57 – 67 67 – 77 77 – 87 87 – 107
B 7630 0801 B 7630 0802 B 7630 0803 B 7630 0804 B 7630 0805 B 7630 0806 B 7630 0906 B 7630 0907 B 7630 0900 B 7630 0901 B 7630 0902 B 7630 0903 B 7630 0904 B 7630 0905 B 7630 0908 B 7630 1001 B 7630 1002 B 7630 1003 B 7630 1004 B 7630 1005 B 7630 1006
Specification clause BKS threaded spindle consisting of: 8 / 8.5 / 9 / 10 mm square spindle with special spot-faced surfaces providing a non-loosening connection with the fittings; with M8 thread for BKS entrance sets. Dimension L:.................
59
Fixing accessories Divided spindles for escape door fittings Calculation of spindle length
X (LI=inside)
Note:
Y (LO=outside)
Fixing elements and the fitting set must be considered as a unit according to DIN 18273. Therefore, only BKS spindles and screws must be used for BKS fittings on fire control, smoke control, and escape doors! min. 23
Lever set
max. 10
Push bar
min. 20 max. 26
Touch bar
DTI
DTO
min. 23
DTI
DTO
min. 23
DTI
DTO
min. 23
DTI + 23 = length inside part (LI) DTO + 23 = length outside part (LO)
Lever set 18 – 23
23 – 28
28 – 33
33 – 38
38 – 43
43 – 48
48 – 53
53 – 58
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
B 7676 0019 B 7676 0044 B 7676 0057 B 7676 0062 B 7676 0069 B 7676 0074 B 7676 0081 B 7676 0086
B 7676 0038 B 7676 0020 B 7676 0058 B 7676 0063 B 7676 0070 B 7676 0075 B 7676 0082 B 7676 0088
B 7676 0039 B 7676 0045 B 7676 0003 B 7676 0064 B 7676 0014 B 7676 0076 B 7676 0016 B 7676 0090
B 7676 0026 B 7676 0046 B 7676 0059 B 7676 0021 B 7676 0071 B 7676 0077 B 7676 0083 B 7676 0092
B 7676 0011 B 7676 0047 B 7676 0012 B 7676 0065 B 7676 0004 B 7676 0078 B 7676 0017 B 7676 0095
B 7676 0040 B 7676 0027 B 7676 0060 B 7676 0066 B 7676 0072 B 7676 0022 B 7676 0084 B 7676 0097
B 7676 0002 B 7676 0028 B 7676 0013 B 7676 0067 B 7676 0015 B 7676 0094 B 7676 0005 B 7676 0106
B 7676 0085 B 7676 0087 B 7676 0089 B 7676 0091 B 7676 0093 B 7676 0096 B 7676 0105 B 7676 0098
DTO LO
SI
LI 18 – 23 23 – 28 28 – 33 33 – 38 38 – 43 43 – 48 48 – 53 53 – 58
45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
Lever half set / Push bar / Touch bar LO LI 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
B 7676 0390 B 7676 0309 B 7676 0319 B 7676 0329 B 7676 0339 B 7676 0349 B 7676 0359 B 7676 0369 B 7676 0379 B 7676 0389
B 7676 0391 B 7676 0300 B 7676 0310 B 7676 0320 B 7676 0330 B 7676 0340 B 7676 0350 B 7676 0360 B 7676 0370 B 7676 0380
B 7676 0392 B 7676 0301 B 7676 0311 B 7676 0321 B 7676 0331 B 7676 0341 B 7676 0351 B 7676 0361 B 7676 0371 B 7676 0381
B 7676 0393 B 7676 0302 B 7676 0312 B 7676 0322 B 7676 0332 B 7676 0342 B 7676 0352 B 7676 0362 B 7676 0372 B 7676 0382
B 7676 0394 B 7676 0303 B 7676 0313 B 7676 0323 B 7676 0333 B 7676 0343 B 7676 0353 B 7676 0363 B 7676 0373 B 7676 0383
B 7676 0395 B 7676 0304 B 7676 0314 B 7676 0324 B 7676 0334 B 7676 0344 B 7676 0354 B 7676 0364 B 7676 0374 B 7676 0384
B 7676 0396 B 7676 0305 B 7676 0315 B 7676 0325 B 7676 0335 B 7676 0345 B 7676 0355 B 7676 0365 B 7676 0375 B 7676 0385
B 7676 0397 B 7676 0306 B 7676 0316 B 7676 0326 B 7676 0336 B 7676 0346 B 7676 0356 B 7676 0366 B 7676 0376 B 7676 0386
B 7676 0398 B 7676 0307 B 7676 0317 B 7676 0327 B 7676 0337 B 7676 0347 B 7676 0357 B 7676 0367 B 7676 0377 B 7676 0387
B 7676 0399 B 7676 0308 B 7676 0318 B 7676 0328 B 7676 0338 B 7676 0348 B 7676 0358 B 7676 0368 B 7676 0378 B 7676 0388
Specification clause BKS divided spindle for BKS escape door fittings in combination with divided followers in panic locks, consisting of: Outer part of spindle / inner part of spindle, and fixing screw. 9 mm square spindle with special spot-faced surfaces providing a non-loosening connection with the levers or panic bars. Fixing screw with anti-twist safeguard Spindles halves are marked with embossed letters (I=inside, A=outside) Dim LI (spindle length inside): ......... / Dim LO (spindle length outside): ......... 60
Fixing accessories Steel fixing screws
Description
Dimensions
Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw
M5 x M5 x M5 x M5 x M5 x M5 x M5 x M5 x
Door thickness Description 37 – 42 42 – 52 52 – 62 62 – 72 72 – 82 82 – 92 92 – 102 102 – 117
35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
B 7660 0008 B 7660 0001 B 7660 0002 B 7660 0003 B 7660 0004 B 7660 0005 B 7660 0006 B 7660 0007
Specification clause Fixing screws for BKS fittings consisting of: Phillips countersunk-head screw M5 according to ISO 7046, galvanized and chrome-plated iron Door thickness:.................... Screw length:....................
Stainless steel fixing screws
Description Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw Countersunk screw
Dimensions M5 x M5 x M5 x M5 x M5 x M5 x M5 x
Door thickness Description
40 50 60 70 80 90 100
37 – 47 47 – 57 57 – 67 67 – 77 77 – 87 87 – 97 97 – 107
B 7660 0100 B 7660 0101 B 7660 0102 B 7660 0103 B 7660 0104 B 7660 0105 B 7660 0106
Specification clause Fixing screws for BKS specialty stainless steel fittings with visible screw connections, consisting of: Phillips countersunk-head screw M5 according to ISO 7046, stainless steel Door thickness:.................... Screw length:....................
Mounting accessories for security fittings ES3 Description Mounting accessories Mounting accessories Mounting accessories Mounting accessories Mounting accessories
Door thickness
Description
39 – 54 54 – 69 69 – 84 84 – 94 94 – 114
B 7660 0070 B 7660 0071 B 7660 0072 B 7660 0073 B 7660 0078
Consisting of screws + mounting tools. Spindles must be ordered separately! 61
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe Review Panic and emergency exit devices were never clearly regulated by product standards. Only “... easy opening, ... from the interior, ... at the full width” was required in these codes. However, the important term of “easy opening” was never described with reproducible values. There was also no clear regulation as to how door fittings must be designed, so that people would not injure themselves on them. The interplay of various individual components was never subjected to a real-life vandalism test. The customer was generally left alone with problems in the assembly or in the interplay of products by various manufacturers. Most of the specifications came from the area of fire protection and always required the appropriate verification of suitability for fire-rated doors.
Present New uniform standards for the equipment of escape doors are now valid in Europe. These standards describe in detailed test specifications how “easy opening” can be measured. Moreover, they contain directives specifying the design and function of fittings. An essential innovation: Lock, fitting and assembly accessories are tested together and may only be used as a tested unit. Thanks to practical tests such as vandalism tests and to single products being made compatible with each other, the assembly of fittings is simplified and their long-range function clearly improved. All new products must be approved accordingly since 04/01/2003 and be marked with a classification code along with the CE-marking. The classification code indicates the range of approved applications and makes it easy to verify the proper product combination during a later building inspection. The protection of people in buildings does not only play an important role in the event of a fire, but also in panic situations that might occur every day.
62
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe Different locking systems for different fields of application Two types of escape doors â&#x20AC;&#x201C; two new EU standards. Escape door systems within the context of the new standards are divided into emergency exit and panic exit devices. This means that escape doors must be designed as panic exit devices or as emergency exit devices depending on the respective application. Emergency exit devices according to EN 179 are designed for buildings or building sections which are not open to the public, i.e. where users are familiar with the function of the escape door. They are suitable for all applications where public traffic may be excluded. Secondary exits or doors in building sections frequented by authorised persons only must also be equipped according to EN 179. Application examples: Private housing areas Class rooms in schools Administrative buildings of industrial concerns not accessible to the public Areas of event buildings not accessible to the public Areas in airports, banks, shopping centres, etc. not accessible to the public. As operating elements this standard specifies lever handles or push pads.
Recommended use: Exit devices to EN 179 should be applied in areas where public use may generally be excluded.
Panic exit devices according to EN 1125 are used in public buildings or building sections where visitors not familiar with the function of the escape doors must be able to operate these without instructions in the event of an emergency. This specifically includes: Hospitals Escape routes in schools Public administration Events buildings Airports Shopping centres, etc. As operating elements this standard specifies push bars or touch bars reaching over the total width (or at least 60 %) of the door leaf.
Recommended use: If a later use of the building is not clearly defined at the beginning of planning, panic exit devices to EN 1125 should preferably be installed. This also applies to a modified use at a future time. Otherwise, considerable retrofitting operations may become necessary.
63
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe
Main requirements for escape doors: Doors in rescue routes must permit opening at all times from the inside easily and at the full width. Esacpe doors must open the escape route within 1 second with a hand movement without the use of a key (EN 1125 / EN 179). Escape doors must open outwards. Rescue routes must not be blocked.
Door fittings must be designed in a way that people‘s clothing will not catch on them. The open end of the lever must be designed in a way that it points to the surface of the door leaf, in order to prevent injuries (EN 179).
Easy opening of escape routes through emergency exit devices according to EN 179 These are tested at a maximum opening force of 70 Newton applied vertically onto the lever handle. With all locking elements released, the door must open in the direction of the escape route. Little friction of the lever bearing and the smooth interplay of the locking elements and the appropriate keepers in the door frame are important here. Moreover, in order to prove their everyday suitability, these locking systems are subjected to a vandalism test and an operational durability test with a permanent load of 25 Newton.
Easy opening of escape routes through panic exit devices according to EN 1125 The exit device is checked for suitability in two different tests. The first test is carried out without an initial load being applied to the door leaf; the door must open automatically in the direction of the escape route at a maximum operating force of 80 Newton. In the second test carried out with an initial load of 1000 Newton applied to the door leaf, the operating force must not exceed 220 Newton to open the door. These values also apply to double leaf door units and to exit devices which have additional locking elements such as vertical rods or multipoint locks. As with EN 179, the locking systems are subjected to a vandalism test and an operational durability test with a permanent load of 25 Newton to prove their everyday suitability.
Test 1: Door leaf without initial load
Note: Only the new standards EN 179 and EN 1125 provide a measurable reference for the “easy opening” of escape doors. Test 2: Door leaf with an initial load of 1000 N
64
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe
Escape routes must open in one movement This means that on double leaf door units only full panic systems are permitted providing the opening of both door leaves, even when only the handle on the inactive leaf is operated. With the use of G.U-BKS locks, this requirement can be fulfilled in any location thanks to a choice of various panic functions for single and double leaf door assemblies. Further extensive safety requirements may be met with additional electromechanic options allowing for the integration of intelligent escape door control and access control systems. Mechanics and electronics are complemented here in one! Escape doors must open outwards This requirement is already known from various codes. It is incorporated in the new standards which specify locking systems for outward opening escape doors exclusively. Escape door functions “opening inward” known for special cases, cannot be permitted according to EN 179 and EN 1125. With the use of push bars and touch bars to EN 1125, this would not be logical after all. Rescue routes must not be blocked Any kind of impediment in the floor area – except for thresholds up to a certain height – are not permitted. Human life is saved on freely accessible escape routes only. Fittings must be designed to prevent injury to people
Graphic 1
With these standards, design variants are regulated for the first time. The adequacy of particular fittings can be easily verified by means of dimensioned graphics. Graphic 1 shows the current requirements for lever handles according to EN 179. Here, precise dimensions of the lever end inclined toward the door leaf are missing among other specifications. Since the design possibilities according to this graphic are limited to U-shaped models, designs according to graphic 2 are planned for the next updated issue of the standard. Current licenses, however, already take this amendment into account; otherwise architects and building contractors would not have the creative scope they desire, and the manufacturers of fittings could offer only a very limited range of lever handles.
Graphic 2
65
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe
Locks and fittings must be provided with test identification codes (DO numbers) and with the required CE-marking. This allows a locking system to be identified as approved during assembly and fincal acceptance. We are aware that our product range is very extensive due to the numerous situations in buildings. For this reason, we have developed logos with which we additionally mark our products. For the sake of clarity, partners of G.U-BKS also use these logos, thus enabling you to combine solutions from different catalogues to meet your individual requirements.
The first purpose of CE marking is to simplify the movement of goods within the EC. Another purpose is to indicate the approved product use by the classification code on the CE label. Our locks are visibly marked on the forends with the label explained below. Many of them are approved for use in locking systems according to EN 179 and EN 1125. Their approved use is recognisable by the classification code on the label. The field of application is to be taken from the respective product description.
CE Marking BKS locking systems have the following certification numbers: DIN EN 179 = 0432 BPR 0003 DIN EN 1125 = 0432 BPR 0002
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 D-42549 Velberrt
CE marking symbol
Identification no. of the certification body + no. of the EC certificate of conformity
0432 BPR 0002 DIN EN 1125; 2008
Number and year of this European Standard
Category of use: Grade 3 = high frequency applications
Durability: Active leaf grade 7 = 200.000 cycles Inactive leaf grade 6 = 100.000 cycles Door mass:
Grade 5 = up to 100 kg Grade 6 = up to 200 kg Grade 7 = up to 200 kg
Suitability Grade 0 = not approved for use on fire/smoke doors for use on fire/ Grade A = approved for smoke doors smoke doors: Grade B = approved for fire/smoke doors
2008
Manufacturer + address
Year in which the marking was applied Field of door application: Category A: single door, double door* Category B: single door only Category C: double door** Type of horizontal bar operation: Type A = push bar Type B = touch bar Projection of horizontal bar: Grade 1 = large projection Grade 2 = standard projection Security (burglary protection): Grade 2 = minimum specification, the only one to be used Corrosion resistance: Grade 3 = high resistance Grade 4 = very high resistance Safety: Grade 1 = top grade, the only one to be used
* active or inactive leaf of double door
66
** inactive leaf only
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe
You can recognise BKS fittings by the test labels attached to the bottom side of the mounting plates. The appropriate BKS locks are marked visibly on the forend. The table on the right shows which combinations are approved. By means of the test labels it is possible to identify appropriate locks and fittings in the event of separate delivery.
BKS locks
BKS fittings
Timber and steel doors
DO 5.0 DO 5.1 DO 9.2
DO 20.10.1
Narrow stile doors
DO 9.1 DO 9.6
DO 20.10.2
SECURY
DO 5.1 DO 9.1
DO 20.10.1
Note: Approval and application as emergency exit device to EN 179 or panic exit device to EN 1125 are only possible in conjunction with the appropriate EC conformity certificate.
Timber and steel doors
Fittings approved to EN 179 Various lever models are tested and approved for the use on contract doors. The illustrated models only represent a part of our programme. We are continuously developing new products that correspond to the requirements of our customers.
Narrow stile doors
RONDO
BELCANTO-P
RR-RONDO
OFFICE
EMMAUS
RR-BELCANTO-P
Upon special request, we can also design individual models for your contract work which will conform to the requirements of EN 179.
Fittings approved to EN 1125 Push rod, stainless steel
Only operational elements spanning the door width are approved as fittings to 1125. Push bars or touch bars are such operational elements. Push rod, aluminium
The illustrated operational elements provide an overview of our programme. Thanks to a variety of finishes, it is possible to create a harmonious appearance with regard to the fittings on other doors in the building.
Push rod, PVC
Special fitting solutions for slim profiles to avoid material deformation and injury are also contained in our programme. Touch bar
Push bar with integral lock
Touch bar with integral lock
67
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe
Locking systems as unit Practical experiences in the combination of products by various manufacturers have shown that not all combinations function smoothly without an examination. For this reason, one of the essential features of the new requirements was defined: Lock, fittings and accessories may only be tested, marked and assembled as a unit.
The user as well as the planner thereby receive a guarantee that the system was tested and approved for compatibility. Extensive durability and manipulation tests guarantee a safe interaction of all components.
Floor socket Fittings Latch plates
Vertical rods
68
Locks
Control locks
Push bar
Square spindle
Screws
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe
Approval and certification
Standardised operation throughout Europe
Exit devices according to EN 179 and EN 1125 must only be tested by notarized institutes (authorized in Europe). Here, we are working together with the Material Testing Authority of North RhineWestphalia (MPA/NRW) in Dortmund. The additional outside supervision of the products is also performed by MPA and is documented by the Ă&#x153;-marking on the products.
The operation of escape doors will be standardised in Europe in the future. The protection of human life is placed above the protection of property. Both standards are generally implemented and valid in the EC. In many countries the use of push rods or touch bars similar to EN 1125 has been common practice for many years already.
Shipment according to EN 179 and EN 1125 The components of approved exit devices may be tendered separately. Depending on the sales method, separate deliveries directly to the location are also possible. The responsibility for the correct composition and assembly is then given to the assembly company. In this event, the door manufacturer and possibly participating dealers are subject to reporting requirements. Sales partners of the G.U Group are under the obligation to point out the adherence to these specifications to their customers. These partners are authorized to use the illustrated label.
69
Features of security fittings Applications The security fittings may be used on house or apartment entrance doors. Depending on the product variant, contract fittings are also approved for fire control, smoke control, and escape doors. Coming with different backplate widths, they are suitable for timber and steel doors, or narrow stile doors.
1
Creative design options By combining various lever and knob models, it is possible to create fitting combinations available as entrance set or as lever set.
2
Material options Anodized or colour coated aluminium Stainless steel Titanium coating in brass appearance (ES3)
3
Protection of the locking cylinder The optional cylinder covering protects the cylinder against being withdrawn or twisted off forcibly. The plug security plate is suitable for current key sizes.
4
Security backplate outside Depending on the security grade, the outside backplate issecured by hardened elements against manipulation by drilling.
5
Attachment to the door Through-fixing with rugged fastening elements guarantees the stable attachment of the fittings and prevents them from being pried open.
Tested quality Burglary inhibition according to DIN 18257 Suitability for fire control, smoke control and escape doors to DIN 18273 Manufacture and internal quality control according to EN ISO 9001 External quality control by the Material Testing Authority of North Rhine-Westphalia (MPA/NRW)
70
Features of security fittings Classification of security fittings Extra high burglary resistance class 3 to DIN 18257 (grade 4 security to EN 1906) Strength of backplate: 5 kN (20 kN) Maximum flexion of backplate: 2 mm (5 mm) Tensile strength of fastening elements: (30 kN) Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm) Drilling resistance of outside backplate: the entire plate surface must be secured (30 s on randomly selected point over the entire plate surface). Tensile strength of cylinder cover: 20 kN (20kN) Chisel test resistance: 12 (12) blows EN 1906 values in parentheses
High burglary resistance class 2 to DIN 18257 (grade 3 security to EN 1906) Strength of backplate: not required (15 kN) Maximum flexion of backplate: not required (5 mm) Tensile strength of fastening elements: (20 kN) Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm) Drilling resistance of outside backplate: partial area around locking cylinder must be secured (30 s on randomly selected point). Tensile strength of cylinder cover: 17 kN (15kN) Chisel test resistance: 6 (6) blows EN 1906 values in parentheses
Moderate burglary resistance class 1 to DIN 18257 (grade 2 security to EN 1906) Strength of backplate: not required (10 kN) Maximum flexion of backplate: not required (5 mm) Tensile strength of fastening elements: (15 kN) Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm) Drilling resistance of outside backplate: partial area around locking cylinder must be secured (30 s on randomly selected point). Tensile strength of cylinder cover: 15 kN (10kN) Chisel test resistance: 3 (3) blows EN 1906 values in parentheses
Mild burglary resistance class 0 to DIN 18257 (grade 1 security to EN 1906) Strength of backplate: (7 kN) Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm) Tensile strength of fastening elements: (10 kN) Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm) Drilling resistance of outside backplate: (not provided) Tensile strength of cylinder cover: (not provided) Chisel test resistance: (not provided) EN 1906 values in parentheses 71
Features of contract fittings Applications The contract (heavy-duty) fitting range was developed for the sophisticated demands of contract work. Thanks to its modular design, it provides for a multitude of applications. Depending on the product variant, contract fittings are also approved for fire control, smoke control, and escape doors. Coming with different backplate widths, they are suitable for timber and steel doors, or narrow stile doors.
1
Creative design options By combining various lever and knob models, it is possible to create fitting combinations available as entrance set or as lever set.
2
Material options Anodized or colour coated aluminium Stainless steel Titanium coating in brass appearance (ES3)
3
Contract fittings with BKS bearing technology
Features and advantages: – Compensation of latching inaccuracies – Maintenance-free operation – Minimised friction losses – Fixed backplate with friction washer – Smooth and noiseless lever operation
4
Attachment to the door Through-fixing with rugged fastening elements guarantees the stable attachment of the fittings.
Tested quality Suitability for fire control, smoke control and escape doors to DIN 18273 Burglary inhibition according to DIN 18257 – class 3 Manufacture and internal quality control according to EN ISO 9001 External quality control by the Material Testing Authority of North Rhine-Westphalia (MPA/NRW)
72
Features of contract fittings Mounting advice for push bars BKS locks and BKS fittings are perfectly compatible with each other; if appropriately assembled, they comply with the high requirements of the respective standards and regulations. Through-fixing and twofold spindle fixture â&#x20AC;&#x201C; where possible â&#x20AC;&#x201C; enable the fittings to resist against high operational forces which may occur in the event of an emergency. Especially on 2-leaf narrow stile escape doors is it essential that the fittings should be attached securely. Where through-fixing is not possible, it is necessary that additional fastening elements such as, e.g., clinch nuts are used to provide for appropriate fitting attachment. For safe and durable functioning of the fittings we recommend assembly according to the examples below.
Mounting advice for touch bars
73
Materials and finishes Aluminium BKS only use high-quality aluminium alloys for their fitting programme. A variety of finishes and colours provides for versatile creative possibilities. The manufacture of such products is very sophisticated, minimal colour deviations are therefore possible. Anodised finishes
F1 natural anodised colour
F2 champaign colour
Painted finish
Standard colours, powder-coated
Silver colour
White RAL 9016
Dark bronze UC5
Mint green RAL 6029
Special colours, powder-coated
Golden yellow RAL 9016
Ruby red RAL 3003
Dark red RAL 3007
Ultramarine RAL 5002
Sapphire blue RAL 5003
Dark green RAL 6012
Brown-olive RAL 6022
Dark brown RAL 8022
Agate grey RAL 7038
Deep black RAL 9005
Brass Our high-quality fittings with brass appearance are manufactured from stainsless steel and coated with titanium (PVD). They distinguish themselves by outstanding corrosion and abrasion resistance and require little maintenance only. Finishes
Brass appearance
Stainless steel Our stainless steel fittings are manufactured from material 1.4301 according to DIN 17440. This material features excellent application properties and is increasingly used on windows and doors. Finishes
Stainless steel matt brushed
74
Stainless steel polished
Product advice Door handing
left
DIN left Hinges on the left – visible
right
DIN right Hinges on the right – visible
Door fittings should always be fixed from inside. The DIN direction must be specified for asymmetrical levers and backplate forms.
Direction of lever handle
pointing to the right
pointing to the left
PC
CC =cylinder cover
CH-RC =Swiss round cylinder
RC =round cylinder
72/92
74/90
74/94
72/92
72/92
Boreholes
WV
Risk of injury
With narrow stile doors it is important to ensure that suitable fittings are used. Lever handles should always be cranked to prevent injuries as the door is operated.
75
Product information regarding fittings According to the defined manufacturer's liability described in the German "Product Liability Act", the following information regarding locks and fittings should be observed. Non-compliance excempts the manufacturer of his liability. 1. Product information and use as directed A lock generally has the function to lock and block a door. Simple lock designs serve only to shut the door. This means that a door is kept closed so that it cannot be opened by pulling or pushing, but may be opened by a simple method, such as by moving a lever handle. The lock latch – generally called latch – serves as lock. Securing the closed door by blocking at least one deadbolt or latchbolt (= deadbolting latch) which meshes into the appropriate recess of the jamb, respectively the latch plate, is called blocking. The deadbolt must be blocked in extended position against being pushed back. Moreover, door opening must be efficiently impeded unless the appropriate key is used. A lock must only be blocked with the door in closed position. Cylinder attachment screws not matching with the backset dimension of the lock must be cut to length (BKS delivers the appropriate screw length if the backset is specified in the order). A mortise lock is a lock which is inserted into a recess in the door leaf (lock pocket) and fixed with screws. The following must be observed to ensure use as directed : – Locks, latch plates, door fittings, attaching elements and locking cylinders must be selected to be compatible with each other. The current state of technology must be applied for proper installation, maintenance and possible replacement. This is documented in standards related to these products and in the manufacturers' catalogues and instructions. With locks for escape doors or special locks, the simultaneous operation of key and fitting, e.g., a lever handle, is usually not allowed. Locks for escape doors or special locks may only be combined with locking cylinders with turn knob, if this is agreed with the lock manufacturer by contract. For it is generally assumed that only the owners of the keys have the right to operate the lock, and the activation of a lock through a knob cylinder (i.e. without key) is not considered to be a normal case. Latch and deadbolt being returned simultaneously by the mere operation of the lever handle is a special case which must not generally replace the standard key operation for withdrawing the deadbolt. Locking cylinders may only be installed in locks without any reservation if they comply with a dimensional standard (e.g. DIN 18252), and if the locks in turn are explicitly designed for cylinders to this standard. In all other cases, the manufacturer, dealer, fabricator or consumer of such locks has to ensure that the locking cylinders he has selected are suitable for the intended use. It is necessary that legal regulations and manufacturer's instructions should be observed. For example, no locking cylinders with knob, turn or similar handle may be installed in panic locks. General terms, unless explained on catalogue pages, in brochures, price lists or on the internet are defined in the standards relevant for these products (such as EN 179, EN 1125, EN 1303, EN 1906, EN 12209). Deviations from the particular relevant standard must be specified in the order. 2. Incorrect use Incorrect use – meaning not used as specified – of locks is when, e.g., – the flawless use is prevented by inserting foreign objects into the lock or into the latch plate. – the lock or the latch plate are attacked in such a way on the outside or inside that their construction or function are affected. – the deadbolt is extended to prevent the door from closing – the function of the locking elements is blocked as a result of improper assembly or subsequent treatment, e.g., painting. – a load is put on the lever handle exceeding the normal force applied by hand.
76
– unsuitable, such as dimensionally deviating, or the wrong keys are used – the specified door gap changes as a result of hinge re-adjustments or unintended lowering of the door. – a double door is opened by the passive leaf although not designed and approved for this feature. – objects or extremities are put between the door leaf and the jamb as the door closes. – activating the lever and the key simultaneously. 3. Product performance Unless described in our catalogues, brochures or performance specifications, technical requirements must be agreed with us. The relevant standards serve as guidelines (for example, EN 179, EN 1125, EN 1303, EN 1906, EN 12209). Basic requirements and additional requirements are defined in these standards. The serviceability of locks also depends on the operating frequency, operating method, environmental effects and maintenance. Lock, latch plate, door fittings, locking cylinder and keys must be replaced as soon as problems occur despite proper maintenance. This also applies to attempts to forcefully overcome locks and their accessories (burglary attempts). 4. Product maintenance Locks must be lubricated with suitable lubricants at least once a year or more frequently depending on the wear. Door fittings, latch plate and locking cylinder must be checked for their proper condition and tight attachment. Only cleaning agents not containing corrosive ingredients may be used. 5. Information and instruction duties In order to comply with the informational and instructional duties prescribed by the German Product Liability Act, the following documents and services are made available to specialist dealers, locksmiths, architects, planners, fabricators and end users upon request : – catalogues, brochures – specification clauses, quotation documents, key combination records – the relevant standards serving as guidelines, for example, EN 179, EN 1125, EN 1303, EN 1906, EN 12209. – Instructions for installation, operation and maintenance For the selection, installation, operation, and maintenance of locks and fittings, – architects and planners should consider to request and observe all required product information from us. – specialist dealers must consider to observe product information and reference in the price lists and specifically request all necessary instructions from us and to forward these to the fabricators. – fabricators must consider to observe all product information and specifically request operating and maintenance instructions from us and to forward these to contractors and consumers.
Product information regarding locks and fittings
1. Do not make drillings on the door leaf with the lock installed.
Important advice regarding the use of BKS locks and fittings :
2. Do not hit the square through the follower by force.
3. Do not carry the door leaf by the handle.
4. The distance between the lock forend and the latch plate should range between 2 and 5 mm.
5. Do not paint over deadbolt and latch.
77
Product information regarding locks and fittings
78
6. The handle must be loaded in rotational direction only. The maximum force allowed is 150 N.
7. Do not manipulate the lock with foreign objects. Operate it with the appropriate key only
8. The deadbolt must not be thrown with the door open.
9. Do not operate handle and key at the same time. gleichzeitig bet채tigt werden.
10. Emergency exit devices must not be left with the key inserted.
11. Panic or emergency exit devices must not be fitted with cylinders having a knob or a turn. Exception: self-locking locks of series 19xx and 21xx. Attention: Push bars might interfere with the knob or turn!
Product information regarding locks and fittings
12. Exit devices not corresponding to EN 179 or EN 1125 are not suitable for frequent use and should only be operated in the event of an emergency.
13. Double leaf doors without double-sided panic function (full panic function) may not be forced open by the passive leaf.
14. If there is any evidence of violence, the lock must be replaced immediately.
15. Lubricate locks with non-resinous oil at least once a year.
1x
year
Exclusion of liability BKS products are permanently adapted and developed to meet the growing demands of the market. We also reserve the right to make changes serving to advance the state of the art. Further reasons for modification may be: – global technical development – alterations in the product range – adaptation to changed laws and technical standards The present catalogue was compiled with the greatest possible care. Nevertheless, we ask for your understanding that we take no responsibility for possible mistakes with regard to presentation and description of the products. Thank you. 79
Relevant standards The most important (European) standards concerning doors and door-related products are:
DIN 107 Definition of DIN left and DIN right in the building and construction industry
DIN 18357 VOB (German Construction Contract Procedures), part C: General technical contractual requirements, building hardware
DIN 1080, Part 1 Terms, symbols and units in civil engineering, basics
DIN 18361 VOB (German Construction Contract Procedures), part C: General technical contractual requirements, glazing
DIN 4102, parts 5 + 18 Part 5: Fire performance of building materials and building components; fire-resistant closures, closures in elevator shaft walls fireresistant glazing Part 18: Fire behaviour of building materials and components; fire protection closures; attestation of the quality 'self-locking' (continuous operation test) DIN 18055 Windows; joint impermeability, resistance to driving rain and to mechanical stress; specifications and tests DIN 18082, Parts 1 + 3 Part 1: Fire-resistant closures, steel doors T30-1, type A Part 3: Fire-resistant closures, steel doors T30-1, Type B DIN 18095, parts 1 + 2 Part 1: Doors; smoke control doors; terms and requirements Part 2: Doors; smoke control doors; type testing for durability and tightness DIN 18100 Doors; wall openings for doors; dimensions to DIN 4172 DIN 18101 Doors; doors for residential construction; door leaf dimensions, position of lock and hinges; interrelationship between dimensions DIN 18111, part 1 Door frames, steel frames, standard frames for rebated doors DIN 18250 Mortise locks for fire-resistant closures DIN 18251 Locks; Mortise locks for doors
DIN 68706, part 1 Interior doors of timber and timber materials, plywood doors, terms, perferential dimensions, structural features EN 179 Building hardware. Emergency exit devices operated by a lever handle or push pad, for use on escape routes EN 1125 Building hardware. Panic exit devices operated by a horizontal bar, for use on escape routes EN 1154 Building hardware. Controlled door closing devices EN 1303 Building hardware. Cylinders for locks. Requirements and test methods ENV 1627 Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Requirements and classification ENV 1628 Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Test method for the determination of resistance under static loading ENV 1629 Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Test method for determination of resistance under dynamic loading ENV 1630 Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Test method for the determination of resistance to manual burglary attempts
DIN 18252 Locking cylinders for door locks; terms, descriptions
EN 1634, parts 1 + 3 Fire resistance tests for door and shutter assemblies Part 1: Fire control doors and shutters Part 3: Smoke control doors and shutters
DIN 18255 Building hardware; lever handles, backplates and rosettes – terms, dimensions, requirements
EN 1906 Building hardware. Lever handles and knob furniture. Requirements and test methods
DIN 18257 Building hardware; security fittings – terms, dimensions, requirements, tests and markings DIN 18273 Building hardware; lever handle sets for fire control doors and smoke control doors – terms, dimensions, requirements and tests
80
Quality The constant high quality of all operational sequences at BKS is guaranteed by the application of a Quality Assurance System to EN ISO 9001. This is the highest quality standard in Europe, not only for production but also for other company divisions such as development, order processing or after-sales service etc. BKS applies this standard to all product areas (locking cylinders, door locks, fittings, electronics and door closers). The extensive G.U-BKS range is designed to bear high stress loads and oriented towards compatibility among its products. A high level of quality, reliability and durability of door units can only be guaranteed with a system of compatible products which G.U-BKS is capable to offer thanks to the unequalled diversity of the Group's product range. Product quality and compliance with various standards and regulations are documented in test results and approvals, copies of which are available on request.
81
Security fittings, features and requirements........................................................................................................................................................
70 – 71
Architects range .................................................................................................................................................................................................
54 – 55
Fixing accessories ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
58 – 59
Floor-mounted door stops ...................................................................................................................................................................................
50 – 51
Wide backplate set .............................................................................................................................................................................................
30 – 31
Touch bar............................................................................................................................................................................................................
36 – 37
Direction of lever handle .....................................................................................................................................................................................
75
Spindles .............................................................................................................................................................................................................
58
Stainless steel window handles ..........................................................................................................................................................................
48 – 49
Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe .....................................................................................................................................................
62 – 69
Divided spindles for escape door fittings.............................................................................................................................................................
60
Materials and finishes ........................................................................................................................................................................................
74
Features of security fittings ................................................................................................................................................................................
70 – 71
Features of contract fittings ................................................................................................................................................................................
72
Lever model ANDANTE .......................................................................................................................................................................................
42 – 43
Lever model BAUHAUS .......................................................................................................................................................................................
24 – 25
Lever model BELCANTO......................................................................................................................................................................................
16 – 19
Lever model BELCANTO-Panic ............................................................................................................................................................................
12 – 15
Lever model CRESCENDO ...................................................................................................................................................................................
44 – 45
Lever model EMMAUS ........................................................................................................................................................................................
26 – 29
Lever model FORTE ............................................................................................................................................................................................
46 – 47
Lever model OFFICE ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
20 – 23
Lever model RONDO ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Mounting advice for fittings ................................................................................................................................................................................
73
Standards ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................
80
Pictograms .........................................................................................................................................................................................................
50 – 51
Product information/product liability....................................................................................................................................................................
76 – 79
Quality control ....................................................................................................................................................................................................
81
Screws ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................
61
Push bars ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................
32 – 35
Spindles .............................................................................................................................................................................................................
58 – 60
Door holder.........................................................................................................................................................................................................
52 – 53
Door handing ......................................................................................................................................................................................................
75
Threaded spindles ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
59
82
– 11
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschl채ge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 D-71254 Ditzingen Phone + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93 www.g-u.com
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 D-42549 Velbert Phone + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-4 31
WP02014-04-2-1
12/2009
Printed in Germany
Locks and Fittings for Toughened Glass Assemblies Lock series PRIME OFFICE
New locking functions for glass doors BKS lock technology goes glass
Glass Door Locks PRIME OFFICE Contents
Contents BKS locking skills applied on glass Glass door lock series PRIME OFFICE · Pages 4 – 5
Standard variants in heavy duty quality PRIME OFFICE 0515 · Pages 6 – 8
Self-locking panic locks for escape doors to EN 179 PRIME OFFICE Series 21 · Pages 9 – 11
Strike boxes for single and double action swing doors Page 12
Door fittings Page 13
Technical details Lock dimensions, glass preparation and cutting dimensions · Pages 14 – 15
3
Glass Door Locks Series PRIME OFFICE – BKS locking skills applied on glass
Glass as building material has gained in importance not only for windows and façades but also for interior architecture. The trend for glass, especially in building interiors, is supported by enhanced product functionalities and versatile design options. With the lock series PRIME OFFICE, the group of companies Gretsch-Unitas have developed a product line exclusively for this building material.
Compatible among each other functionally and visually, the locks of the PRIME OFFICE range allow for sophisticated applications on glass doors. With the tried and tested BKS lock technology having been brought onto glass, there are completely new options for the use of toughened glass doors and door assemblies which have not been thought possible before.
Lock variant
Application example
PRIME OFFICE 0515-PZ, for profile cylinder PRIME OFFICE 0515-BB, warded PRIME OFFICE 0515-Bad/WC, bathroom
Standard application depending on lock insert.
PRIME OFFICE 2110 – Panic function B (shift function) – Self-locking latchbolt lock
All-glass door assemblies, e.g., entrance to an office or surgery. The outside handle can be engaged and disengaged (function B).
PRIME OFFICE 2112 – Panic function C (forced locking function) – Self-locking latchbolt lock
All-glass door integrated in a sliding partition system, e.g. entrance to an EDP room. The door can be opened by key. By turning the key to the limit in opening direction, the follower is coupled and the door can be opened by handle. Upon removing the key, the outside handle is switched to idling again (function C).
PRIME OFFICE 2116 – Panic function E (latch lever function) – Self-locking latchbolt lock
All-glass door with fixed knob on the outside; opening from outside by key (function E).
Opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.
Performance features Tried and trusted BKS mortise lock technology Consistency within the lock range in terms of technical design and style Standard applications including warded key and bathroom variants Self-locking glass door panic locks offering various functional features Combination with mechatronic locking systems Multifunctional doors realised in glass Finish: stainless steel
New functionalities on glass doors – with PRIME OFFICE glass door locks 4
Banks and insurance offices
Office and administrative buildings
Things to be considered when ordering
1
3
2
4
Airports, railway stations
1
Lock variants PRIME OFFICE 0515 PRIME OFFICE Series 21
Page 6 – 11
3
Door fittings RONDO BELCANTO / BELCANTO-Panik
Page 13
2
Strike boxes PRIME OFFICE
Page 12
4
Profile cylinders Profile cylinder lengths
Page 14
Hotels
Hospitals, care homes
Nurseries, schools, universities
Shopping centres
Stadiums, sporting facilities
5
PRIME OFFICE 0515 – Single action swing doors Standard variants in heavy duty quality
Variants / Order numbers PRIME OFFICE 0515
Cylinder lock prepared for profile cylinder*
Cylinder lock prepared for profile cylinder*
DIN lh
DIN rh
K-17818-43-L-8H
K-17818-43-R-8H
K-17818-45-L-8H
K-17818-45-R-8H
K-17818-42-L-8H
K-17818-42-R-8H
K-17818-46-L-8H
K-17818-46-R-8H
K-17818-47-L-8H
K-17818-47-R-8H
with profile cylinder rosette
Warded lock
Bathroom lock with rosette
Cylinder lock prepared for Swiss round cylinder* with round cylinder rosette
* Appropriate profile cylinders can be found in our “Locking cylinders performance catalogue” and in the brochure “Round cylinder series 45 janus”. 6
PRIME OFFICE 0515 – Single action swing doors Standard variants in heavy duty quality
Variants / Order numbers PRIME OFFICE 0515
Deadbolt lock prepared for profile cylinder*
Deadbolt lock prepared for profile cylinder*
DIN lh
DIN rh
K-17818-03-L-8H
K-17818-03-R-8H
K-17818-05-L-8H
K-17818-05-R-8H
K-17818-07-L-8H
K-17818-07-R-8H
K-17818-51-L-8H
K-17818-51-R-8H
with profile cylinder rosette
Deadbolt lock prepared for Swiss round cylinder* with round cylinder rosette
Latch lock
* Appropriate profile cylinders can be found in our “Locking cylinders performance catalogue” and in the brochure “Round cylinder series 45 janus”. 7
PRIME OFFICE 0515 – Single or double action swing doors Standard variants in heavy duty quality
Variants / Order numbers PRIME OFFICE 0515
Deadbolt lock prepared for profile cylinder*
Deadbolt lock prepared for profile cylinder*
DIN lh
DIN rh
K-17818-33-L-8H
K-17818-33-R-8H
K-17818-35-L-8H
K-17818-35-R-8H
K-17818-37-L-8H
K-17818-37-R-8H
with profile cylinder rosette
Deadbolt lock prepared for Swiss round cylinder* with round cylinder rosette
Specification clause BKS PRIME OFFICE heavy duty lock for frequently used project doors, tested to EN 12209; heavy duty quality according to DIN 18251 – grade 3; deadbolt made from zinc diecast; steel-reinforced slide bearing with synthetic, silenced 8 mm follower.
Exterior dimensions: 105 mm x 185 mm x 38 mm (W x H x D), cover with rounded corners Glass thickness: Locks suited for 8/10/12 mm thick toughened safety glass and rebate depths of 24/26/28 mm, respectively. Socket for lever handle: For handles with rosette, fixing pin centres 38 mm.
* Appropriate profile cylinders can be found in our “Locking cylinders performance catalogue” and in the brochure “Round cylinder series 45 janus”. 8
PRIME OFFICE Series 21 – Single action swing doors Self-locking panic locks 2110 for escape doors to EN 179 Shift function B Variants / Order numbers PRIME OFFICE 2110
Cylinder lock prepared for profile cylinder*
Cylinder lock prepared for profile cylinder*
DIN lh
DIN rh
K-17819-53-L-8H
K-17819-53-R-8H
K-17819-55-L-8H
K-17819-55-R-8H
K-17819-57-L-8H
K-17819-57-R-8H
with profile cylinder rosette
Cylinder lock prepared for Swiss round cylinder* with round cylinder rosette
Specification clause Self-locking panic lock from series 21 for frequently used project doors; tested to EN 12209; approved to EN 179 (emergency exit devices) – grade 4; prepared for lever handles with rosette, follower 9 mm; with automatic latchbolt and integral trigger lever (self-locking feature), latchbolt ejection 18.5 mm in locked position. Exterior dimensions: 105 mm x 185 mm x 38 mm (W x H x D), cover with rounded corners Glass thickness: Locks suited for 8/10/12 mm thick toughened safety glass and rebate depths of 24/26/28 mm, respectively.
Functional description Shift function B Actuation from inside Opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time. Normal position: outside handle engaged Passage possible from both sides by operating the handle. Shift position: outside handle disengaged Outside handle idling due to follower being uncoupled. Door can only be opened by operating the key to engage the handle (normal position). Afterwards the follower can be put to idling again (shift position) by key.
Socket for lever handle: For handles with rosette, fixing pin centres 38 mm.
* Appropriate profile cylinders can be found in our “Locking cylinders performance catalogue” and in the brochure “Round cylinder series 45 janus”. 9
PRIME OFFICE Series 21 – Single action swing doors Self-locking panic locks 2112 for escape doors to EN 179 Forced locking function C Variants / Order numbers PRIME OFFICE 2112
Cylinder lock prepared for profile cylinder*
Cylinder lock prepared for profile cylinder*
DIN lh
DIN rh
K-17820-53-L-8H
K-17820-53-R-8H
K-17820-55-L-8H
K-17820-55-R-8H
K-17820-57-L-8H
K-17820-57-R-8H
with profile cylinder rosette
Cylinder lock prepared for Swiss round cylinder* with round cylinder rosette
Specification clause Self-locking panic lock from series 21 for frequently used project doors; tested to EN 12209; approved to EN 179 (emergency exit devices) – grade 4; prepared for lever handles with rosette, follower 9 mm; with automatic latchbolt and integral trigger lever (self-locking feature), latchbolt ejection 18.5 mm in locked position. Exterior dimensions: 105 mm x 185 mm x 38 mm (W x H x D), cover with rounded corners
Functional description Forced locking function C Actuation from inside Opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time. Actuation from outside Outside handle idling due to follower being uncoupled. The door can only be opened by holding the key in end stop position. Upon removing the key, the outside handle is switched to idling again.
Glass thickness: Locks suited for 8/10/12 mm thick toughened safety glass and rebate depths of 24/26/28 mm, respectively. Socket for lever handle: For handles with rosette, fixing pin centres 38 mm.
* Appropriate profile cylinders can be found in our “Locking cylinders performance catalogue” and in the brochure “Round cylinder series 45 janus”. 10
PRIME OFFICE Series 21 – Single action swing doors Self-locking panic locks 2116 for escape doors to EN 179 Latch lever function E Variants / Order numbers PRIME OFFICE 2116
Cylinder lock prepared for profile cylinder*
Cylinder lock prepared for profile cylinder*
DIN lh
DIN rh
K-17821-53-L-8H
K-17821-53-R-8H
K-17821-55-L-8H
K-17821-55-R-8H
K-17821-57-L-8H
K-17821-57-R-8H
with profile cylinder rosette
Cylinder lock prepared for Swiss round cylinder* with round cylinder rosette
Specification clause Self-locking panic lock from series 21 for frequently used project doors; tested to EN 12209; approved to EN 179 (emergency exit devices) – grade 4; prepared for lever handles with rosette, follower 9 mm; with automatic latchbolt and integral trigger lever (self-locking feature), latchbolt ejection 18.5 mm in locked position. Exterior dimensions: 105 mm x 185 mm x 38 mm (W x H x D), cover with rounded corners
Functional description Latch lever function E Actuation from inside Opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time. Actuation from outside Fixed knob; the door is opened by key (the automatic latchbolt is retracted through the actuated latch lever).
Glass thickness: Locks suited for 8/10/12 mm thick toughened safety glass and rebate depths of 24/26/28 mm, respectively. Socket for lever handle: For handles with rosette, fixing pin centres 38 mm.
* Appropriate profile cylinders can be found in our “Locking cylinders performance catalogue” and in the brochure “Round cylinder series 45 janus”. 11
PRIME OFFICE 0515 / Series 21 Strike boxes for single and double action swing doors
Variants / Order numbers Strike boxes for single action swing doors
Strike box for latch locks / deadbolt locks
DIN lh *
DIN rh **
K-17822-71-L-8H
K-17822-71-R-8H
K-17822-81-L-8H
K-17822-81-R-8H
K-17822-91-L-8H
K-17822-91-R-8H
DIN lh *
DIN rh **
K-17822-61-L-8H
K-17822-61-R-8H
PRIME OFFICE 0515
Strike box for latch locks PRIME OFFICE 0515 / PRIME OFFICE Series 21
Strike box for deadbolt locks PRIME OFFICE 0515
Strike box for double action swing doors
Strike box for deadbolt locks PRIME OFFICE 0515
SpeciďŹ cation clause Strike box for PRIME OFFICE 0515 and PRIIME OFFICE Series 21, for single and double action swing doors. Exterior dimensions: 105 mm x 185 mm x 38 mm (W x H x D), cover with rounded corners
* DIN rh lock on active leaf requires DIN lh strike box. ** DIN lh lock on active leaf requires DIN rh strike box. 12
Glass thickness: Strike boxes suited for 8/10/12 mm thick toughened safety glass.
PRIME OFFICE 0515 / Series 21 Door fittings
Variants / Order numbers PRIME OFFICE 0515
Lever model
Type of set
Spindle
Order number
RONDO
Lever set
8 mm
B 7050 6141
RONDO
Entrance set
8 mm
B 7073 6141
BELCANTO
Lever set
8 mm
B 7060 6141
BELCANTO
Entrance set
8 mm
B 7081 6141
Lever model
Type of set
Spindle
Order number
RONDO
Lever set
9 mm
B 7053 6141
RONDO
Entrance set
9 mm
B 7076 6141
BELCANTO-Panik
Lever set
9 mm
B 70BI 6141
BELCANTO-Panik
Entrance set
9 mm
B 70BL 6141
Specification clause G.U-BKS fittings for PRIME OFFICE 0515. Heavy duty stainless steel fittings, rosette with 38 mm fixing pin centres; with 8 mm square spindle and fixings; fixed rosette with friction washer (BKS differential bearing).
Variants / Order numbers PRIME OFFICE Series 21
Specification clause G.U-BKS fittings for PRIME OFFICE Series 21. Heavy duty stainless steel fittings, rosette with 38 mm fixing pin centres; with 9 mm square spindle and fixings; fixed rosette with friction washer (BKS differential bearing).
13
PRIME OFFICE 0515 / Series 21 Technical details
185 80
1040 to bottom edge of glass
View and horizontal sections
105 Lock
105 Strike box
90
120
D
C
B
A
E
15
4 57
57 214
D
F G
C B
A
E
90
15 57
3.5
Dimensions and cylinder lengths depending on glass thickness PRIME OFFICE without proďŹ le cylinder rosette
PRIME OFFICE with proďŹ le cylinder rosette
Glass thickness A [mm]
Lock thickness B [mm]
Protrusion of cylinder Minimum recommended Hinge side Opposite hinge side cylinder length D [mm] E [mm] C (HS+OHS)* [mm]
Position Rebate of latchbolt depth F [mm] G [mm]
Glass thickness A [mm]
Lock thickness B [mm]
Protrusion of cylinder Minimum recommended Hinge side Opposite hinge side cylinder length D [mm] E [mm] C (HS+OHS)* [mm]
Position Rebate of latchbolt depth F [mm] G [mm]
8
38
54 (27+27)
13
3
21
24
8
38
62 (31+31)
0,5
0,5
21
24
10
40
54 (27+27)
13
1
23
26
10
40
66 (31+35)
0,5
2,5
23
26
12
42
58 (27+31)
13
3
25
28
12
42
66 (31+35)
0,5
0,5
25
28
* HS = Hinge side, OHS = Opposite hinge side 14
PRIME OFFICE 0515 / Series 21 Technical details
Strike plate design
Glass preparation details
to EN 179 (recess for latch) ø5
0
1.5
ø5
0 1040 to bottom edge of glass
49
80
R60
14
57
All undimensioned radii R = 1.5 mm Strike plate thickness t = min. 1.5 mm
Mounting the lock to the glass pane
Countersunk screw M4x6
Glass door lock
Cover (lock side)
Countersunk screw M4x6
Countersunk screw M6x30
Gasket (lock side)
Cover (opposite to lock side) Clamping plate Adhesive film (opposite to lock side) with gasket and glass protector
Fixing plate (lock side)
15
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschl채ge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 D-71254 Ditzingen Phone + 49 (0) 7156 3 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 7156 3 01-2 93
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 D-42549 Velbert Phone + 49 (0) 2051 2 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 2051 2 01-4 31
www.g-u.com
WP00332-04-2-2
05/2010
Printed in Germany
Order Catalogue
Fittings for toughened glass assemblies
Edition 08.2007
Fittings for toughened glass assemblies
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschläge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 D-71254 Ditzingen Tel. + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93 www.g-u.com WP00452-04-3-1
08/2007
Printed in Germany
Patch ďŹ ttings for glass doors
Locks and strike boxes
Accessories for all glass systems
Door closers
Sliding wall systems
Swing door drives
Automatic sliding door systems
Curved sliding doors / Revolving doors
Edition 08.2007
Glass Door Fittings Contents
1 Patch fittings for glass doors
Fittings for double-action swing doors Overpanel fittings Connectors Glass preparation details
2 Locks and strike boxes Centre locks Corner locks Glass preparation details
3 Accessories for all glass systems Floor bearing, pivots, lock keeper plate, floor sockets, fixing plate
4 Door closers Overhead door closers Floor springs
5 Sliding wall systems All glass system shopMaster GSW-M All glass system shopMaster GSW-A
6 Swing door drives Swing door drive turnMaster Underfloor drive swingMaster DTU
7 Automatic sliding door systems Sliding door compactMaster CM and CM-F Sliding door econoMaster EM Telescopic sliding door compactMaster CMT and CMT-F
8 Curved sliding doors / Revolving doors
Curved sliding door compactMaster CMR and CMR-F Standard revolving door GRA All glass revolving door GGG Large-capacity revolving door GGR / GGV Security revolving door / Security curved sliding door GSI
Page 8 9 – 15 16 – 20 21 – 26
Page 28 – 29 30 31
Page 34 – 37
Page 40 – 44 45 – 46
Page 48 – 49 50 – 51
Page 54 – 55 56 – 57
Page 60 – 61 62 – 63 64 – 65
Page 68 – 69 70 – 71 72 – 73 74 – 75 76 – 77
3
Glass Door Fittings Complete programme for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Finishes The fittings are available in various finishes :
Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished
Brass colour
Quality / Quality control
Glass thickness
Our glass fittings are high-grade products. Their quality is constantly tested and controlled.
The fittings are suitable for 10 mm or 12 mm toughened glass.
Glass preparation
Product range
Any preparational work has to be carried out before the glass is tempered. Subsequent glass preparation on toughened safety glass is not possible.
Apart from fittings for all glass systems, the door technology division of G.U-BKS offers a wide range of products including door automation systems. All products of the programme are well coordinated among each other, thus providing solutions for any technical and appearance requirements.
The glass preparation details shown in the dimensioned drawings of this catalogue correspond to international standards.
Load capacity G.U-BKS fittings for glass doors and all glass systems are solidly processed and ideally suitable for high loads. They are designed for a maximum door leaf weight of 100 kg and a width of 1100 mm.
4
Practical advice All patch fittings are lh/rh usable. For reasons of burglary prevention, patch fittings should always be fixed from inside.
Glass Door Fittings Complete programme for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
(#
NN
(#
(# ,
(#
(#
(#
(# ,
(4 4
(#
(#
(#
(4 4
NN
NN (4 4 $-
(#
NN
NN
(4 ,
(4 4
NN (4 4 $-
(# 654
NN
NN
NN
(4 ,
(4 4
(4 4
(# 654
(#
NN
(4 4
The G.U-BKS glass fitting range allows for versatile creative solutions. On the following catalogue pages you can make your individual choice of fittings. With each fitting type an overview of possible hardware combinations is given as well as a cross reference to the corresponding glass preparation details.
5
6
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors
Thanks to G.U-BKS supplying all hardware components from one source, optimum compatibility and functionality are guaranteed. Likewise, an appearance match of components is always ensured, be it in stainless steel finish â&#x20AC;&#x201C; matt or polished â&#x20AC;&#x201C; or in brass colour.
7
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Fittings for double-action swing doors â&#x20AC;&#x201C; GB 10, GB 20 for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Bottom patch GB 10
Applicable with : Floor spring and floor bearing 6115 ` Glass preparation details page 21
Top patch GB 20
Applicable with : Overpanel patches GB 30, GB 40, GB 41, GB 51 Top pivots 6118/9, 6124, 6129 ` Glass preparation details page 21
Order references (#
Description
Finish
Bottom patch GB 10 incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00100-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00100-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00100-00-0-3R
Top patch GB 20 incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00101-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00101-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00101-00-0-3R
(#
Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GB 10, GB 20, GB 30, GB 30/K)
(# 654
8
PU Order no.
1 pc. K-17419-12-0-0
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Fittings for overpanels â&#x20AC;&#x201C; GB 30, GB 30/K for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Â?
Overpanel patch GB 30 with 15 mm pivot, prepared for wall fixing with threaded pin 6130 or fixing plate 6140 (see accessories)
Applicable with : Top patch GB 20 ` Glass preparation details page 21
Single overpanel strike box GB 30/K prepared for wall fixing with threaded pin 6130 or fixing plate 6140 (see accessories)
Applicable with : Corner lock GS 50S ` Glass preparation details page 21
Order references (#
(# ,
(#
(4 4
Description
Finish
Overpanel patch GB 30 incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00103-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00103-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00103-00-0-3R
Single overpanel strike box GB 30/K incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00104-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00104-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00104-00-0-3R
Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GB 10, GB 20, GB 30, GB 30/K)
(#
PU Order no.
1 pc. K-17419-12-0-0
(4 4
9
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Fittings for overpanels â&#x20AC;&#x201C; GB 40, GB 40/K for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Â?
Patch for overpanels and sidelight GB 40 with 15 mm pivot
Applicable with : Top patch GB 20 ` Glass preparation details page 21
Corner overpanel strike box GB 40/K
Applicable with : Corner lock GS 50S ` Glass preparation details page 21
Order references (#
(# ,
(#
(4 4
Description
Finish
Patch for overpanels and sidelight GB 40 incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00105-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00105-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00105-00-0-3R
Corner overpanel strike box GB 40/K incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00106-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00106-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00106-00-0-3R
Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GB 40, GB 40/K)
(#
10
(4 4
PU Order no.
1 pc. K-17420-12-0-0
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Fittings for overpanels â&#x20AC;&#x201C; GB 41 for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Â?
Patch for overpanel and sidelights GB 41 with fin fitting DIN left hand with 15 mm pivot Applicable with : Top patch GB 20 Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls: We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of : Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.
` Glass preparation details page 22
Â?
Patch for overpanel and sidelights GB 41 with fin fitting DIN right hand with 15 mm pivot Applicable with : Top patch GB 20 Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls: We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of : Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.
` Glass preparation details page 22 11
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Fittings for overpanels â&#x20AC;&#x201C; GB 41 for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Order references (# %*/ MI (#
(# %*/ SI (#
Description
Finish
Patch for overpanel and sidelights GB 41, DIN lh incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00107-00-L-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00107-00-L-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00107-00-L-3R
Patch for overpanel and sidelights GB 41, DIN rh incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00107-00-R-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00107-00-R-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00107-00-R-3R
Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GB 41, GB 41/K)
1 pc. K-17421-12-0-0
JOTJEF (#
(# MFGU
Attention: Exterior view !
12
PVUTJEF
PU Order no.
SJHIU
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Fittings for overpanels â&#x20AC;&#x201C; GB 41/K for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Corner overpanel strike box GB 41/K with fin fitting DIN left hand Applicable with : Corner lock GS 50S Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls: We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of : Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.
` Glass preparation details page 22
Corner overpanel strike box GB 41/K with fin fitting DIN right hand Applicable with : Corner lock GS 50S Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls: We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of : Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.
` Glass preparation details page 22 13
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Fittings for overpanels â&#x20AC;&#x201C; GB 41/K for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Order references (# , %*/ MI
(4 4
(#
(#
(#
(#
(# , %*/ SI
(4 4
Description
Finish
Corner overpanel strike box GB 41/K, DIN lh incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00108-00-L-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00108-00-L-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00108-00-L-3R
Corner overpanel strike box GB 41/K, DIN rh incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00108-00-R-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00108-00-R-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00108-00-R-3R
Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GB 41, GB 41/K)
1 pc. K-17421-12-0-0
JOTJEF (#
(# MFGU
Attention: Exterior view !
14
PVUTJEF
PU Order no.
SJHIU
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Fittings for overpanels – GB 51 for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Double overpanel patch GB 51 with fin fitting with 15 mm pivot Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls: We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of : Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.
` Glass preparation details page 23
Applicable with: Top patch GB 20
(#
(#
(# (#
(#
(#
(#
(#
(#
(#
(#
Order references Description
Finish
Double overpanel patch GB 51 incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00109-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00109-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00109-00-0-3R
Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GB 51)
PU Order no.
1 pc. K-17422-12-0-0
15
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Connectors for single and double-action swing doors â&#x20AC;&#x201C; GB 60 for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Connector for overpanels and sidelight GB 60 including PVC stop for single-action doors
` Glass preparation details page 24
Order references
(#
(# (#
(#
16
Description
Finish
Connector for overpanels and sidelight GB 60 incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00110-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00110-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00110-00-0-3R
Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GB 60)
PU Order no.
1 pc. K-17423-12-0-0
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Connectors â&#x20AC;&#x201C; GB 70 for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
` Glass preparation details page 25
Overpanel connector GB 70 including PVC stop for single-action doors
Order references (#
(#
(#
(#
Description
Finish
Overpanel connector GB 70 incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00113-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00113-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00113-00-0-3R
(# Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GB 70)
(#
(4 4
(4 4
PU Order no.
1 pc. K-17424-12-0-0
(#
17
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Connectors â&#x20AC;&#x201C; GB 71 for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Overpanel connector GB 71 with fin fitting with adjusting clearance
Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls: We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of : Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.
` Glass preparation details page 25
Order references
(#
(#
(#
(#
(#
18
(#
(4 4
(4 4
(#
Description
Finish
Overpanel connector GB 71 incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00114-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00114-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00114-00-0-3R
Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GB 71)
PU Order no.
1 pc. K-17425-12-0-0
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Connectors â&#x20AC;&#x201C; GB 80, GB 81 for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Connector GB 80 for cross of four fixed panels
` Glass preparation details page 26
Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls: We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of : Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.
Connector GB 81 with fin fitting for cross of four fixed panels plus reinforcing panel
` Glass preparation details page 26
19
Patch Fittings for Glass Doors Connectors â&#x20AC;&#x201C; GB 80, GB 81 for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Order references
(#
Description
Finish
Connector GB 80 incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00116-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00116-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00116-00-0-3R
(# Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GB 80) Connector GB 81 incl. gasket for 10 mm glass Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GB 81)
20
PU Order no.
1 pc. K-17426-12-0-0
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00117-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00117-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00117-00-0-3R 1 pc. K-17427-12-0-0
Glass Preparation Details
3
3
Bottom patch GB 10 / Top patch GB 20 Overpanel patch GB 30 / Single overpanel strike box GB 30/K
3
3
Patch for overpanels and sidelight GB 40 / Corner overpanel strike box GB 40/K
21
Glass Preparation Details
"
3
3
"
3
" o "
Patch for overpanel and sidelights GB 41 DIN lh/rh Corner overpanel strike box GB 41/K DIN lh/rh 22
Glass Preparation Details
"
3
3
3
3
"
3
" o " Double overpanel patch GB 51
23
Glass Preparation Details
Â?
Connector for overpanels and sidelight GB 60
24
Glass Preparation Details
Overpanel connector GB 70
3
Overpanel connector GB 71 with fin fitting
25
Glass Preparation Details
Connector GB 80
3
Connector with fin fitting GB 81
26
Locks and Strike Boxes
The G.U-BKS range of locks for all glass systems consists of centre locks, corner locks and strike boxes suited for 10 mm and 12 mm toughened safety glass. The locks are prepared for Euro profile cylinders / half cylinders and come with security rosettes. They are usable on DIN lh / DIN rh doors. The assembly is secure and easy.
27
Locks and Strike Boxes Centre lock GS 50 S/CL and centre lock strike box GS 50/K for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Centre lock GS 50 S/CL prepared for profile cylinder Applicable with : Centre lock strike box GS 50/K and lock keeper 6135 ` Glass preparation details page 31
Centre lock strike box GS 50/K Applicable with : Centre lock GS 50 S/CL
` Glass preparation details page 31 28
Locks and Strike Boxes Centre lock GS 50 S/CL and centre lock strike box GS 50/K for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Order references (# (#
(4 4 $-
(#
(#
Description
Finish
Centre lock GS 50 S/CL incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00125-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00125-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00125-00-0-3R
Centre lock strike box GS 50/K incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00126-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00126-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00126-00-0-3R
(#
(4 4 $-
(4 ,
Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GS 50 S/CL, GS 50/K)
PU Order no.
1 pc. K-17429-12-0-0
(#
29
Locks and Strike Boxes Corner lock GS 50S for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness
Corner lock GS 50S prepared for profile cylinder
Applicable with : Overpanel strike boxes GB 30/K, GB 40/K, GB 41/K; lock keeper 6135, floor socket 6139 (see accessories) ` Glass preparation details page 31
Order references (#
(#
(#
(#
Description
Finish
Corner lock GS 50S incl. gasket for 10 mm glass
Stainless steel matt 1 pc. V-00124-00-0-8H Stainless steel polished 1 pc. V-00124-00-0-8I Brass colour 1 pc. V-00124-00-0-3R
Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GS 50S)
(#
30
(4 4
(4 4
(#
PU Order no.
1 pc. K-17428-12-0-0
Glass Preparation Details
3
Centre lock GS 50 S/CL Centre lock strike box GS 50/K
3
Corner lock GS 50S
31
32
Accessories for All Glass Systems
The well-assorted accessory programme allows to considerably extend the range of hardware applications. The same high quality standards are applied as throughout the complete G.U-BKS fitting range.
33
Accessories for All Glass Systems
Floor bearing 6115 with tapered spindle Applicable with : Bottom patch GB 10
Â?
Top pivot 6118/9 with pin turnable upward to disappear with 15 mm pivot, for mounting on timber and steel frames Applicable with : Top patch GB 20
Â?
Order references Description
34
Finish
PU Order no.
Floor bearing 6115
1 pc. V-00131-00-0-0
Top pivot 6118/9
1 pc. V-00132-00-0-0
Accessories for All Glass Systems
Top pivot 6124 with fixing plate with 15 mm pivot, for mounting on timber, aluminium and steel frames
Â?
Applicable with : Top patch GB 20
Top pivot 6129 with brass plug with 15 mm pivot, used as wall ancjor, pre-drill 12 mm Applicable with : Top patch GB 20
Threaded pin 6130 with brass plug for wall mounting of overpanel patch GB 30 and strike box GB 30/K
Order references Description
Finish
Top pivot 6124
Stainless steel Brass
PU Order no. 1 pc. V-00133-00-0-8H 1 pc. V-00133-00-0-3R
Top pivot 6129
1 pc. V-00134-00-0-0
Threaded pin 6130
1 pc. V-00135-00-0-0
35
Accessories for All Glass Systems
Â?
Applicable with : Centre lock GS 50 S/CL
ÂĄ
Â?
Lock keeper plate 6135 with square aperture
Floor socket 6139
Â?
Applicable with : Corner lock GS 50S
Â? Â?
Order references
36
Description
Finish
Lock keeper plate 6135
Stainless steel
1 pc. V-00136-00-0-8H
PU Order no.
Floor socket 6139
stainless steel
1 pc. V-00140-00-0-8H
Accessories for All Glass Systems
Adjustable eccentric floor socket B 9028 Â?
Applicable with : Corner lock GS 50S
Â?
Fixing plate 6140 for wall mounting of overpanel fittings GB 30 and GB 30/K
ÂĄ Â?
Â?
Order references Description
Finish
Eccentric ďŹ&#x201A;oor socket B 9028 Fixing plate 6140
PU Order no. 1 pc. B 9028 0000
AL-EV1
1 pc. V-00142-00-0-1
37
38
Door Closers
Based on decades of experience in the development of door closers, the Gretsch-Unitas group of companies offers a comprehensive programme for a large variety of applications. Regardless of whether it is an overhead door closer or a floor spring â&#x20AC;&#x201C; mature technology and high product quality allow for long lasting and reliable functionality. A multitude of variants makes it possible to meet the requirements of almost any location. Fabricators and end users benefit from the high level of assembly and using convenience provided by G.U-BKS door closers. The products are designed and worked to allow for simple and efficient installation.
39
Overhead Door Closer OTS 730 with Slide Rail
Product features
Application On single-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel. DIN lh and DIN rh usable. On single and double leaf doors. On interior and exterior fire and smoke protection door. Standard mounting on hinge side / opposite to hinge side. Transom mounting on hinge side / opposite to hinge side.
Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154
Quality tested and controlled to EN 1154. Closing force continuously adjustable from size 3 to 6 (to EN 1154). Continuous adjustment of valves for – closing speed – latching force – backcheck All valves are colour-coded and adjustable from the front. Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature. Security valves protect against forced operation in both closing and opening direction. Max. door opening and closing angle 180°. Controlled closing from any opening angle. All fixings concealed. Easy assembly of slide rail through positive-locking insertion into mounting bar. Available in numerous variants. Cover in various colours. Cover fixed with safety lock. Optional : adjustable hold-open device for door opening angles of 70° up to 150° with variable hold-open force.
Order references
Size 3
Door leaf width up to 950 mm
Overhead door closer OTS 730 Finish
Size 4
Door leaf width up to 1100 mm
PU Order no.
with slide rail
Size 5
Door leaf width up to 1250 mm
silver colour dark bronze white (RAL 9016)
1 pc. K-13429-00-0-1 1 pc. K-13429-00-0-5 1 pc. K-13429-00-0-7
Size 6
Door leaf width up to 1400 mm
with mechanic hold-open device MF-EA, (on-/off switchable)
silver colour dark bronze white (RAL 9016)
1 pc. K-13484-00-0-1 1 pc. K-13484-00-0-5 1 pc. K-13484-00-0-7
Fixing plate for glass doors
silver colour dark bronze white (RAL 9016)
1 pc. K-13981-00-0-1 1 pc. K-13981-00-0-5 1 pc. K-13981-00-0-7
06 EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002
40
0672-CPD-0094 4 8 63 1 1 4
Overhead Door Closer OTS 630 with Slide Rail
Product features
Application On single-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel. DIN lh and DIN rh usable. Standard mounting on hinge side / opposite to hinge side.[1] Transom mounting on hinge side / opposite to hinge side.[1]
Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154
Closing force continuously adjustable from size 1 to 4 (to EN 1154). Continuous adjustment of valves for – closing speed – latching force All valves are colour-coded and adjustable from the front. Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature. Security valve protects against forced operation. Max. door opening and closing angle 180°. Controlled closing from any opening angle. All fixings concealed. Easy assembly of slide rail through positive-locking insertion into mounting bar. Cover in various colours Cover fixed with safety lock. Optional : adjustable hold-open device for door opening angles of 70° up to 150° with variable hold-open force.
Order references
Size 1
Door leaf width up to 750 mm
Overhead door closer OTS 630 Finish
Size 2
Door leaf width up to 850 mm
PU Order no.
with slide rail
Size 3
Door leaf width up to 950 mm
silver colour 1 pc. K-14068-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-14068-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-14068-00-0-7
Size 4
Door leaf width up to 1100 mm
with mechanic hold-open device MF-EA, (on-/off switchable)
silver colour 1 pc. K-14070-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-14070-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-14070-00-0-7
Fixing plate for glass doors
silver colour 1 pc. K-13773-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-13773-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-13773-00-0-7
06 EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002
2006-OTS-0002 4 8 41 0 1 4
[1] Advice: Use door stop at maximum opening angle.
41
Overhead Door Closer OTS 530 with Scissor Action Arm
Product features
Application On single-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel. DIN lh and DIN rh usable. On interior and exterior fire and smoke protection doors. Standard mounting on hinge side, transom mounting opposite to hinge side.
Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154
Closing force continuously adjustable on the side from size 2 to 6 (to EN 1154). Continuous adjustment of valves for – closing speed – latching force – delayed closing action – backcheck All valves are colour-coded and adjustable from the front. Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature. Security valves protect against forced operation in both closing and opening direction. Max. door opening and closing angle 180°. Controlled closing from any opening angle. Easy assembly of slide rail through positive-locking insertion into mounting bar. Cover in various colours. Cover fixed with safety lock. Optional : adjustable hold-open device for door opening angles of 70° up to 150° with variable hold-open force.
Order references
Size 2
Door leaf width up to 850 mm
Overhead door closer OTS 530 Finish
Size 3
Door leaf width up to 950 mm
PU Order no.
with standard arm
Size 4
Door leaf width up to 1100 mm
silver colour 1 pc. K-13346-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-13346-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-13346-00-0-7
Size 5
Door leaf width up to 1250 mm
Size 6
Door leaf width up to 1400 mm
with hold-open arm MF-EA, (on-/off switchable)
silver colour 1 pc. K-13347-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-13347-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-13347-00-0-7
Fixing plate for glass doors
silver colour 1 pc. K-13773-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-13773-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-13773-00-0-7
06 EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002
42
0672-CPD-0092 4 8 62 1 1 4
Overhead Door Closer OTS 440 with Scissor Action Arm
Product features Closing force continuously adjustable from size 2 to 5 (to EN 1154). Adjustment from the side, no displacement of closer body. Continuous valve adjustment from the front for – closing speed – latching force Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature. Security valve protects against forced operation. Max. door opening and closing angle 180°. Controlled closing from any opening angle Aluminium case in modern design. Optional : adjustable hold-open device for door opening angles of 70° up to 150° with variable hold-open force.
Application On single-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel. DIN lh and DIN rh usable. Standard mounting on hinge side, transom mounting opposite to hinge side. Also usable with slide arm for sizes 2 and 3 (to EN 1154).
Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154
Order references
Size 2
Door leaf width up to 850 mm
Overhead door closer OTS 440 Finish
Size 3
Door leaf width up to 950 mm
PU Order no.
with standard arm
Size 4
Door leaf width up to 1100 mm
silver colour 1 pc. K-16545-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-16545-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-16545-00-0-7
Size 5
Door leaf width up to 1250 mm
with hold-open arm
silver colour 1 pc. K-16546-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-16546-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-16546-00-0-7
Fixing plate for glass doors
silver colour 1 pc. K-16553-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-16553-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-16553-00-0-7
Slide rail with slide arm
silver colour 1 pc. K-16652-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-16652-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-16652-00-0-7
06 EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002
2006-OTS-0002 4 8 52 0 1 4
43
Overhead Door Closer OTS 210 with Scissor Action Arm
Product features Closing force continuously adjustable from size 2 to 4 (to EN 1154). Adjustment by moving the closer body and turning the arm bearing upside down. Continuous valve adjustment from the front for – closing speed – latching force Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature. Security valve protects against forced operation. Max. door opening and closing angle 180°. Controlled closing from any opening angle Aluminium case in modern design. Optional : adjustable hold-open device for door opening angles of 70° up to 150° with variable hold-open force.
Application On single-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel. DIN lh and DIN rh usable. Standard mounting on hinge side, transom mounting opposite to hinge side. Also usable with slide arm for closing force sizes 2 and 3 (to EN 1154).
Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154
Order references
Size 2
Door leaf width up to 850 mm
Overhead door closer OTS 210 Finish
Size 3
Door leaf width up to 950 mm
PU Order no.
with standard arm
Size 4
Door leaf width up to 1100 mm
silver colour 1 pc. K-15710-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-15710-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-15710-00-0-7
with hold-open arm
silver colour 1 pc. K-15711-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-15711-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-15711-00-0-7
Fixing plate for glass doors
silver colour 1 pc. K-16552-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-16552-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-16552-00-0-7
Slide rail with slide arm
silver colour 1 pc. K-16652-00-0-1 dark bronze 1 pc. K-16652-00-0-5 white (RAL 9016) 1 pc. K-16652-00-0-7
06 EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002
44
2006-OTS-0002 4 8 42 0 1 4
Floor Spring UTS 840
Product features Available sizes 3 and 4 to EN 1154. Continuous adjustment of valves for – closing speed – latching force Longitudinal, lateral and vertical floor spring position adjustable within the cement case. Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature. Max. door opening and closing angle 130°. Hold-open at 90°. Mechanic backcheck from a door opening angle of approx. 80°. Height of case – only 40 mm.
Application For interior and exterior double-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel. DIN lh and DIN rh usable. Maximum weight of door leaf 120 kg.
Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154
Order references
Size 3
Door leaf width up to 1000 mm
Floor spring UTS 840
Size 4
Door leaf width up to 1250 mm
Size 3 Size 4 Cover plate
Finish
PU Order no. 1 pc. K-17442-25-0-0 1 pc. K-17442-33-0-0
Stainless steel matt Brass colour
1 pc. V-00704-00-0-8H 1 pc. V-00704-00-0-3R
GU EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002
2006-UTS-0003 4 8 34 0 1 4
45
Floor Spring UTS 42
Product features Closing force continuously adjustable from size 1 to 4 (to EN 1154). Continuous adjustment of valves for – closing speed – latching force Longitudinal, lateral and vertical floor spring position adjustable within the cement case. Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature. Security valve protects against forced operation. Max. door opening and closing angle 175°. Hold-open at 90° / 95°.[1] Mechanic backcheck from a door opening angle of approx. 80°. Removable divided axle. Height of case – only 40 mm.
Application For single-action and double-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel. DIN lh and DIN rh usable. Maximum weight of door leaf 120 kg.
Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154
Order references
Size 1
Door leaf width up to 750 mm
Floor spring UTS 42
Size 2
Door leaf width up to 850 mm
PU Order no.
Size 3
Door leaf width up to 950 mm
Size 4
Door leaf width up to 1100 mm
without hold-open mechanic hold-open at 90°/85° [1] mechanic hold-open at bei 95°/90° [1]
1 pc. K-15342-00-0-0 1 pc. K-15343-00-0-0 1 pc. K-15344-00-0-0
Cover plate stainless steel
1 pc. K-15385-00-0-8
Pottant
1 pc. K-13048-00-0-0
06 EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002
[1] double-action / single-action swing doors
46
2006-UTS-0003 4 8 41 0 1 4
Sliding Wall Systems
Sliding Wall Systems All glass system shopMaster GSW-M All glass system shopMaster GSW-A
47
All Glass Systems shopMaster GSW-M The all glass system shopMaster GSW-M is used in: banks, halls and hotels shop in shop areas in shopping centres and exclusive office buildings training and conference rooms
The glass sliding partition system shopMaster GSW-M offers the possibility of individual solutions for the realisation of partitions and shop front designs for shop in shop concepts. Planners are set no boundaries â&#x20AC;&#x201C; there is a solution for almost any floor plan.
According to requirements, glass sliding partitions are available in linear, curved or segmented design.
Due to the small height of the running track, installation flush with the ceiling is possible almost everywhere.
The units can be arranged in a variety of ways, a floor guide is not needed. The compact design only requires limited space for the running track and parking niche.
Based on latest production engineering, the runners are supported in high-quality ball bearings, thus allowing for reliable operation and smooth opening/closing of the panels.
Side passage may be provided e.g. by means of side hung sliding swing panels equipped with door closers.
48
Secure locking is provided by high quality locks and fittings. Special fittings prevent the clamp profiles from falling in the event of glass breakage.
shopMaster GSW-M
Technical data Maximum panel height
3500 mm
Maximum panel width
1250 mm
Maximum panel weight
150 kg
Available glass thicknesses Running track type Surfaces
10/12 mm linear / angled / in segments curved from a radius of 3000 mm silver colour E6/EV1 anodised RAL (powder coating) stainless steel look
Special solutions on request
extension profile (optional)
carriage
running track, 2-part
end cap basic profile
clamping profile toughened glass 10 / 12 mm
toughened glass 10 / 12 mm end cap
face fixed locking bolt (optional, depending on type of panel)
closing profile
49
All Glass Systems shopMaster GSW-A The all glass system shopMaster GSW-A is used in: banks, halls and hotels shop in shop areas in shopping centres and exclusive office buildings training and conference rooms
The glass sliding partition system shopMaster GSW-A offers the possibility of individual solutions for the realisation of partitions and shop front designs for shop in shop concepts.
In state-of-the-art technology, the modules are equipped with PVC coated rollers supported in ball bearings. Thus, reliable operation as well as smooth running of the panels are achieved.
Various parking niche options provide the planner with many possibilities. The compact construction requires only minimum space for running track and parking niches.
The innovative modular construction allows the control and movement of panels of variable design and size. Sliding units may be connected to the modules individually â&#x20AC;&#x201C; depending on the requirements.
50
The perfect mobility of the automatic all glass sliding partition shopMaster GSW-A is achieved with the combination of automated control via motor and perfect functioning of the mechanics. The floor guide provides additional stability and utmost convenience for the user. For safety reasons, it is possible to move the automatic all glass sliding partition manually in case of power failure.
Due to the small height of the running track of 86,5 mm, installation flush with the ceiling is possible almost everywhere.
shopMaster GSW-A
Operating functions decelerated movement to end positions manual operation of driven panel possible in case of power failure running function can be activated from any position without test run obstacle recognition (stop when obstacle is touched) maximum opening force 150 N manufactured in accordance with BGR 232 (ZH 1/494) and VDE regulations easy drive maintenance without having to dismantle the ceiling floor guide 20 x 20 mm automatic locking emergency release via profile cylinder available with fully automatic panel cover
Control unit Multifunction button switch »OPEN – CLOSE« (automatic) passage opening »OPEN – CLOSE« (1 panel controllable separately)
Technical data Maximum panel height
3500 mm*
Nominal voltage
Maximum panel width
1250 mm*
Nominal power
Maximum panel weight
160 kg
Maximum number of panels
32
Available glass thicknesses
10/12 mm
*Special dimensions on request
230 W
Operating current
24 V/DC
Ambient temperature
-15 °C up to +50 °C
Protection class Speed
Running track type Surfaces
230 V/AC, 50 Hz
IP 20 adjustable within 50 – 150 mm/s
linear / angled / curved from a radius of 3000 mm* silver colour E6/EV1 anodised RAL (powder coating) stainless steel matt finish** **Module covers anodised, simulated stainless steel finish
Type of units Sliding panel with drive and current collecting module, each positioned above the top rail profile. Bottom guidance by means of rolling pin in floor track.
Side hung end panel with automatic closing and opening when the all glass sliding partition is locked or released.
51
52
Swing Door Drives
Swing Door Drives Swing door drive turnMaster Underfloor drive swingMaster DTU
53
Swing Door Drives turnMaster G.U-BKS swing door drives are used in: projects where barrier-free passage is demanded facilities for the disabled residences for the elderly areas of increased hygienic demands (clinics) pharmacies surgeries food enterprises hotels and restaurants
The microprocessor controlled electromechanic swing door drive turnMaster easily adapts to the individual requirements of the particular location. Its design and stable workmanship allow for reliable functioning and outstanding running smoothness.
54
Even large and heavy doors can be controlled and moved effortlessly by the user. This provides convenient and safe passage also for elderly or handicapped persons. With hands free activation, the drive system is ideally suited to areas with increased hygienic demands, e.g. in hospitals.
The installation of the drive is simple and time-saving. Retrofitting and modernising existing door systems is easy and efficient.
The swing door drive turnMaster is available in pull open and push open version.
turnMaster TM
Functioning modes automatic operation servo operation low-energy operation
104
135
Sensor
Sensor
The accordance to DIN 18650 was certified by TÜV. (TÜV = German Technical Supervisory Association)
Product features low-noise operation suitable for exterior and interior doors easy assembly, start-up and maintenance integrated function selection switch with LED indication mechanic release from hold-open position adjustable wind pressure function dynamic adjustment of hold open time connection of motor driven lock, electric door opener and safety sensors possible slot for radio receiver card same design as with the G.U-BKS door closer range
Technical data Type of drive
turnMaster TM
Execution
push or pull open
Opening
electro-mechanic
Closing
by spring force [1]
Closing force
With power failure
size 3 – 6 push open, size 3 – 5 pull open door closer function
Opening angle
130° push open, 98° pull open
Opening speed
adjustable
Hold open time
adjustable
Mains voltage
230 V/AC, 50 Hz
Power consumption
200 VA
Maximum weight of door leaf
250 kg
Door leaf widths Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions Power supply for peripheral accessories Programme selection switch Options
700 – 1400 mm push open, 700 – 1250 mm pull open for dry rooms only; -15 °C up to +50 °C IP 20 700 x 104 x 135 mm 24 V/DC, 1 A integrated; with LED indication (altern.: external); operating modes: off, automatic, closing time, permanent open push open arm soffit depths up to 250 mm axle extension
[1] Sizes to EN 1154
55
Underfloor Drive for Swing Doors swingMaster DTU G.U-BKS underfloor drives for swing doors are used in: historical buildings shopping centres hospitals hotels modern and transparent entrance areas
Transparency and concealed mechanics combined with functionality and high quality performance: The innovative underfloor drive swingMaster DTU offers architects and planners a unique possibility of automating swing door systems.
56
On the basis of a well proven technology, all demands on a reliable, modern swing door drive are realised. In modern shop construction it captivates by providing unobtrusive automation.
With this drive system the automation of all glass entrance systems or doors in historical or listed buildings is efficient and provides comfortable access to all users.
The use of an optional battery allows for a desmoking fuction.
swingMaster DTU
Installation examples
outside
outside
inside
inside
DIN lh opening towards the inside
DIN rh opening towards the inside
Dimensions
Technical data Type of drive
swingMaster DTU
Type
2 door leaves DTU-2 [1]
1 door leaf DTU-1
Opening angle
110째
Mains voltage
230 V/AC, 50 Hz
Dimensions Cement box
340 x 430 x 156 mm
Operation modes
350 x 470 x 156 mm [2] 200 kg/max. door width 1100 mm 180 kg/max. door width 1200 mm 150 kg/max. door width 1400 mm Off / Automatic / Exit / Permanent open
With power failure
optional battery for one-time opening
Floor recess Weight of door leaf
Hold open time
adjustable
Opening speed Special solutions on request.
adjustable [1] Available on request.
[2] plus additional space for wiring
Accessories stainless steel cover plate, 240 grid
Options cement box out of galvanised steel
safety sensors in opening and closing direction
connection to building management technology
57
58
Automatic Sliding Door Systems
Automatic Sliding Door Systems Sliding door compactMaster Sliding door econoMaster Telescopic sliding door compactMaster
59
Sliding Doors compactMaster G.U-BKS sliding doors are used in: airports shopping centres banks public buildings hospitals homes for the elderly homes for the disabled safety zones any smart entrance solution
G.U-BKS sliding door systems offer functionality, cost-effectiveness and security wherever they are applied. With G.U-BKS sliding doors your entrance is user-friendly and energy saving. The operation of the door is clear and simple.
60
The compactMaster meets all requirements on comfortable operation and design. With a vertical dimension of 100 mm, the drive unit easily fits into the architecture of the building.
Its compact and slim design beautifully harmonizes with sophisticated modern glass faรงades.
Development and manufacture are carried out in accordance with the prevailing technical regulations and standards.
G.U-BKS sliding doors are tested and suitable for the use with escape and rescue routes.
Our high quality is guaranteed with the certification of our products by acknowledged testing institutes as well as with our own quality control procedures.
compactMaster CM and CM-F
CBTJD QSPmMF
FOE TUPQ
NPUPS
FNFSHFODZ PQFO CBUUFSZ
DBSSJBHF DPOUSPM VOJU QPXFS TVQQMZ USBDL BOE SVCCFS QSPmMF
UPPUI CFMU QVMMFZ
MPDL PQUJPOBM
DPWFS TVQQPSU
UPPUI CFMU DPOOFDUJPO
Technical data Type of drive
compactMaster CM and CM-F 1 door leaf
2 door leaves
Maximum clearance width
1250 mm
2500 mm
Minimum clearance width[1]
800 mm
1000 mm
Maximum clearance height
2500 mm
Maximum weight of door leaf
2500 mm 100 kg/leaf
Mains voltage
230 V/AC, 50 Hz
Power consumption
160 VA
Hold open time
0 – 255 s
Hold open time key impulse
0 – 255 s
Opening speed
max. 0,7 m/s
Closing speed
max. 0,7 m/s
Winter opening width
adjustable within 50 – 100 % of the clearance width
Ambient temperature
for dry rooms only; -15 °C up to +50 °C
Protection class
IP 20
Special solutions on request [1] Standard widths with regard to total dimension of drive system and local situation
Due to intelligent control engineering, the drive system compactMaster offers maximum safety.
The modular construction of the drive provides quick assembly and easy maintenance.
The potential connection of the automatic door to building management systems via an optional interface is standard.
The compactMaster drive system is tested and suitable for the use with escape and rescue routes (type CM-F). The accordance to DIN 18650 was certified by TÜV. (TÜV = German Technical Supervisory Association)
61
Sliding Doors econoMaster G.U-BKS sliding doors are used in: airports shopping centres banks public buildings hospitals homes for the elderly homes for the disabled safety zones any smart entrance solution
G.U-BKS sliding door systems offer functionality, cost-effectiveness and security wherever they are applied. With G.U-BKS sliding doors your entrance is user-friendly and energy saving. The operation of the door is clear and simple.
62
The drive system econoMaster represents a new generation of cost-efficient sliding door drives.
The use of large rollers guarantees smooth running and longevity.
High performance combined with technically mature mechanics – experience the difference to other “low cost” drives!
Even large doors with weights up to 80 kg per door leaf open quietly and fast.
The small height of the drive (130 mm) together with a slim frame profile provide both a stylish appearance and functionality to any entrance. The G.U-BKS drive system econoMaster – your solution for the cost-efficient automation of fine entrances.
econoMaster EM
FOE CVGGFS NPUPS FNFSHFODZ PQFO CBUUFSZ DPOUSPM VOJU NBJOT BEBQUFS
MPDL PQUJPOBM
DBSSJBHF
UPPUI CFMU
UPPUI CFMU DPOOFDUJPO
QVMMFZ DPWFS TVQQPSU
Technical data Type of drive
econoMaster EM 1 door leaf
2 door leaves
Maximum clearance width
1250 mm
2500 mm
Minimum clearance width[1]
800 mm
1000 mm
Maximum clearance height
2500 mm
Maximum weight of door leaf
2500 mm 80 kg/leaf
Mains voltage
230 V/AC, 50 Hz
Power consumption
50 VA
Hold open time
0 – 60 s
Speed
max. 0,7 m/s
Winter opening width
80 % of the clearance width
Ambient temperature
for dry rooms only; -15 °C up to +50 °C
Protection class
IP 20
[1] Standard widths with regard to total dimension of drive system and local situation
Due to its slim design, the drive system econoMaster easily fits into the architecture of any building.
The operational parameters specified above can be set accurately in a quick and easy way.
Due to its running smoothness and speed as well as its simple assembly, the econoMaster is an interesting product for both manufacturer and user.
The accordance to DIN 18650 was certified by TÜV. (TÜV = German Technical Supervisory Association)
63
Telescopic Sliding Doors compactMaster
G.U-BKS sliding door systems offer functionality, cost-effectiveness and security wherever they are applied. With G.U-BKS sliding doors your entrance is user-friendly and energy saving. The operation of the door is clear and simple.
64
G.U-BKS telescopic sliding doors are ideally suited when it comes to provide a wide passage area for maximum passenger flow where space is limited. With slim door panel profiles, the telescopic sliding door system offers a very stylish and attractive appearance to the entrance area.
With a vertical dimension of 110 mm, the drive unit easily fits into the architecture of the building. The option between 2-leaf and 4-leaf variants provides versatile creative solutions to meet individual requirements. G.U-BKS telescopic sliding doors are tested and suitable for the use with escape and rescue routes.
G.U-BKS telescopic sliding doors are used in: airports shopping centres banks public buildings hospitals homes for the elderly homes for the disabled safety zones any smart entrance solution
compactMaster CMT and CMT-F
DMFBSBODF XJEUI
DMFBSBODF XJEUI
UPUBM XJEUI
UPUBM XJEUI
UPUBM IFJHIU
4 leaves, with fixed side lights and fanlights
DMFBSBODF IFJHIU
4 leaves, with fixed side lights
UPUBM IFJHIU
DMFBSBODF IFJHIU
UPUBM IFJHIU
DMFBSBODF IFJHIU
Types
DMFBSBODF XJEUI UPUBM XJEUI DMFBSBODF XJEUI
4 leaves, only door leaves
Telescopic 2- or 4-leaf doors provide large passage widths.
Technical data Type of drive
compactMaster CMT 2 door leaves
For emergency routes: compactMaster CMT-F
4 door leaves
2 door leaves
4 door leaves
Maximum clearance width
2500 mm
3500 mm
2200 mm
3000 mm
Minimum clearance width[1]
900 mm
1800 mm
900 mm
1800 mm
Maximum clearance height
2500 mm
2500 mm
Maximum fanlight height
800 mm
800 mm
Maximum weight of door leaf
140 kg/pair of leaves
Mains voltage
230 V/AC, 50 Hz
Power consumption
160 VA
Hold open time
0 – 255 s
Hold open time key impulse
0 – 255 s
Opening speed
max. 0,7 m/s
Closing speed
max. 0,7 m/s
Winter opening width
adjustable within 50 – 100 % of the clearance width
Ambient temperature
for dry rooms only; -15 °C up to +50 °C
Protection class
IP 20
Special solutions on request [1] Standard widths with regard to total dimension of drive system and local situation
G.U-BKS telescopic sliding doors are available with 2 or 4 leaves.
Telescopic sliding doors are especially suitable to provide large passage areas even in restricted structural openings.
G.U-BKS telescopic sliding doors are tested and suitable for the use with escape and rescue routes (type CMT-F).
The accordance to DIN 18650 was certified by TÜV. (TÜV = German Technical Supervisory Association)
65
66
Curved Sliding Doors / Revolving Doors
Curved Sliding Doors / Revolving Doors Curved sliding door compactMaster Standard revolving door GRA All glass revolving door GGG Large-capacity revolving door GGR/GGV Security revolving door / Security curved sliding door GSI
67
Curved Sliding Doors compactMaster G.U-BKS curved sliding doors are used in: hotels administration buildings banks entrances with sophisticated architecture
G.U-BKS sliding door systems offer functionality, cost-effectiveness and security wherever they are applied. With G.U-BKS sliding doors your entrance is user-friendly and energy saving. The operation of the door is clear and simple.
68
The curved sliding door system with slim profile door leaves provides freedom in aesthetic design â&#x20AC;&#x201C; it will be the eye catcher of your stylish entrance area. With a vertical dimension of 115 mm, the drive unit easily fits into the architecture of the building.
G.U-BKS curved sliding doors are tested and suitable for the use with escape and rescue routes.
Sophisticated design and innovative technology: With G.U-BKS curved sliding doors you make a statement!
compactMaster CMR and CMR-F
G.U-BKS curved sliding doors offer versatile creative possibilities.
Technical data Type of drive
compactMaster CMR and CMR-F 1 door leaf
2 door leaves
Maximum clearance width
1250 mm
2500 mm
Minimum clearance width[1]
800 mm
1000 mm
Maximum clearance height
2500 mm
Maximum weight of door leaf
2500 mm 100 kg/leaf
Mains voltage
230 V/AC, 50 Hz
Power consumption
160 VA
Hold open time
0 – 255 s
Hold open time key impulse
0 – 255 s
Opening speed
max. 0,7 m/s
Closing speed
max. 0,7 m/s
Winter opening width
adjustable within 50 – 100 % of the clearance width
Ambient temperature
for dry rooms only; -15 °C up to +50 °C
Protection class
IP 20
Special solutions on request [1] Standard widths with regard to total dimension of drive system and local situation
Options EMCO mat, coir matting halogen spot lights to be installed in the aluminium ceiling
Variants integration in building management and access control systems.
semicircle divided circle complete circle 360° radii from 1000 – 3000 mm
G.U-BKS curved sliding doors are tested and suitable for the use with escape and rescue routes (type CMR-F). The accordance to DIN 18650 was certified by TÜV. (TÜV = German Technical Supervisory Association)
69
Revolving Doors Standard Standard revolving doors series GRA are used in: hotels and restaurants office and administration buildings service stations banks
The standard revolving door series GRA is characterised by a framed turn stile and by drum walls consisting of an aluminium-glass-construction with slim profiles or thermally insulated smooth panels.
70
Due to their variable construction and to many options, G.U-BKS revolving doors meet individual demands in dimensions and design offering high quality solutions for many building and renovation projects.
Comfortable, unobstructed and safe passage is as important as a reduction of energy costs and the possible uses revolving doors offer to the operator. Dirt, exhaust and traffic noise are kept outside.
In addition to an impressive and individual design, functionality, thermal insulation and noise protection are the features of building entrances realised with G.U-BKS revolving door systems.
Standard Revolving Door GRA
D*
A*
B*
C / 3 door leaves
C / 4 door leaves
E
1800
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 830
~ 1220
1860
1900
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 875
~ 1290
1960
2000
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 920
~ 1350
2060
2100
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 965
~ 1420
2160
2200
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1010
~ 1490
2260
2300
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1060
~ 1560
2360
2400
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1105
~ 1620
2460
2500
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1150
~ 1690
2560
2600
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1195
~ 1760
2660
2700
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1240
~ 1820
2760
2800
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1285
~ 1890
2860
2900
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1330
~ 1960
2960
3000
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1375
~ 2030
3060
3100
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1420
~ 2090
3160
3200
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1465
~ 2160
3260
3300
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1510
~ 2230
3360
3400
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1555
~ 2290
3460
3500
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1600
~ 2360
3560
3600
2100 – 3000
175 – 800
~ 1645
~ 2430
3660
*Special dimensions on request
Turnstile 3 or 4 rigid leaves with 10 mm clear toughened glass folding mechanism for summer position possible (height of canopy 350 mm)
Night locking espagnolette locks in the door leaves electromechanical locking unit for the turnstile manual or automatic night sliding doors running outside
Drum walls curved 9 mm clear laminated glass curved, smooth-surfaced panel (with 30 mm thermal insulation)
Surfaces RAL finish silver anodised colour anodised stainless steel 240 grid satin polished bright polished stainless steel
Drive manual manual with automatic positioning semi-automatic (push-and-go) fully automatic In the case of an automatic drive, the canopy fascia profile must have a height of 175 mm at the minimum.
Options halogen spot lights to be installed in the aluminium ceiling stainless steel floor ring (V2A) vertical or horizontal handles of stainless steel EMCO mat, coir matting roof outside the building waterproof Further options on request.
71
Revolving Doors All glass
The all glass revolving door series GGG is the highlight of a perfect integration of an entrance system in a glass faรงade.
72
Glass roof and optional floor drive provide unique creative possibilities for architects aiming at maximum transparancy.
Depending on the positioning of the door leaves, revolving doors offer efficient protection against draughts.
All glass revolving doors series GGG are used in: hotels office and administration buildings banks
All Glass Revolving Door GGG
D*
A*
B**
C / 3 door leaves
C / 4 door leaves
E
1800
2100 – 3000
16
~ 830
~ 1220
1860
1900
2100 – 3000
16
~ 875
~ 1290
1960
2000
2100 – 3000
16
~ 920
~ 1350
2060
2100
2100 – 3000
16
~ 965
~ 1420
2160
2200
2100 – 3000
16
~ 1010
~ 1490
2260
2300
2100 – 3000
16
~ 1060
~ 1560
2360
2400
2100 – 3000
16
~ 1105
~ 1620
2460
2500
2100 – 3000
16
~ 1150
~ 1690
2560
2600
2100 – 3000
18
~ 1195
~ 1760
2660
2700
2100 – 3000
18
~ 1240
~ 1820
2760
2800
2100 – 3000
18
~ 1285
~ 1890
2860
2900
2100 – 3000
18
~ 1330
~ 1960
2960
3000
2100 – 2600
18
~ 1375
~ 2030
3060
*Special dimensions on request **or thicker, depending on static requirements
Turnstile 3 or 4 rigid door leaves of 12 mm clear toughened glass with slim frames
Drum walls curved 9 mm clear glass with 40 mm skirting profile
Drive manual manual with automatic positioning semi-automatic (push-and-go) fully automatic Automatic drives are installed underfloor.
Night locking patch locks on door leaves manual night sliding doors running outside
Surfaces RAL finish silver anodised colour anodised stainless steel 240 grid satin polished bright polished stainless steel
Options vertical or horizontal handles of stainless steel EMCO mat, coir matting stainless steel floor ring (V2A) Further options on request.
73
Revolving Doors Large-capacity Large-capacity revolving doors series GGR/GGV are used in: shopping centres airports furniture stores hospitals health and rehabilitation clinics hotels
The GGR/GGV series is tested and licensed for use with escape and rescue routes.
The large-capacity revolving door series GGR/GGV is the elegant and energy-saving solution when it comes to managing large quantities of people.
74
This door combines elegant design and high functionality in an ideal way. The passage with shopping trolleys, baby carriages or wheelchairs is possible without any problem.
Whether with or without central display case, night locking or illumination â&#x20AC;&#x201C; this revolving door offers a large variety of design options.
As a matter of course, maximum safety is guaranteed by fixed sensors and sensors moving with the turnstile.
Large-capacity Revolving Door GGR/GGV
D*
A*
B*
C / 3 door leaves
C / 4 door leaves
E
3600
2100 – 2500
500 – 800
~ 1690
~ 2455
3720
4200
2100 – 2500
500 – 800
~ 1972
~ 2864
4320
4800
2100 – 2500
500 – 800
~ 2253
~ 3274
4920
5400
2100 – 2500
500 – 800
~ 2535
~ 3683
5520
6000
2100 – 2500
500 – 800
~ 2817
~ 4092
6120
6200
2100 – 2500
500 – 800
~ 2911
~ 4228
6320
*Special dimensions on request
Turnstile 3 or 4 pivoted door leaves with 6 mm clear toughened glass
Night locking espagnolette locks in the door leaves electromechanical locking unit for the turnstile manual or automatic night sliding doors running outside
Drum walls curved 9 mm clear laminated glass curved, smooth-surfaced panel (with 30 mm thermal insulation)
Drive fully automatic via radar including safeguard for primary and secondary closing edges, sensors and contact strips for heel protection, storm lock
Surfaces RAL finish silver anodised colour anodised stainless steel 240 grid satin polished bright polished stainless steel
Options halogen spot lights to be installed in the aluminium ceiling stainless steel floor ring (V2A) push button for disabled persons EMCO mat, coir matting roof outside the building waterproof Further options on request.
75
Security Doors / Access Control Doors Security revolving door / Security curved sliding door Security revolving door
Security revolving doors and security curved sliding doors are used in: banks insurance companies computer centres research centres authorities ministries industrial buildings office and administration buildings
Security curved sliding door
Security revolving doors and security curved sliding doors are a safe and comfortable solution for all applications where a high degree of security is required, e.g. in computer centres, banks, ministries.
76
The admission of individual persons is controlled via electronic control systems providing smooth passage in both directions.
With a very high proportion of glass, the design of the door offers to the user generous space and comfortable passage.
High security of persons admitted is achieved by the use of suitable profile systems which come in a large variety and allow for creative design and adaptation to the architecture of the building.
Security Revolving Door / Security Curved Sliding Door GSI
4FDVSJUZ SFWPMWJOH EPPS (4*
4FDVSJUZ DVSWFE TMJEJOH EPPS (4*
Dimensions: Security revolving door GSI D*
A*
B*
C / 3 door leaves
C / 4 door leaves
E
1800
2100 – 3000
350 – 800
~ 859
~ 1239
1860
1900
2100 – 3000
350 – 800
~ 907
~ 1308
1960
2000
2100 – 3000
350 – 800
~ 954
~ 1377
2060
2100
2100 – 3000
350 – 800
~ 1002
~ 1446
2160
2200
2100 – 3000
350 – 800
~ 1050
~ 1514
2260
*Special dimensions on request
Dimensions: Security curved sliding door GSI D*
A*
B*
C
E
1000
2100 – 3000
350 – 800
~ 500
1060
1300
2100 – 3000
350 – 800
~ 600
1360
1500
2100 – 3000
350 – 800
~ 700
1560
*Special dimensions on request
Turnstile 3 or 4 rigid door leaves with 10 mm clear toughened glass (revolving door) 2 curved running leaves with 9 mm clear laminated glass (curved sliding door)
Drum walls curved 9 mm clear laminated glass curved, smooth-surfaced panel (with 30 mm thermal insulation)
Drive fully automatic with control via access control systems such as card readers (provided by the customer)
Surfaces RAL finish silver anodised colour anodised stainless steel 240 grid satin polished bright polished stainless steel
Night locking espagnolette locks in the door leaves manual or automatic night sliding doors running outside hook bolt lock in the sliding leaf
Options halogen spot lights to be installed in the aluminium ceiling vertical or horizontal handles of stainless steel roof outside the building waterproof further security glazing such as B1 Further options on request.
77
Exclusion of Liability
The glass fittings are constantly being developed by the Gretsch-Unitas group of companies for reasons of technical progress product range modification changed legislation When using G.U-BKS fittings for toughened glass assemblies, the directives, regulations and legal provisions valid in the particular country are to be observed.
78
Although this catalogue was compiled with utmost care, we kindly ask you to understand that we cannot assume liability for effects arising from possible errors in product descriptions and illustrations. Thank you.
Order Catalogue
Fittings for toughened glass assemblies
Edition 08.2007
Fittings for toughened glass assemblies
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschläge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 D-71254 Ditzingen Tel. + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93 www.g-u.com WP00452-04-3-1
08/2007
Printed in Germany
Patch ďŹ ttings for glass doors
Locks and strike boxes
Accessories for all glass systems
Door closers
Sliding wall systems
Swing door drives
Automatic sliding door systems
Curved sliding doors / Revolving doors
Edition 08.2007